Yavanajātaka

...नानाविधाकारकवर्णरूपैः शुभाशुभैर्द्वादशभिर्गृहाख्यैः ॥११॥

...nānāvidhākārakavarṇarūpaiḥ śubhāśubhairdvādaśabhirgṛhākhyaiḥ ||11||

⟨…⟩ by the twelve called gṛhas ⟨the signs⟩, auspicious and inauspicious, of manifold shape, colour and form.

प्रदक्षिणोत्तानसमन्वितं तत् सप्तग्रहेन्द्रप्रभवं वदन्ति । क्रमानुषङ्गेन नभस्तलादा चलं च पश्चाभिसरार्धदृश्यम् ॥१२॥

pradakṣiṇottānasamanvitaṃ tat saptagrahendraprabhavaṃ vadanti | kramānuṣaṅgena nabhastalādā calaṃ ca paścābhisarārdhadṛśyam ||12||

That ⟨circle⟩, they say, is furnished with a rightward and upturned ⟨motion⟩ and has its origin from the seven lords among the grahas; ⟨proceeding⟩ by unbroken succession from the vault of heaven, it is moving, it runs towards the west, and it is visible ⟨only⟩ by half.

चमीनां विहिता विकल्पाः ॥१३॥

camīnāṃ vihitā vikalpāḥ ||13||

⟨…⟩ the varieties of the camīs⟨?⟩ are laid down. ⟨The remainder of the verse is lost.⟩

आद्यः स्मृतो मेषसमानमूर्तिः कालस्य मूर्धा गदितः पुराणैः । सोऽजाविकासंचरकन्दराद्रिस्तेनाग्निधात्वाकररत्नभूमिः ॥१४॥

ādyaḥ smṛto meṣasamānamūrtiḥ kālasya mūrdhā gaditaḥ purāṇaiḥ | so'jāvikāsaṃcarakandarādristenāgnidhātvākararatnabhūmiḥ ||14||

The first is remembered as having a form like a ram (Meṣa); by the ancients it is declared the head of Kāla ⟨Time⟩. It has the ranging-grounds of goats and sheep, and ravines and mountains; therefore it is a land of fire, of ores, of mines and of gems.

वृषाकृतिस्तु प्रथितो द्वितीयः सवक्त्रकण्ठायतनं विधातुः । वनाद्रिसानुद्विपगोकुलानां कृषीवलानामधिवासभूमिः ॥१५॥

vṛṣākṛtistu prathito dvitīyaḥ savaktrakaṇṭhāyatanaṃ vidhātuḥ | vanādrisānudvipagokulānāṃ kṛṣīvalānāmadhivāsabhūmiḥ ||15||

The second is renowned as having the shape of a bull (Vṛṣa); it is the seat of the face and throat of Vidhātṛ ⟨the Ordainer⟩. It is the dwelling-land of forests, mountains, mountain-ridges, elephants and herds of cattle, and of ploughmen.

वीणागदाभृन् मिथुनं तृतीयः प्रजापतेः स्कन्धभुजांसदेशः । प्रनर्तकीगायकशिल्पकस्त्रीक्रीडारतिद्यूतविहारभूमिः ॥१६॥

vīṇāgadābhṛn mithunaṃ tṛtīyaḥ prajāpateḥ skandhabhujāṃsadeśaḥ | pranartakīgāyakaśilpakastrīkrīḍāratidyūtavihārabhūmiḥ ||16||

The third, Mithuna ⟨the Twins⟩, bears a lute (vīṇā) and a club (gadā); it is the region of the shoulders, arms and shoulder-joints of Prajāpati. It is a land of dancing-women, singers, artisans, women, play, love-making, gambling and pleasure-grounds.

कर्की कुलीराकृतिरम्बुसंस्थो वक्षः प्रदेशोऽभिहितश्चतुर्थः । केदारवापीपुलिनानि तस्य देवाङ्गनारम्यविचित्रभूमिः ॥१७॥

karkī kulīrākṛtirambusaṃstho vakṣaḥ pradeśo'bhihitaścaturthaḥ | kedāravāpīpulināni tasya devāṅganāramyavicitrabhūmiḥ ||17||

Karkin, having the shape of a crab and standing in water, is declared the fourth, the region of the chest. Its ⟨places⟩ are irrigated fields, tanks and sandbanks; it is a land lovely and variegated with the women of the gods.

सिंहस्तु शैले हृदयप्रदेशः प्रजापतेः पंचममाहुराद्याः । तस्याटवीदुर्गगुहावनाद्रिव्याधाटवीभुग्भवनप्र देशाः ॥१८॥

siṃhastu śaile hṛdayapradeśaḥ prajāpateḥ paṃcamamāhurādyāḥ | tasyāṭavīdurgaguhāvanādrivyādhāṭavībhugbhavanapra deśāḥ ||18||

Siṃha ⟨the Lion⟩ ⟨stands⟩ upon a mountain; ⟨it is⟩ the region of the heart of Prajāpati; the ancients call it the fifth. Its regions are wildernesses, fastnesses, caves, woods and mountains, and the dwellings of hunters and of those who live off the forest.

प्रदीपिकां गृह्य करेण कन्या नौस्था जले षष्ठमिति ब्रुवन्ति । कालार्थधीरा जठरं विधातुः स शाद्वलस्त्रीरतिशिल्पभूमिः ॥१९॥

pradīpikāṃ gṛhya kareṇa kanyā nausthā jale ṣaṣṭhamiti bruvanti | kālārthadhīrā jaṭharaṃ vidhātuḥ sa śādvalastrīratiśilpabhūmiḥ ||19||

A maiden (kanyā) holding a lamp in her hand, standing in a boat upon the water — that, they say, is the sixth: those steadfast in the science of Time ⟨call it⟩ the belly of Vidhātṛ. It is a land of grassy meadows, of women, of love-making and of crafts.

वीथ्यां तुलापण्यधरो मनुष्यः स्थितः सनाभीकटिवस्तिदेशः । शुल्कार्थवीणापणपट्टनाध्वसार्थाधिवासोन्नतसस्यभूमिः ॥२०॥

vīthyāṃ tulāpaṇyadharo manuṣyaḥ sthitaḥ sanābhīkaṭivastideśaḥ | śulkārthavīṇāpaṇapaṭṭanādhvasārthādhivāsonnatasasyabhūmiḥ ||20||

A man standing in a market street, holding a balance and merchandise; ⟨that is the seventh,⟩ the region with the navel, the waist and the bladder. It is a land of tolls and wealth, of lutes, market-places, port-towns, roads, the halting-places of caravans, and of tall crops.

श्वभ्रेऽष्टमो वृश्चिकविग्रहस्तु प्रोक्तः प्रभोर्मेढ्रगुदप्रदेशः । गुहाबिलश्वभ्रविषाश्मगुप्तिवल्मीककीटाजगराहिभूमिः ॥२१॥

śvabhre'ṣṭamo vṛścikavigrahastu proktaḥ prabhormeḍhragudapradeśaḥ | guhābilaśvabhraviṣāśmaguptivalmīkakīṭājagarāhibhūmiḥ ||21||

The eighth, having the body of a scorpion, ⟨lies⟩ in a pit; it is declared the region of the penis and the anus of the Lord. It is a land of caves, holes, pits, poison, stones, hiding-places, ant-hills, insects, boa-constrictors and snakes.

धन्वी मनुष्यो हयपश्चिमार्धस्तमाहुरूरू भुवनप्रनेतुः । समस्थितव्यस्तसमस्तवाजीसुरास्त्रभृद्यज्ञरथाश्वभूमिः ॥२२॥

dhanvī manuṣyo hayapaścimārdhastamāhurūrū bhuvanapranetuḥ | samasthitavyastasamastavājīsurāstrabhṛdyajñarathāśvabhūmiḥ ||22||

An archer, a man whose hinder half is a horse — him they call the thighs of the Leader of the World. ⟨It is the ninth.⟩ It is a land of horses ⟨drawn up⟩ evenly, singly and in a body, of gods, of weapon-bearers, of sacrifices, chariots and horses.

मृगार्धपूर्वो मकरोऽम्बुगार्धो जानुप्रदेशं तमुशन्ति धातुः । नदीवनारण्यपथाद्यनूपश्वभ्राधिवासो दशमः प्रदिष्टः ॥२३॥

mṛgārdhapūrvo makaro'mbugārdho jānupradeśaṃ tamuśanti dhātuḥ | nadīvanāraṇyapathādyanūpaśvabhrādhivāso daśamaḥ pradiṣṭaḥ ||23||

Makara, whose forward half is an antelope and whose ⟨hinder⟩ half moves in water — that, they hold, is the region of the knees of Dhātṛ ⟨the Creator⟩. Dwelling in rivers, woods, forests, roads and the like, in marshland and in pits, it is declared the tenth.

स्कन्धे तु रिक्तः पुरुषस्य कुम्भो जंघे तमेकादशमाहुराद्याः । तस्योदकाधारकुसस्यपक्षिस्त्रीशौण्डिकद्यूतनिवेशदेशाः ॥२४॥

skandhe tu riktaḥ puruṣasya kumbho jaṃghe tamekādaśamāhurādyāḥ | tasyodakādhārakusasyapakṣistrīśauṇḍikadyūtaniveśadeśāḥ ||24||

An empty jar upon the shoulder of a man is Kumbha; the ancients call it the eleventh, ⟨the region of⟩ the lower legs. Its regions are reservoirs of water, poor crops, birds, women, distillers of liquor, gambling and settlements.

जले तु मीनद्वयमन्त्यराशिः कालस्य पादौ विहितो वरिष्ठैः । स पुण्यदेवद्विजतीर्थभूमिर्नदीसमुद्राम्बुचराधिवासः ॥२५॥

jale tu mīnadvayamantyarāśiḥ kālasya pādau vihito variṣṭhaiḥ | sa puṇyadevadvijatīrthabhūmirnadīsamudrāmbucarādhivāsaḥ ||25||

In water, a pair of fish is the last rāśi; it is laid down by the best ⟨of the ancients⟩ as the two feet of Kāla. It is a land of holy merit, of gods, of the twice-born and of tīrthas, the dwelling of rivers, oceans and creatures that move in water.

इत्येष सोर्वीतलमण्डलस्य स्रष्टुर्निरुक्तोऽङ्गविभागचक्रः । देहाङ्गभागेषु नृणां यतोऽयमन्योन्यचिह्नाङ्कगुणप्रसङ्गः ॥२६॥

ityeṣa sorvītalamaṇḍalasya sraṣṭurnirukto'ṅgavibhāgacakraḥ | dehāṅgabhāgeṣu nṛṇāṃ yato'yamanyonyacihnāṅkaguṇaprasaṅgaḥ ||26||

Thus has this wheel of the division of the limbs of the Creator of the circle of the earth's surface been expounded — whence arises, in the limbs and parts of men's bodies, this mutual correspondence of marks, signs and qualities.

ये सङ्ग्रहे दिग्जनजातिभेदाः प्रोक्ताः पुराणैः क्रमशो गृहस्य । ते राशिभूम्यङ्गतदीयभूमिचेष्टाः स्वभावैर्नियतैर्विधार्याः ॥२७॥

ye saṅgrahe digjanajātibhedāḥ proktāḥ purāṇaiḥ kramaśo gṛhasya | te rāśibhūmyaṅgatadīyabhūmiceṣṭāḥ svabhāvairniyatairvidhāryāḥ ||27||

The distinctions of direction, of people and of caste which were declared in the compendium by the ancients, in order, for each gṛha ⟨sign⟩ — those, ⟨as⟩ the rāśi's land, its limb, and the doings of that land, are to be settled by their fixed innate natures (svabhāva).

इदं हि सस्थावरजङ्गमाख्यं जगद्रवीन्द्वात्मकमाहुराद्याः । तस्योद्भवश्चापचयश्च दृष्टो भमण्डले तेन तदात्मकं तत् ॥२८॥

idaṃ hi sasthāvarajaṅgamākhyaṃ jagadravīndvātmakamāhurādyāḥ | tasyodbhavaścāpacayaśca dṛṣṭo bhamaṇḍale tena tadātmakaṃ tat ||28||

This world, which is named ⟨as consisting⟩ with the stationary and the moving, the ancients declare to be of the nature of the Sun and the Moon. Its arising and its waning are seen in the circle of the asterisms (bhamaṇḍala); therefore that circle has that same nature.

तस्यार्धमार्कं विहितं मघादि सर्पादि शाशाङ्कमतोऽपरार्धम्। क्रमेण सूर्यः प्रददौ ग्रहेभ्यः क्षेत्राणि चान्द्राणि तथोत्क्रमेण ॥२९॥

tasyārdhamārkaṃ vihitaṃ maghādi sarpādi śāśāṅkamato'parārdham| krameṇa sūryaḥ pradadau grahebhyaḥ kṣetrāṇi cāndrāṇi tathotkrameṇa ||29||

Half of it, beginning from Maghā, is laid down as the Sun's; the other half from there on, beginning from Sarpa ⟨Āśleṣā⟩, as the Moon's. In direct order the Sun bestowed the ⟨remaining⟩ kṣetras ⟨fields, i.e. signs⟩ upon the grahas, and the lunar ones likewise in reverse order.

अन्येऽपि सावित्रमुशन्ति सर्वमोजं शशाङ्कप्रभवं तु युग्मम् । तत्सर्वमार्कं पुरुषाख्यमुग्रं स्त्रीसंज्ञकं मार्दवमैन्दवं तु ॥३०॥

anye'pi sāvitramuśanti sarvamojaṃ śaśāṅkaprabhavaṃ tu yugmam | tatsarvamārkaṃ puruṣākhyamugraṃ strīsaṃjñakaṃ mārdavamaindavaṃ tu ||30||

Others too hold every odd ⟨sign⟩ to be of the Sun and every even one to arise from the Moon. All that is solar is called male and fierce; but what is lunar is called female and soft.

पूर्वार्धमोजेषु गृहेषु सौर्यं तेष्वेव पश्चार्धमुशन्ति चान्द्रम् । युग्मेषु पूर्वार्धविभुः शशाङ्कः पश्चार्धनाथो दिनकृत् समेषु ॥३१॥

pūrvārdhamojeṣu gṛheṣu sauryaṃ teṣveva paścārdhamuśanti cāndram | yugmeṣu pūrvārdhavibhuḥ śaśāṅkaḥ paścārdhanātho dinakṛt sameṣu ||31||

In odd gṛhas the first half is solar, and in those same they hold the latter half to be lunar. In even ⟨signs⟩ the Moon is master of the first half, and in the even ones the maker of day ⟨the Sun⟩ is lord of the latter half.

यतोऽपि सिंहं परिगृह्य सूर्यः स्वकैर्गुणैः कर्कटकं तु चन्द्रः । क्षेत्राणि शेषाणि ततो ग्रहेभ्यः क्रमोत्क्रमाभ्यां ददतुर्विभुत्वात् ॥३२॥

yato'pi siṃhaṃ parigṛhya sūryaḥ svakairguṇaiḥ karkaṭakaṃ tu candraḥ | kṣetrāṇi śeṣāṇi tato grahebhyaḥ kramotkramābhyāṃ dadaturvibhutvāt ||32||

Since the Sun took Siṃha to himself by his own qualities, and the Moon Karkaṭaka, therefore the two of them, by virtue of their lordship, gave the remaining kṣetras to the grahas in direct and in reverse order.

बुधास्फुजिद्भूमिजजीवसौराः संज्ञाभिरेण्ड क्रमशो निकर्षीत् । द्विर्द्विर्गृहेशाः प्रथितास्ततोऽमी ताराधिनाथस्य दिवाकरस्य ॥३३॥

budhāsphujidbhūmijajīvasaurāḥ saṃjñābhireṇḍa kramaśo nikarṣīt | dvirdvirgṛheśāḥ prathitāstato'mī tārādhināthasya divākarasya ||33||

Mercury, Venus (āsphujit), Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, by their names in order ⟨…the text is corrupt here…⟩; thereafter these are renowned as lords of two gṛhas each, ⟨reckoned⟩ from ⟨the signs⟩ of the lord of the stars ⟨the Moon⟩ and of the maker of day ⟨the Sun⟩.

होरा प्रसिद्धाः । द्रेकाणसंज्ञाः प्रथितास्तथात्र चिन्ताकृतिप्राप्तिप्रकीर्तिताथ ॥३४॥

horā prasiddhāḥ | drekāṇasaṃjñāḥ prathitāstathātra cintākṛtiprāptiprakīrtitātha ||34||

⟨…⟩ the horās are well known. Likewise the ⟨divisions⟩ named drekkāṇas are renowned here, proclaimed with respect to thought, form and gain.

सप्तग्रहाणां प्रवदन्ति भागान् येभ्यो विकारा ग्रहवन्निरुक्ताः । नवांशका जातकरूपचेष्टाः फले दशास्वायुषि च प्रसिद्धाः ॥३५॥

saptagrahāṇāṃ pravadanti bhāgān yebhyo vikārā grahavanniruktāḥ | navāṃśakā jātakarūpaceṣṭāḥ phale daśāsvāyuṣi ca prasiddhāḥ ||35||

They declare the portions (bhāga) of the seven grahas, from which the modifications are expounded as belonging to the grahas ⟨themselves⟩. The navāṃśakas — ⟨showing⟩ the native's form and doings — are well known in ⟨judging⟩ result, in the daśās, and in length of life.

राशौ तु ये द्वादशभागसंस्थाः स्वैः स्वैः फलैः सङ्कुलयन्ति राशिम् । त्रिंशत्सुसंसृष्टफलेषु सूक्ष्माः प्रचारनीचोच्चविधौ विकाराः ॥३६॥

rāśau tu ye dvādaśabhāgasaṃsthāḥ svaiḥ svaiḥ phalaiḥ saṅkulayanti rāśim | triṃśatsusaṃsṛṣṭaphaleṣu sūkṣmāḥ pracāranīcoccavidhau vikārāḥ ||36||

Those that stand as the twelfth-parts (dvādaśabhāga) within a rāśi commingle the rāśi with their own several results. Among the thirty ⟨parts⟩, whose results are thoroughly blended, are the subtle modifications in the matter of motion, debilitation and exaltation.

षष्टिस्तु सौरा भवनस्य भागाः स्वसङ्कुलार्थेषु भवन्ति तुल्याः । द्वासप्ततिः सद्विशतांशकानां चूडापदानां नवमे निजेंऽशे ॥३७॥

ṣaṣṭistu saurā bhavanasya bhāgāḥ svasaṅkulārtheṣu bhavanti tulyāḥ | dvāsaptatiḥ sadviśatāṃśakānāṃ cūḍāpadānāṃ navame nijeṃ'śe ||37||

The sixty solar parts of a bhavana ⟨sign⟩ become equal in their own commingled significations. Seventy-two ⟨are⟩ the cūḍā-padas of the aṃśakas that carry two hundred ⟨liptās⟩, in one's own ninth part ⟨navāṃśa⟩.

शतानि येऽष्टादश लिप्तकानां त्रिंशत्तु ये तेऽपि समानयोगाः । येऽस्मिन् यथा ये नियता विशेषाः स्वैः स्वैर्गुणैस्तेऽप्युपधारणीयाः ॥३८॥

śatāni ye'ṣṭādaśa liptakānāṃ triṃśattu ye te'pi samānayogāḥ | ye'smin yathā ye niyatā viśeṣāḥ svaiḥ svairguṇaiste'pyupadhāraṇīyāḥ ||38||

Those which are the eighteen hundred liptakas ⟨minutes of a sign⟩, and those thirty ⟨parts⟩ — these too are of equal application. Whatever particular qualities are fixed in this ⟨sign⟩, and in whatever manner, those too are to be borne in mind by their own several qualities.

आद्या तु होरा भवनस्य पत्युरेकादशक्षेत्रपतेर्द्वितीया । स्वद्वादशैकादशराशिपानां द्रेकाणसंज्ञाः क्रमशस्त्रयोऽत्र ॥३९॥

ādyā tu horā bhavanasya patyurekādaśakṣetrapaterdvitīyā | svadvādaśaikādaśarāśipānāṃ drekāṇasaṃjñāḥ kramaśastrayo'tra ||39||

The first horā belongs to the lord of the bhavana ⟨itself⟩, the second to the lord of the eleventh kṣetra. Here the three named drekkāṇas belong, in order, to the lords of one's own rāśi, of the twelfth and of the eleventh.

क्षेत्राधिपाद्याः पुनरुक्तवर्जं क्षेत्राधिपानां प्रवदन्ति सप्त । तद्वत् स्वराश्यादिगृहेश्वराणामुक्ता गृहे द्वादशभागसंज्ञाः ॥४०॥

kṣetrādhipādyāḥ punaruktavarjaṃ kṣetrādhipānāṃ pravadanti sapta | tadvat svarāśyādigṛheśvarāṇāmuktā gṛhe dvādaśabhāgasaṃjñāḥ ||40||

Beginning with the lord of the kṣetra, and omitting repetition, they declare seven ⟨parts⟩ of the lords of the kṣetras. Likewise the twelfth-parts in a gṛha are said ⟨to belong⟩ to the lords of the gṛhas beginning with one's own rāśi.

आद्यांशका मेषमृगाख्यतौलिकर्कीश्वराणां प्रथमादिषूक्ताः । तेषां प्रसंख्याय गृहैस्तदाद्यैर्नवांशका द्विद्विगृहेश्वराणाम् ॥४१॥

ādyāṃśakā meṣamṛgākhyataulikarkīśvarāṇāṃ prathamādiṣūktāḥ | teṣāṃ prasaṃkhyāya gṛhaistadādyairnavāṃśakā dvidvigṛheśvarāṇām ||41||

The first navāṃśas, ⟨in the signs⟩ beginning with the first, are declared to belong to the lords of the signs named Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩, Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩, Tulā ⟨Libra⟩ and Karkī ⟨Cancer⟩; counting onward from those, by the signs that begin with them, the ⟨remaining⟩ navāṃśas belong to the lords who own two signs each.

भौमस्य पंचार्कसुतस्य तद्वदष्टौ गुरोः सप्त बुधस्य भागाः । शुक्रस्य पंचौजगृहेषु चैषां युग्मेषु चैते स्युरपक्रमेण ॥४२॥

bhaumasya paṃcārkasutasya tadvadaṣṭau guroḥ sapta budhasya bhāgāḥ | śukrasya paṃcaujagṛheṣu caiṣāṃ yugmeṣu caite syurapakrameṇa ||42||

Five parts belong to Mars (bhauma), and likewise five to Saturn (arkasuta, the Sun's son), eight to Jupiter (guru), seven to Mercury (budha), and five to Venus (śukra) — ⟨thus⟩ in the odd signs; and in the even signs these same ⟨parts⟩ run in the reverse order.

सौराः सचूडापदलिप्तिकाख्या भाज्यास्तदान्येन भमण्डलेन । तस्येतरक्षेत्रवदुच्यतेंऽशो ग्रहस्य सर्वस्य तदात्मयोगी ॥४३॥

saurāḥ sacūḍāpadaliptikākhyā bhājyāstadānyena bhamaṇḍalena | tasyetarakṣetravaducyateṃ'śo grahasya sarvasya tadātmayogī ||43||

The solar ⟨degrees⟩, together with what are called the cūḍā, the pada and the liptikā ⟨minute⟩, are then to be divided by another zodiacal circle; the aṃśa ⟨so obtained⟩ is spoken of as being like another kṣetra ⟨sign⟩, and for every graha it is that which is joined with its own self.

इत्येवमेषामवकल्पितानां क्रियाविभागार्थमुशन्ति राशिम् । अन्योन्यसंयोगविकल्पनाभिरिदं समुद्राम्बुवदप्रमेयम् ॥४४॥

ityevameṣāmavakalpitānāṃ kriyāvibhāgārthamuśanti rāśim | anyonyasaṃyogavikalpanābhiridaṃ samudrāmbuvadaprameyam ||44||

Thus, of these ⟨divisions⟩ that have been apportioned, they hold ⟨each⟩ to be a rāśi, for the sake of apportioning ⟨the graha's⟩ operation; and by the permutations of their mutual combination this ⟨system⟩ is immeasurable, like the water of the ocean.

चरस्थिरौ द्विप्रकृतिश्च संज्ञा मेषादिषूक्तास्त्रिविधा चतुर्धा । चतुश्चतुर्व्यन्तरितश्च सन्धिः प्राङ्मध्यमान्ता वयसः फलेषु ॥४५॥

carasthirau dviprakṛtiśca saṃjñā meṣādiṣūktāstrividhā caturdhā | catuścaturvyantaritaśca sandhiḥ prāṅmadhyamāntā vayasaḥ phaleṣu ||45||

Movable, fixed, and dual-natured — these threefold designations are declared for the signs beginning with Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩, four times over; and the junction (sandhi) falls at every fourth ⟨sign⟩. In ⟨their⟩ results they are the beginning, the middle and the end of the life-span.

ग्राम्यस्वरूपाश्च वृषो द्वयाख्यस्त्वरण्यसंज्ञा मृगकीटसिंहाः । अनूपसंज्ञा जलजास्तदाख्याः सरित्सराः सागरसंचरा ये ॥४६॥

grāmyasvarūpāśca vṛṣo dvayākhyastvaraṇyasaṃjñā mṛgakīṭasiṃhāḥ | anūpasaṃjñā jalajāstadākhyāḥ saritsarāḥ sāgarasaṃcarā ye ||46||

Of village ⟨domestic⟩ form are Vṛṣa ⟨Taurus⟩ and the one named 'the pair' ⟨Mithuna, Gemini⟩; but Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩, Kīṭa ⟨Scorpio⟩ and Siṃha ⟨Leo⟩ bear the designation 'forest'. The water-born ⟨signs⟩ bear the designation 'marshy' (anūpa) and are named accordingly — those that range in rivers, in lakes, and in the sea.

एषां स्वभावाकृतिलक्षणानां विकारसंस्थानकृतात्मभावः । यद्यंशकः स्याद्ग्रहमार्गसंस्थो जातस्तदाकारण भवन्ताम् ॥४७॥

eṣāṃ svabhāvākṛtilakṣaṇānāṃ vikārasaṃsthānakṛtātmabhāvaḥ | yadyaṃśakaḥ syādgrahamārgasaṃstho jātastadākāraṇa bhavantām ||47||

Of these ⟨signs⟩, whose marks are their innate nature and shape, the character is made by their modifications and configurations. If an aṃśaka ⟨of theirs⟩ should stand on the path of a graha, let the one born ⟨then⟩ be of that form.

होरेति यत् प्राग्भवनं विलग्नं ततश्चतुर्थं हिपकाख्यमाहुः । रसातलं तद्विजलं च विन्द्याद् गृहाश्रयं वृद्धिपदं तदेव ॥४८॥

horeti yat prāgbhavanaṃ vilagnaṃ tataścaturthaṃ hipakākhyamāhuḥ | rasātalaṃ tadvijalaṃ ca vindyād gṛhāśrayaṃ vṛddhipadaṃ tadeva ||48||

That eastern house which is the rising sign is called horā ⟨the ascendant, the 1st house⟩; the fourth from it they call by the name hipaka ⟨hibuka, the 4th house⟩. One should know it also as rasātala ⟨the 4th house⟩ and as vijala; that same ⟨house⟩ is the seat of the home and the station of increase (vṛddhipada).

लग्नाद्गृहं सप्तममस्तगं तु जामित्रसंज्ञं यवनाभिधानम् । विलग्नभावात्तु नभस्तलस्थं मेषूरणाख्यं दशमं वदन्ति ॥४९॥

lagnādgṛhaṃ saptamamastagaṃ tu jāmitrasaṃjñaṃ yavanābhidhānam | vilagnabhāvāttu nabhastalasthaṃ meṣūraṇākhyaṃ daśamaṃ vadanti ||49||

The seventh house from the lagna, the one at the setting place, bears the designation jāmitra — a Yavana ⟨Greek⟩ name. And the tenth from the lagna-bhāva, standing at mid-heaven, they call meṣūraṇa.

एतच्चतुर्लग्नमुदाहरन्ति होराविदो लग्नचतुष्टयं च । स्थानं तु चन्द्रस्य चतुष्टयाख्यं मेण्यैवसंज्ञं यवनेषु विन्द्यात् ॥५०॥

etaccaturlagnamudāharanti horāvido lagnacatuṣṭayaṃ ca | sthānaṃ tu candrasya catuṣṭayākhyaṃ meṇyaivasaṃjñaṃ yavaneṣu vindyāt ||50||

These the knowers of the horā declare to be the four lagnas and the lagna-quartet; but the station of the Moon, ⟨with its own⟩ quartet, one should know as bearing the name meṇyaiva among the Yavanas.

आद्याच्चतुर्थं चतुरश्रमाहुस्तथाष्टमं नैधनमप्युशन्ति । पृथक्त्रिकोणं त्वथ पंचमं हि स्यात् त्रित्रिकोणं नवमं च विन्द्यात् ॥५१॥

ādyāccaturthaṃ caturaśramāhustathāṣṭamaṃ naidhanamapyuśanti | pṛthaktrikoṇaṃ tvatha paṃcamaṃ hi syāt tritrikoṇaṃ navamaṃ ca vindyāt ||51||

The fourth from the first they call caturaśra ⟨the square⟩, and the eighth likewise, which they also hold to be naidhana ⟨the 8th, the house of death⟩. The fifth, then, is the separate trikoṇa; and the ninth one should know as the tri-trikoṇa.

षष्ठं तु षट्कोणमनिष्टदं तु दुश्चिक्यसंज्ञं तु तृतीयमाहुः । एकादशं सर्वत एव भद्रं चर्यागृहं द्वादशमप्युशन्ति ॥५२॥

ṣaṣṭhaṃ tu ṣaṭkoṇamaniṣṭadaṃ tu duścikyasaṃjñaṃ tu tṛtīyamāhuḥ | ekādaśaṃ sarvata eva bhadraṃ caryāgṛhaṃ dvādaśamapyuśanti ||52||

The sixth is the ṣaṭkoṇa, and it gives what is unwanted; the third they call by the designation duścikya. The eleventh is auspicious from every side; and the twelfth they hold to be the caryā-gṛha.

चतुर्विलग्नं प्रवदन्ति केन्द्रं ततः परं पाणफरं तु योगम् । आपोक्लिमाख्यं तु तृतीयमाहुर्लग्नाश्रयैषा त्रिविधैव संज्ञा ॥५३॥

caturvilagnaṃ pravadanti kendraṃ tataḥ paraṃ pāṇapharaṃ tu yogam | āpoklimākhyaṃ tu tṛtīyamāhurlagnāśrayaiṣā trividhaiva saṃjñā ||53||

The four ⟨houses reckoned⟩ from the lagna they declare to be kendra; the next beyond that is the combination called pāṇaphara; and the third they call āpoklima. This threefold designation rests upon the lagna.

स्वदेहचिन्तादिषु विद्धि होरां जलं जनित्रात्मसुताश्रयार्थम् । जायाप्रयाणागमनाश्रयार्थं व्याध्यादिनाशादिषु चास्तगस्थम् ॥५४॥

svadehacintādiṣu viddhi horāṃ jalaṃ janitrātmasutāśrayārtham | jāyāprayāṇāgamanāśrayārthaṃ vyādhyādināśādiṣu cāstagastham ||54||

Know the horā ⟨the 1st house⟩ for concerns of one's own body and the like; the 'water' ⟨the 4th house⟩ for what pertains to parents, self and offspring; and the one at the setting place ⟨the 7th house⟩ for what pertains to wife, to departure and to arrival, and in ⟨matters of⟩ disease and the like and of destruction and the like.

ऐश्वर्यनानाभ्युदयाश्रयार्थं मेषूरणं कोशबले च विद्धि । सौम्यैर्विलग्नं बलवीर्ययुक्तैरेतैः शुभं विद्ध्यशुभं त्वनिष्टैः ॥५५॥

aiśvaryanānābhyudayāśrayārthaṃ meṣūraṇaṃ kośabale ca viddhi | saumyairvilagnaṃ balavīryayuktairetaiḥ śubhaṃ viddhyaśubhaṃ tvaniṣṭaiḥ ||55||

Know the meṣūraṇa ⟨the 10th house⟩ for what pertains to lordship and to prosperity of many kinds, and for treasure and power. Know the rising sign to be auspicious when benefics endowed with strength and power ⟨occupy it⟩, but inauspicious when the unwanted ⟨malefics do⟩.

इत्येवमेतेषु जगद्विधानं शुभाशुभं कृत्स्नफलं निबद्धम् । एष्वेव स ... ... प्रसूतिः ॥५६॥

ityevameteṣu jagadvidhānaṃ śubhāśubhaṃ kṛtsnaphalaṃ nibaddham | eṣveva sa ... ... prasūtiḥ ||56||

Thus in these ⟨houses⟩ the ordering of the world, auspicious and inauspicious, the whole fruit, is bound fast. In these very ⟨houses⟩ … ⟨text lost⟩ … birth.

षष्ठं तृतीयं दशमं च राशिमेकादशं चोपचयर्क्षमाहुः । होरागृहस्थानशशाङ्कभेब्यः शेषाणि चैभ्योऽपचयर्क्षमाहुः ॥५७॥

ṣaṣṭhaṃ tṛtīyaṃ daśamaṃ ca rāśimekādaśaṃ copacayarkṣamāhuḥ | horāgṛhasthānaśaśāṅkabhebyaḥ śeṣāṇi caibhyo'pacayarkṣamāhuḥ ||57||

The sixth, the third, the tenth sign, and the eleventh they call upacaya signs — ⟨reckoned⟩ from the place of the horā-house and from the Moon's sign; and the rest, ⟨reckoned⟩ from these, they call apacaya signs.

मेषो वृषः कर्कितुलेशमीनाः कन्या मृगश्चोच्चगृहाणि विन्द्यात् । रवीन्दुजीवार्किशुक्रैन्दवारा यथाक्रमं ॥५८॥

meṣo vṛṣaḥ karkituleśamīnāḥ kanyā mṛgaścoccagṛhāṇi vindyāt | ravīndujīvārkiśukraindavārā yathākramaṃ ||58||

One should know Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩, Vṛṣa ⟨Taurus⟩, Karkin ⟨Cancer⟩, Tulā ⟨Libra⟩, Mīna ⟨Pisces⟩, Kanyā ⟨Virgo⟩ and Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩ to be the exaltation signs of the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter, Saturn, Venus, Mercury (aindava, the Moon's son) and Mars, respectively.

सूर्यस्य भागे दशमे तृतीये सोमस्य जीवस्य तु पंचमे स्यात् । सौरस्य विंशे त्वधिसप्तके च विन्द्याद् भृगोः पंचदशे बुधस्य ॥५९॥

sūryasya bhāge daśame tṛtīye somasya jīvasya tu paṃcame syāt | saurasya viṃśe tvadhisaptake ca vindyād bhṛgoḥ paṃcadaśe budhasya ||59||

For the Sun ⟨the exaltation falls⟩ in the tenth degree, for the Moon in the third, for Jupiter in the fifth; for Saturn in the twentieth, for Venus in that ⟨twentieth⟩ increased by seven ⟨the twenty-seventh⟩, and for Mercury one should know it in the fifteenth.

भौमस्य विंशेऽष्टयुते प्रसूतं त्रिंशल्लवे स्वोच्चगृहे निवेशम् । स्वोच्चात्तु जामित्रमुशन्ति नीचं त्रिंशल्लवो यच्च समानसंख्यम् ॥६०॥

bhaumasya viṃśe'ṣṭayute prasūtaṃ triṃśallave svoccagṛhe niveśam | svoccāttu jāmitramuśanti nīcaṃ triṃśallavo yacca samānasaṃkhyam ||60||

For Mars ⟨the exaltation⟩ arises in the twentieth increased by eight ⟨the twenty-eighth⟩ thirtieth-part, its lodging being in its own exaltation sign. They hold the debilitation to be the jāmitra ⟨the seventh⟩ from its own exaltation, and the thirtieth-part ⟨there⟩ is of the same number.

त्रिंशल्लवानेव तु कण्टकाख्यान् वदन्ति केन्द्रेषु चतुर्षु लग्नात् । स्वे स्वे गृहे तु स्वगृहांशकाख्या वर्गोत्तमाख्या यवनैर्निरुक्ताः ॥६१॥

triṃśallavāneva tu kaṇṭakākhyān vadanti kendreṣu caturṣu lagnāt | sve sve gṛhe tu svagṛhāṃśakākhyā vargottamākhyā yavanairniruktāḥ ||61||

The very thirtieth-parts ⟨that fall⟩ in the four kendras from the lagna they call kaṇṭaka; but those in their own sign, called 'own-sign aṃśakas', have been termed vargottama by the Yavanas.

मूलत्रिकोणान्यजगोपसिंहकन्यातुलाधारनराश्वकुम्भाः । भौमेन्दुसूर्यैन्दवशुक्रजीवसूर्यात्मजानां विहिताः क्रमेण ॥६२॥

mūlatrikoṇānyajagopasiṃhakanyātulādhāranarāśvakumbhāḥ | bhaumendusūryaindavaśukrajīvasūryātmajānāṃ vihitāḥ krameṇa ||62||

The mūlatrikoṇas are Aja ⟨Aries⟩, Go ⟨Taurus⟩, Siṃha ⟨Leo⟩, Kanyā ⟨Virgo⟩, Tulādhāra ⟨the scale-bearer, Libra⟩, Narāśva ⟨the man-horse, Sagittarius⟩ and Kumbha ⟨Aquarius⟩ — assigned in order to Mars, the Moon, the Sun, Mercury (aindava), Venus, Jupiter and Saturn (the Sun's son).

शीर्षोदया मानुषसर्वरूपाः ससिंहकीटा यवनैर्निरुक्ताः । मत्स्यद्वयं तूभयतः प्रवृत्तं पृष्ठेन शेषास्तु सदोदयन्ति ॥६३॥

śīrṣodayā mānuṣasarvarūpāḥ sasiṃhakīṭā yavanairniruktāḥ | matsyadvayaṃ tūbhayataḥ pravṛttaṃ pṛṣṭhena śeṣāstu sadodayanti ||63||

The signs of wholly human form, together with Siṃha ⟨Leo⟩ and Kīṭa ⟨Scorpio⟩, are declared by the Yavanas to be head-rising. The pair of fishes ⟨Mīna, Pisces⟩ proceeds both ways; but the rest always rise back-first.

द्वौ पश्चिमौ षष्ठमथ द्वितीयं स्वस्थानराशेः परिहृत्य राशीन् । शेषान् ग्रहः पश्यति नित्यकालमिष्टेषु चैषां विहिता दृगिष्टा ॥६४॥

dvau paścimau ṣaṣṭhamatha dvitīyaṃ svasthānarāśeḥ parihṛtya rāśīn | śeṣān grahaḥ paśyati nityakālamiṣṭeṣu caiṣāṃ vihitā dṛgiṣṭā ||64||

Setting aside the two ⟨signs⟩ to the west, and then the sixth and the second from the sign of its own station, a graha aspects the remaining signs at all times; and upon the ⟨signs⟩ in question the aspect ordained for them is the accepted one.

जामित्रभे दृष्टिफलं समग्रं स्वपादहीनं चतुरस्रयोस्तु । त्रिकोणयोर्दृष्टिफलार्धमाहुर्दुश्चिक्यसंज्ञे दशमे च पादम् ॥६५॥

jāmitrabhe dṛṣṭiphalaṃ samagraṃ svapādahīnaṃ caturasrayostu | trikoṇayordṛṣṭiphalārdhamāhurduścikyasaṃjñe daśame ca pādam ||65||

On the jāmitra sign ⟨the 7th⟩ the fruit of the aspect is entire; on the two caturaśras ⟨the 4th and 8th⟩ it is less by a quarter of itself; on the two trikoṇas ⟨the 5th and 9th⟩ they call the fruit of the aspect a half; and on the one named duścikya ⟨the 3rd⟩ and on the tenth, a quarter.

त्रिपर्ययेण प्रथमादिवर्गाः क्रमेण पूर्वादिषु दिक्षु वाच्याः । तास्वर्कशुक्रौ धरणीसुतश्च चन्द्रासितौ जीवबुधौ दिगीशाः ॥६६॥

triparyayeṇa prathamādivargāḥ krameṇa pūrvādiṣu dikṣu vācyāḥ | tāsvarkaśukrau dharaṇīsutaśca candrāsitau jīvabudhau digīśāḥ ||66||

Through three rounds, the groups beginning with the first are to be assigned in order to the directions beginning with the east. Among them the Sun and Venus, and the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩, the Moon and Saturn (asita), Jupiter and Mercury are the lords of the directions.

प्रणष्टविन्यस्तविनिर्गतेषु क्रियासु सूतौ शयने रतौ वा । एषां बलाद् द्वारविधिर्दिशश्च वाच्या गृहेषु ग्रहवर्जितेषु ॥६७॥

praṇaṣṭavinyastavinirgateṣu kriyāsu sūtau śayane ratau vā | eṣāṃ balād dvāravidhirdiśaśca vācyā gṛheṣu grahavarjiteṣu ||67||

In ⟨matters of⟩ things lost, things deposited and things gone away, in undertakings, at birth, in bed, or in love-making — from the strength of these ⟨direction-lords⟩ the disposition of the door and the directions are to be declared, in those houses that are devoid of grahas.

आद्यन्तराशेरुदयप्रमाणं द्वौ द्वौ मुहूर्तौ नियतं प्रदिष्टौ । क्रमोत्क्रमाभ्यामधिपंचमं स्याच्चक्रार्धयोर्विद्ध्युदयप्रमाणम् ॥६८॥

ādyantarāśerudayapramāṇaṃ dvau dvau muhūrtau niyataṃ pradiṣṭau | kramotkramābhyāmadhipaṃcamaṃ syāccakrārdhayorviddhyudayapramāṇam ||68||

The measure of the rising of the first and the last sign is prescribed as fixed, two muhūrtas each; by the forward and the reverse order it becomes greater by a fifth ⟨of a muhūrta at each step⟩ — know thus the measure of rising for the two halves of the circle.

एवंप्रमाणानि गृहाणि बुद्ध्वा ह्रस्वानि मध्यानि तथायतानि । चक्राङ्गभेदैः सदृशीकृतानि मार्गप्रमाणानि विकल्पयन्ति ॥६९॥

evaṃpramāṇāni gṛhāṇi buddhvā hrasvāni madhyāni tathāyatāni | cakrāṅgabhedaiḥ sadṛśīkṛtāni mārgapramāṇāni vikalpayanti ||69||

Having understood the signs to be of these measures — short, middling and long — and made commensurate by the divisions of the circle's members, they compute the measures of the ⟨grahas'⟩ paths.

मूर्तिं तु होरां शशिनश्च विन्द्याद्राशिं कुटुम्बं विहितं द्वितीयम् । गृहं तृतीयं सहजाख्यमाहुर्बन्ध्वाश्रयं तु प्रथितं चतुर्थम्॥७०॥

mūrtiṃ tu horāṃ śaśinaśca vindyādrāśiṃ kuṭumbaṃ vihitaṃ dvitīyam | gṛhaṃ tṛtīyaṃ sahajākhyamāhurbandhvāśrayaṃ tu prathitaṃ caturtham||70||

One should know the horā ⟨the 1st house⟩, and also the Moon's sign, as mūrti ⟨the body⟩; the second is ordained as kuṭumba ⟨the family⟩; the third house they call by the name sahaja; and the fourth is renowned as the seat of kinsmen.

प्रोक्तं गृहं पंचममात्मजाख्यं षष्ठं रिपुस्थानमुदाहरन्ति । जायाश्रयं सप्तममष्टमं तु क्षेत्रं बुधा मृत्युपदं वदन्ति ॥७१॥

proktaṃ gṛhaṃ paṃcamamātmajākhyaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ ripusthānamudāharanti | jāyāśrayaṃ saptamamaṣṭamaṃ tu kṣetraṃ budhā mṛtyupadaṃ vadanti ||71||

The fifth house is declared to be the one named ātmaja ⟨offspring⟩; the sixth they cite as the place of enemies. The seventh is the seat of the wife, and the eighth field the wise call the station of death.

धर्मस्य वर्गं नवमं विदध्यात् कर्माख्यमाहुर्दशमं गृहं तु । एकादशं त्वर्थसमुद्भवाख्यं स्याद् द्वादशं तु व्ययसंज्ञमृक्षम् ॥७२॥

dharmasya vargaṃ navamaṃ vidadhyāt karmākhyamāhurdaśamaṃ gṛhaṃ tu | ekādaśaṃ tvarthasamudbhavākhyaṃ syād dvādaśaṃ tu vyayasaṃjñamṛkṣam ||72||

The ninth one should establish as the division of dharma; the tenth house they call by the name of karman ⟨action⟩. The eleventh is named 'the springing-up of wealth', and the twelfth sign bears the designation vyaya ⟨expenditure⟩.

विनिश्चिता येषु गृहेषु येऽर्था भावेषु मूर्त्यादिषु चानुपूर्वात् । ते स्थानकालादिबलैर्गृहाणां वाच्या विलग्नादिषु तत्स्वभावाः ॥७३॥

viniścitā yeṣu gṛheṣu ye'rthā bhāveṣu mūrtyādiṣu cānupūrvāt | te sthānakālādibalairgṛhāṇāṃ vācyā vilagnādiṣu tatsvabhāvāḥ ||73||

Whatever matters are determined for whichever houses — for the bhāvas beginning with mūrti ⟨the body⟩, taken in order — those are to be pronounced upon in the ascendant and the rest by the houses' strengths of place, of time and so forth, ⟨each⟩ with the nature proper to it.

समागता देहगृहादिषूक्तेष्विष्टास्तु तत्पुष्टिकराः प्रदिष्टाः । पापा विनिघ्नन्ति तमेव तत्स्थाः स्थानेष्वनिष्टेष्वभिमर्दिताश्च ॥७४॥

samāgatā dehagṛhādiṣūkteṣviṣṭāstu tatpuṣṭikarāḥ pradiṣṭāḥ | pāpā vinighnanti tameva tatsthāḥ sthāneṣvaniṣṭeṣvabhimarditāśca ||74||

Favourable ⟨grahas⟩ arrived in the aforesaid houses beginning with the body-house are declared to make that ⟨house⟩ thrive; malefics stationed there strike that very ⟨house⟩ down — and so do ⟨grahas⟩ crushed while standing in unfavourable places.

भावेशभावस्थितिभस्वभावप्रधानमध्याधमदर्शनाद्यैः । तद्भावसंवृद्धिविपत्त्यपायैर्नैर्याणिकं पाकमुपैति पुंसाम् ॥७५॥

bhāveśabhāvasthitibhasvabhāvapradhānamadhyādhamadarśanādyaiḥ | tadbhāvasaṃvṛddhivipattyapāyairnairyāṇikaṃ pākamupaiti puṃsām ||75||

By the house occupied by the house-lord, by its standing, by the innate nature of the sign, by ⟨strength⟩ superior, middling or inferior, by absence of aspect and the rest — through the full increase, the calamity and the ruin of that house — there comes about for men the ripening that belongs to the final departure.

चतुर्गुणं स्वोच्चगृहे विधत्ते ग्रहः फलं मूलगृहे तदर्धम् । तुल्यं गृहे स्वे सुहृदो गृहेऽर्धं द्विषे त्रिभागं चरणं च नीचे ॥७६॥

caturguṇaṃ svoccagṛhe vidhatte grahaḥ phalaṃ mūlagṛhe tadardham | tulyaṃ gṛhe sve suhṛdo gṛhe'rdhaṃ dviṣe tribhāgaṃ caraṇaṃ ca nīce ||76||

A graha in the house of its own exaltation produces fourfold fruit; in the mūla ⟨trikoṇa⟩ house, half of that; equal ⟨fruit⟩ in its own house; in a friend's house, a half; in an enemy's, a third part; and a quarter when debilitated.

द्विड्वेश्मगा नीचगृहे जिताश्च दुर्मार्गगाः सूर्यमनुप्रविष्टाः । उक्तानि निघ्नन्ति शुभानि चैते फलान्यनिष्टानि च वर्धयन्ति ॥७७॥

dviḍveśmagā nīcagṛhe jitāśca durmārgagāḥ sūryamanupraviṣṭāḥ | uktāni nighnanti śubhāni caite phalānyaniṣṭāni ca vardhayanti ||77||

⟨Grahas⟩ gone into an enemy's house, vanquished in the house of debilitation, travelling an evil course, or entered into the Sun ⟨combust⟩ — these strike down the auspicious fruits that have been stated, and increase the inauspicious ones.

चक्रार्धमेष्यं बलवद्विलग्नादभ्युद्गतं त्वल्पबलं वदन्ति । केन्द्राणि चैभ्योऽप्यधिवीर्यवन्ति तत्रापि होराबलमग्रमाहुः ॥७८॥

cakrārdhameṣyaṃ balavadvilagnādabhyudgataṃ tvalpabalaṃ vadanti | kendrāṇi caibhyo'pyadhivīryavanti tatrāpi horābalamagramāhuḥ ||78||

The half of the circle still to come, ⟨reckoned⟩ from the ascendant, is strong; but what has already risen up they call of little strength. The kendras are of greater potency than even these; and there too they call the strength of the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ foremost.

श्रेष्ठा मनुष्याकृतयो विलग्ने चतुष्पदाश्चाम्बरमध्यसंस्थाः । जलोद्भवाख्या बलिनो जलस्थाः कीटोऽस्तगो व्योमतले द्विमूर्त्यः ॥७९॥

śreṣṭhā manuṣyākṛtayo vilagne catuṣpadāścāmbaramadhyasaṃsthāḥ | jalodbhavākhyā balino jalasthāḥ kīṭo'stago vyomatale dvimūrtyaḥ ||79||

Signs of human form are best in the ascendant, and quadrupeds when placed at mid-heaven; those called water-born are strong when in the water ⟨the fourth⟩; the insect ⟨sign⟩ when setting, and the two-bodied ⟨signs⟩ on the floor of the sky.

मनुष्यरूपा बलिनो दिवादौ चतुष्पदाश्चार्धदिने सकीटाः । सिंहो दिनान्ते निशि वारिजाः स्युर्लग्नेषु सर्वे विभवा निरुक्ताः ॥८०॥

manuṣyarūpā balino divādau catuṣpadāścārdhadine sakīṭāḥ | siṃho dinānte niśi vārijāḥ syurlagneṣu sarve vibhavā niruktāḥ ||80||

Signs of human form are strong at the beginning of the day, quadrupeds together with the insect ⟨signs⟩ at midday, Leo at day's end, and the water-born by night. All these ⟨grades of⟩ potency have been declared with respect to the ascendants.

आद्यं चतुष्कं मृगधन्विनौ च क्षपापतीन्द्रा बलिनो भवन्ति । तज्ज्ञा द्वितीयं तु चतुष्टयं तु दिनाख्यमाहुः सजलोपपन्नम् ॥८१॥

ādyaṃ catuṣkaṃ mṛgadhanvinau ca kṣapāpatīndrā balino bhavanti | tajjñā dvitīyaṃ tu catuṣṭayaṃ tu dinākhyamāhuḥ sajalopapannam ||81||

The first quartet ⟨of signs⟩, and Capricorn and Sagittarius, are strong as chiefs of the lord of night ⟨that is, as nocturnal⟩; but those who know call the second quartet, furnished with the watery ⟨signs⟩, day-named.

स्वाम्युच्चभृज्जीवबुधैश्च युक्ता होरादयस्तैरवलोकिता वा । शेषैरदृष्टाश्च बलप्रधानाः स्यू राशयस्त्वर्थकुटुम्बसंस्थैः ॥८२॥

svāmyuccabhṛjjīvabudhaiśca yuktā horādayastairavalokitā vā | śeṣairadṛṣṭāśca balapradhānāḥ syū rāśayastvarthakuṭumbasaṃsthaiḥ ||82||

The horā ⟨ascendant⟩ and the rest, joined with their own lord, with the graha that holds exaltation there, with Jupiter and with Mercury, or beheld by these, and unaspected by the remaining ⟨grahas⟩ — such rāśis are foremost in strength; and so too ⟨when joined or beheld⟩ by grahas standing in the artha and kuṭumba ⟨houses⟩.

दिवा स्युरर्कात्मजसूर्यजीवाः शुक्रेन्दुभौमा निशि वीर्यवन्तः । दिने क्षपायां च बुधो बली स्याच्छुक्ले च सौम्या बलिनोऽसितेऽन्ये ॥८३॥

divā syurarkātmajasūryajīvāḥ śukrendubhaumā niśi vīryavantaḥ | dine kṣapāyāṃ ca budho balī syācchukle ca saumyā balino'site'nye ||83||

By day Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter ⟨are strong⟩; Venus, the Moon and Mars are potent by night. Mercury is strong both by day and by night. In the bright ⟨fortnight⟩ the benefics are strong, in the dark ⟨fortnight⟩ the others.

उदग्गताः शुक्रकुजार्कजीवा याम्येऽसितेन्दू द्वयगो बुधस्तु । स्ववर्गसंस्था बलिनश्च सर्वे जितारयो रश्मिवपुर्धराश्च ॥८४॥

udaggatāḥ śukrakujārkajīvā yāmye'sitendū dvayago budhastu | svavargasaṃsthā balinaśca sarve jitārayo raśmivapurdharāśca ||84||

Venus, Mars, the Sun and Jupiter ⟨are strong⟩ when gone north; Saturn and the Moon in the south; but Mercury goes both ways. And all are strong when stationed in their own varga, when they have vanquished their adversaries, and when they wear a body of rays.

वक्रानुवक्रे बलिनो भवन्ति सूर्याद्विनिर्गम्य नवोदिताश्च । आद्यन्तमध्योपगताः प्रधानाः क्षेत्रेषु पुंस्त्र्याख्यनपुंसकाख्याः ॥८५॥

vakrānuvakre balino bhavanti sūryādvinirgamya navoditāśca | ādyantamadhyopagatāḥ pradhānāḥ kṣetreṣu puṃstryākhyanapuṃsakākhyāḥ ||85||

They are strong when retrograde and in the retrograde-following ⟨motion⟩, and when newly risen after emerging from the Sun. Grahas named male, female and neuter are foremost when they have come, ⟨respectively⟩, to the beginning, the end and the middle of the signs.

प्राग्रात्रिभागेऽधिबलः शशाङ्कः शुक्रो निशार्धेऽवनिजो निशान्ते । प्रातर्बुधो मध्यदिने च सूर्यः सर्वत्र जीवोऽर्कसुतो दिनान्ते ॥८६॥

prāgrātribhāge'dhibalaḥ śaśāṅkaḥ śukro niśārdhe'vanijo niśānte | prātarbudho madhyadine ca sūryaḥ sarvatra jīvo'rkasuto dinānte ||86||

The Moon is of surpassing strength in the first part of the night, Venus at midnight, Mars at the end of night; Mercury in the morning, the Sun at midday, Jupiter everywhere, and Saturn at the end of the day.

स्वोच्चस्थिताः श्रेष्ठबला भवन्ति मूलत्रिकोणे स्वगृहे च मध्याः । इष्टेक्षिता मित्रगृहाश्रिता वा वीर्यं कनीयः समुपोद्वहन्ति ॥८७॥

svoccasthitāḥ śreṣṭhabalā bhavanti mūlatrikoṇe svagṛhe ca madhyāḥ | iṣṭekṣitā mitragṛhāśritā vā vīryaṃ kanīyaḥ samupodvahanti ||87||

Grahas standing in their own exaltation are of the best strength; in mūlatrikoṇa and in their own house, of middling ⟨strength⟩. Aspected by the favourable ⟨grahas⟩, or lodged in a friend's house, they carry a lesser potency.

गुर्वेन्दवौ पूर्वविलग्नसंस्थौ नभस्तलस्थौ च दिवाकरारौ । सौरोऽस्तगः शुक्रनिशाकरौ तु जले स्थितावग्र्यबलौ भवेताम् ॥८८॥

gurvendavau pūrvavilagnasaṃsthau nabhastalasthau ca divākarārau | sauro'stagaḥ śukraniśākarau tu jale sthitāvagryabalau bhavetām ||88||

Jupiter and the Moon standing in the eastern ascendant, the Sun and Mars on the floor of the sky ⟨mid-heaven⟩, Saturn in the setting place, and Venus and the Moon in the water ⟨the fourth⟩ — ⟨these⟩ come to be of foremost strength.

मासे तु शुक्लप्रतिपत्प्रवृत्ते पूर्वे शशी मध्यबलो दशाहे । श्रेष्ठो द्वितीयेऽल्पबलस्तृतीये सौम्यैस्तु दृष्टो बलवान् सदैव ॥८९॥

māse tu śuklapratipatpravṛtte pūrve śaśī madhyabalo daśāhe | śreṣṭho dvitīye'lpabalastṛtīye saumyaistu dṛṣṭo balavān sadaiva ||89||

In a month reckoned from the bright pratipad, the Moon is of middling strength in the first ten days, best in the second, and of little strength in the third; but aspected by benefics it is strong at all times.

कालाश्रयं स्थानगुणाश्रयं च प्रधानसंदृष्टिसमाश्रयं च । बलं ग्रहस्य त्रिविधं व्यवस्येत् सर्वक्रियाणामवनिर्णयेषु ॥९०॥

kālāśrayaṃ sthānaguṇāśrayaṃ ca pradhānasaṃdṛṣṭisamāśrayaṃ ca | balaṃ grahasya trividhaṃ vyavasyet sarvakriyāṇāmavanirṇayeṣu ||90||

Threefold is the strength of a graha — that which rests on time, that which rests on the quality of place, and that which rests on the aspect of the dominant ⟨grahas⟩. So should one settle it in deciding upon every undertaking.

स्वस्वामिसंयोगनिरीक्षणेन होराबलं स्वोच्चपतेश्च विन्द्यात् । जीवेन्दुसूनुस्फुजिदां च योगे द्विसन्ध्ययोरल्पबला तु होरा ॥९१॥

svasvāmisaṃyoganirīkṣaṇena horābalaṃ svoccapateśca vindyāt | jīvendusūnusphujidāṃ ca yoge dvisandhyayoralpabalā tu horā ||91||

One should ascertain the strength of the horā ⟨ascendant⟩ by conjunction with, and aspect from, its own lord and the lord of its exaltation, and from a conjunction of Jupiter, Mercury and Venus; but at the two twilights the horā is of little strength.

बलाबलस्यैष विधिर्निरुक्तो गृहग्रहाणां यवनोपदेशात् । कृत्स्नस्य होराफलसङ्ग्रहस्य प्राहुः कृतोदारमुदारसंख्या ॥९२॥

balābalasyaiṣa vidhirnirukto gṛhagrahāṇāṃ yavanopadeśāt | kṛtsnasya horāphalasaṅgrahasya prāhuḥ kṛtodāramudārasaṃkhyā ||92||

This rule of the strength and weakness of the houses and the grahas has been set forth from the teaching of the Yavanas. Men of noble reckoning have pronounced it the excellence wrought within the whole compendium of the fruits of the horā.

प्रधानमध्यान्तबलाबलैश्च क्षेत्रैरथ क्षेत्रपरिग्रहैश्च । नॄणां समुद्भूतिविधौ तथैव स्युः श्रेष्ठमध्यान्तबलाः प्रसूताः ॥९३॥

pradhānamadhyāntabalābalaiśca kṣetrairatha kṣetraparigrahaiśca | nṝṇāṃ samudbhūtividhau tathaiva syuḥ śreṣṭhamadhyāntabalāḥ prasūtāḥ ||93||

According as the signs, and the occupants of the signs, are of foremost, middling or lowest strength or weakness at the manner of men's coming to birth, just so are those born of best, middling or lowest strength.

पूर्वे तु केन्द्रोपगताः फलन्ति मध्ये वयस्यान्तरसन्निविष्टाः । आपोक्लिमस्थाः फलदा वयोऽन्त्ये यथा बलं स्वं समुपेत्य पूर्वम् ॥९४॥

pūrve tu kendropagatāḥ phalanti madhye vayasyāntarasanniviṣṭāḥ | āpoklimasthāḥ phaladā vayo'ntye yathā balaṃ svaṃ samupetya pūrvam ||94||

Grahas come to the kendras bear their fruit in the first ⟨age of life⟩; those settled in the intermediate ⟨places⟩ in the middle age; those standing in the āpoklimas give fruit in the last age — each according to the strength it has first attained.

वयोमुखे प्राह त्रयः स्युरेते ...लसं नियोगे । यथा बलं बालविधानकाल एभ्यस्त्ववस्थं त्रिभिरेव विन्द्यात् ॥९५॥

vayomukhe prāha trayaḥ syurete ...lasaṃ niyoge | yathā balaṃ bālavidhānakāla ebhyastvavasthaṃ tribhireva vindyāt ||95||

At the opening of ⟨each⟩ age, he said, these three would be … ⟨text lost⟩ … in the assignment. According to the strength ⟨they have⟩ at the time of the ordering of childhood, from these one should ascertain the ⟨person's⟩ condition by these three alone.

जन्मेश्वरो लग्नपतिश्च येषां चतुष्टये स्याद्बलवान् गुरुर्वा । चतुर्षु होरादिषु सङ्गतः स्याच्चतुर्वयःकालफलप्रदः स्यात् ॥९६॥

janmeśvaro lagnapatiśca yeṣāṃ catuṣṭaye syādbalavān gururvā | caturṣu horādiṣu saṅgataḥ syāccaturvayaḥkālaphalapradaḥ syāt ||96||

For those in whose ⟨nativity⟩ the lord of the nativity and the lord of the ascendant, or a strong Jupiter, stands in the quartet ⟨of angles⟩ — such a ⟨graha⟩, joined in the four ⟨places⟩ beginning with the horā, becomes the giver of the fruits belonging to the times of the four ages.

यः स्वोच्चभृत् केन्द्रगतः स्ववर्गे स्वर्क्षेऽपि वान्यैरशुभैरदृष्टः । जन्माधिपस्तद्गुणवीर्यभाग्वा सोत्पत्तिकालेषु फलप्रदः स्यात् ॥९७॥

yaḥ svoccabhṛt kendragataḥ svavarge svarkṣe'pi vānyairaśubhairadṛṣṭaḥ | janmādhipastadguṇavīryabhāgvā sotpattikāleṣu phalapradaḥ syāt ||97||

That graha which holds its own exaltation, is set in a kendra, in its own varga or even in its own sign, and is unaspected by other malefics — the lord of the nativity, or ⟨any graha⟩ partaking of those qualities and that potency — becomes the giver of fruit at the times of ⟨life's⟩ arising.

एवं बहूनामपि सङ्ग्रहाणामत्यन्तसौख्याय वदन्ति योगान् । नीचारिभेष्वादिषु तद्वदेवमत्यन्तदुःखाय वदेद्विधानम् ॥९८॥

evaṃ bahūnāmapi saṅgrahāṇāmatyantasaukhyāya vadanti yogān | nīcāribheṣvādiṣu tadvadevamatyantaduḥkhāya vadedvidhānam ||98||

Thus, out of many combinations too, they declare the yogas that make for utmost happiness; and in just the same way, ⟨for grahas⟩ in the signs of debilitation, of enemies and the rest, one should declare the rule that makes for utmost sorrow.

शीर्षोदयेष्वादिगताः प्रधानाः पृष्ठोदयेष्वन्तगताश्च भेषु । मध्यं गताश्चोभयसंज्ञकेषु ग्रहा वयःस्वेव फलं च दद्युः ॥९९॥

śīrṣodayeṣvādigatāḥ pradhānāḥ pṛṣṭhodayeṣvantagatāśca bheṣu | madhyaṃ gatāścobhayasaṃjñakeṣu grahā vayaḥsveva phalaṃ ca dadyuḥ ||99||

In head-rising signs the grahas gone to the beginning are foremost, in back-rising signs those gone to the end, and in the signs called 'both' those gone to the middle; and they give their fruit in the ⟨corresponding⟩ ages of life.

आद्यन्तमध्याश्रयिणो ग्रहाः स्युः प्राग्लग्नगा जन्मनि चन्द्रगा वा । आद्यन्तमध्यप्रभवा वयःसु दायैरनिष्टैरुपकारिभिश्च ॥१००॥

ādyantamadhyāśrayiṇo grahāḥ syuḥ prāglagnagā janmani candragā vā | ādyantamadhyaprabhavā vayaḥsu dāyairaniṣṭairupakāribhiśca ||100||

Grahas that occupy the beginning, the end or the middle ⟨of a sign⟩ — standing in the rising ascendant at birth, or with the Moon — become productive at the beginning, the end or the middle of the ages of life, through dāyas ⟨allotted periods⟩ both unfavourable and helpful.

क्षेत्रेषु ये सन्धिसमापितांशास्ते राशियाताभिमताः प्रसूतौ । वर्गोत्तमाख्यान् परिहृत्य सर्वे ह्यनिष्टदा लग्नसमापितास्तु ॥१०१॥

kṣetreṣu ye sandhisamāpitāṃśāste rāśiyātābhimatāḥ prasūtau | vargottamākhyān parihṛtya sarve hyaniṣṭadā lagnasamāpitāstu ||101||

Those degrees (aṃśa) in the signs (kṣetra) that end at a junction (sandhi) are held, at a birth, to belong to the sign already passed. Excepting those called vargottama, all of them, when they fall at the lagna, give what is unwanted.

लग्नाच्छुभास्तूपचयर्क्षसंस्थाः कुर्वन्ति जन्मानि धनान्वितानाम् । चन्द्रादपि स्फीतगुणान्वितानां पापास्तु कुष्ठीन्यधनालसानाम् ॥१०२॥

lagnācchubhāstūpacayarkṣasaṃsthāḥ kurvanti janmāni dhanānvitānām | candrādapi sphītaguṇānvitānāṃ pāpāstu kuṣṭhīnyadhanālasānām ||102||

Benefics standing in the upacaya signs ⟨the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th⟩ from the lagna make the births of men possessed of wealth; from the Moon likewise, ⟨the births⟩ of men endowed with abundant qualities. But malefics ⟨make⟩ leprous births — of men without wealth and slothful.

मूर्खान् दरिद्रांश्चपलान् विशीलान् चन्द्रः प्रसूतेऽर्कचतुष्टयस्थः । कुर्याद् द्वितीये धनिनां प्रसूतिमापोक्लिमाख्ये तु कुलाग्रजानाम् ॥१०३॥

mūrkhān daridrāṃścapalān viśīlān candraḥ prasūte'rkacatuṣṭayasthaḥ | kuryād dvitīye dhanināṃ prasūtimāpoklimākhye tu kulāgrajānām ||103||

The Moon at a birth, standing in a catuṣṭaya (kendra) from the Sun, makes men foolish, poor, fickle and of bad character; in the second ⟨group⟩ it makes the birth of the wealthy; but in the one called āpoklima, of the eldest-born of the family.

येषां स्वमूर्तौ स्वचतुष्टये वा समुद्भवा भ्रातृगृहे च पुंसाम् । भवन्ति तेऽन्योन्यहिता मनुष्यास्त्वन्योन्यमित्रर्क्षसमुद्भवाश्च ॥१०४॥

yeṣāṃ svamūrtau svacatuṣṭaye vā samudbhavā bhrātṛgṛhe ca puṃsām | bhavanti te'nyonyahitā manuṣyāstvanyonyamitrarkṣasamudbhavāśca ||104||

Men whose births fall in the same mūrti ⟨the 1st house⟩, or in a catuṣṭaya (kendra) ⟨from one another⟩, or in the brother's house ⟨the 3rd⟩, become well-disposed to one another — and so do those born in signs mutually friendly.

मूलत्रिकोणाद्धनबन्धुधर्मपुत्रव्ययस्थानगता ग्रहेन्द्राः । तात्कालिकाः स्युः सुहृदो ग्रहस्य स्वोच्चे च यो यस्य विकृष्टवीर्यः ॥१०५॥

mūlatrikoṇāddhanabandhudharmaputravyayasthānagatā grahendrāḥ | tātkālikāḥ syuḥ suhṛdo grahasya svocce ca yo yasya vikṛṣṭavīryaḥ ||105||

Grahas that have gone to the places of wealth ⟨the 2nd⟩, of kinsmen ⟨the 4th⟩, of dharma ⟨the 9th⟩, of the son ⟨the 5th⟩ and of vyaya ⟨the 12th⟩ from ⟨a graha's⟩ mūlatrikoṇa become that graha's temporary (tātkālika) friends; and so does whichever ⟨graha⟩ stands in its own exaltation with a strength drawn far out.

जामित्रषष्ठाष्टमखायमूर्तिमूलत्रिकोणैकगृहे निविष्टाः । तत्कालमेते रिपवो भवन्ति मौलानि मित्राणि रिपूंश्च वक्ष्ये ॥१०६॥

jāmitraṣaṣṭhāṣṭamakhāyamūrtimūlatrikoṇaikagṛhe niviṣṭāḥ | tatkālamete ripavo bhavanti maulāni mitrāṇi ripūṃśca vakṣye ||106||

⟨Grahas⟩ lodged in the jāmitra ⟨the 7th⟩, the 6th, the 8th, the kha ⟨the 10th⟩, the āya ⟨the 11th⟩, or the mūrti — the one house that is the mūlatrikoṇa itself — become for that time ⟨its⟩ enemies. Now I shall declare the natural (maula) friends and enemies.

रवेर्गुरुर्मित्रमतोऽरयोऽन्ये गुरोश्च भौमं परिहृत्य सर्वे । चान्द्रेरनर्का भृगुनन्दनस्य त्वर्केन्दुवर्जाः सुहृदः प्रदिष्टाः ॥१०७॥

ravergururmitramato'rayo'nye gurośca bhaumaṃ parihṛtya sarve | cāndreranarkā bhṛgunandanasya tvarkenduvarjāḥ suhṛdaḥ pradiṣṭāḥ ||107||

Jupiter is the Sun's friend; accordingly the rest are enemies. Of Jupiter, all except Mars ⟨are friends⟩. Of the Moon's son ⟨Mercury⟩, all but the Sun; and of the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩, all save the Sun and the Moon are declared well-wishers.

भौमस्य शुक्रं शशिजं च मित्रमिन्दोर्बुधं देवगुरुं च विन्द्यात् । सौरस्य मित्राण्यकुजेन्दुसूर्याः शेषान् रिपून् विद्धि नृणां च तद्वत् ॥१०८॥

bhaumasya śukraṃ śaśijaṃ ca mitramindorbudhaṃ devaguruṃ ca vindyāt | saurasya mitrāṇyakujendusūryāḥ śeṣān ripūn viddhi nṛṇāṃ ca tadvat ||108||

One should know Venus and Mercury as Mars's friends; Mercury and the preceptor of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ as the Moon's. Saturn's friends are all but Mars, the Moon and the Sun. Know the rest to be enemies — and it is the same among men.

क्रूरग्रहोऽर्कोऽर्किकुजौ च नित्यं पापौ शुभा जीवशशाङ्कशुक्राः । सौम्यस्तु सौम्योऽप्यविमिश्रितोऽन्यैर्वर्गैश्च तुल्यप्रकृतित्वमेति ॥१०९॥

krūragraho'rko'rkikujau ca nityaṃ pāpau śubhā jīvaśaśāṅkaśukrāḥ | saumyastu saumyo'pyavimiśrito'nyairvargaiśca tulyaprakṛtitvameti ||109||

The Sun is a malefic graha; Saturn and Mars are malefic always; Jupiter, the Moon and Venus are benefic. But Mercury (saumya), benefic (saumya) though he is, ⟨is so only⟩ when unmixed with others; by ⟨their⟩ classes he comes to have a nature the same as theirs.

क्रूराश्च घर्मा मृदवश्च शीता मिश्रस्वभावो हि शशाङ्कसूनुः । एभ्यो जगत्कालफलं समानमुत्पत्तिपाकागमसंश्रयेषु ॥११०॥

krūrāśca gharmā mṛdavaśca śītā miśrasvabhāvo hi śaśāṅkasūnuḥ | ebhyo jagatkālaphalaṃ samānamutpattipākāgamasaṃśrayeṣu ||110||

The malefics are hot and the gentle ones cold; the son of the Moon ⟨Mercury⟩ is of mixed nature. From these, alike, ⟨comes⟩ the fruit of the world and of time, in its arising, its ripening, its coming and its resting.

भूरग्निरापः खमथानिलश्चेत्युक्तानि भूतानि महान्ति पंच । शशाङ्कजाङ्गारकशुक्रजीवसौरा नृदेहादिति बन्धनानि ॥१११॥

bhūragnirāpaḥ khamathānilaścetyuktāni bhūtāni mahānti paṃca | śaśāṅkajāṅgārakaśukrajīvasaurā nṛdehāditi bandhanāni ||111||

Earth, fire, water, ether (kha) and wind — ⟨these⟩ are declared the five great elements. Mercury, Mars, Venus, Jupiter and Saturn ⟨are theirs, in that order⟩; such are ⟨their⟩ bonds with the human body.

सर्वाणि सत्त्वानि हि जीवकामविज्ञानवाक्तत्त्वतमोमनांसि । समाविशन्ति क्रमशोऽर्कशुक्रजीवैन्दवारार्किनिशाकरेभ्यः ॥११२॥

sarvāṇi sattvāni hi jīvakāmavijñānavāktattvatamomanāṃsi | samāviśanti kramaśo'rkaśukrajīvaindavārārkiniśākarebhyaḥ ||112||

Into all beings there enter, in order, life, desire, discernment, speech, essence (tattva), darkness (tamas) and mind — from the Sun, Venus, Jupiter, Mercury, Mars, Saturn and the Moon.

पित्तं कुजात् पित्तकफं च सूर्यात् कफानिलं जीवनिशाकराभ्याम् । शुक्रात् कफं मारुतमर्कपुत्राद् वातं बुधात् स्थानगुणावपृक्तम् ॥११३॥

pittaṃ kujāt pittakaphaṃ ca sūryāt kaphānilaṃ jīvaniśākarābhyām | śukrāt kaphaṃ mārutamarkaputrād vātaṃ budhāt sthānaguṇāvapṛktam ||113||

Pitta ⟨bile⟩ from Mars; pitta and kapha ⟨phlegm⟩ from the Sun; kapha and wind from Jupiter and the Moon; kapha from Venus; wind from the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩; and from Mercury wind, mingled with the qualities of ⟨its⟩ place.

सत्त्वाधिका भास्करभौमजीवा भृग्वात्मजो राजसिकः शशी च । शनैश्चरस्तामसिको बुधस्तु संयगतोऽन्यांल्लभते विशेषान् ॥११४॥

sattvādhikā bhāskarabhaumajīvā bhṛgvātmajo rājasikaḥ śaśī ca | śanaiścarastāmasiko budhastu saṃyagato'nyāṃllabhate viśeṣān ||114||

The Sun, Mars and Jupiter abound in sattva; the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩ and the Moon are rājasika; Saturn is tāmasika; but Mercury, according to what he is joined with, takes on other characters.

भौमार्कजीवाः पुरुषाः प्रदिष्टाः स्त्रीसंज्ञकावेव शशाङ्कशुक्रौ । नपुंसकाख्यावसितेन्दुपुत्रावेषां समानस्थितयो भवन्ति ॥११५॥

bhaumārkajīvāḥ puruṣāḥ pradiṣṭāḥ strīsaṃjñakāveva śaśāṅkaśukrau | napuṃsakākhyāvasitenduputrāveṣāṃ samānasthitayo bhavanti ||115||

Mars, the Sun and Jupiter are declared male; the Moon and Venus alone are named female; the dark one ⟨Saturn⟩ and the Moon's son ⟨Mercury⟩ are called neuter. ⟨Human⟩ conditions answer to these.

राजानमर्कं शशिनं च विन्द्यान्नेतारमारं शशिजं कुमारम् । साचिव्यसंज्ञौ गुरुभार्गवौ तु प्रेष्यः शनिः स्याद्भुवि भागयोगे ॥११६॥

rājānamarkaṃ śaśinaṃ ca vindyānnetāramāraṃ śaśijaṃ kumāram | sācivyasaṃjñau gurubhārgavau tu preṣyaḥ śaniḥ syādbhuvi bhāgayoge ||116||

Know the Sun and the Moon as king, Mars as commander, Mercury as prince; Jupiter and Venus are named the ministers; and Saturn would be the servant — in the apportioning ⟨of these ranks⟩ upon the earth.

गुरुर्द्विजानां भृगुनन्दनश्च क्षत्रस्य सूर्यो धरणीसुतश्च । विशां शशाङ्कः शशिनन्दनश्च वर्णप्रभुः शूद्रजनस्य सौरः ॥११७॥

gururdvijānāṃ bhṛgunandanaśca kṣatrasya sūryo dharaṇīsutaśca | viśāṃ śaśāṅkaḥ śaśinandanaśca varṇaprabhuḥ śūdrajanasya sauraḥ ||117||

Jupiter and the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩ ⟨are lords⟩ of the twice-born; the Sun and the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩ of the kṣatra; the Moon and the Moon's son ⟨Mercury⟩ of the vaiśyas; and Saturn is the varṇa-lord of the śūdra folk.

एषां जये वर्णजयोऽपि भङ्गे तद्वर्णभङ्गो गुणसङ्ग्रहश्च ॥११८॥

eṣāṃ jaye varṇajayo'pi bhaṅge tadvarṇabhaṅgo guṇasaṅgrahaśca ||118||

When these ⟨grahas⟩ are victorious, that varṇa too is victorious; when they are broken, that varṇa is broken — and ⟨with it⟩ its gathering of qualities.

समागमप्राप्तिविरोधलाभास्तेषां समानस्थितयो भवन्ति । कल्याणमित्रार्थसुताङ्गनाभिस्तेषां स्वभावैरनुवर्त्तयन्ति ॥११९॥

samāgamaprāptivirodhalābhāsteṣāṃ samānasthitayo bhavanti | kalyāṇamitrārthasutāṅganābhisteṣāṃ svabhāvairanuvarttayanti ||119||

Meeting, acquisition, opposition and gain — ⟨human⟩ conditions answer to those ⟨grahas⟩; and in welfare, friends, wealth, sons and women ⟨men⟩ follow after the natures of those ⟨grahas⟩.

द्रव्यानि पालाशकताम्ररक्तसितासितश्वेतकपीतकानि। बुधार्कभौमोशनसार्किचन्द्रबृहस्पतीनां सदृशाः स्ववर्णाः ॥१२०॥

dravyāni pālāśakatāmraraktasitāsitaśvetakapītakāni| budhārkabhaumośanasārkicandrabṛhaspatīnāṃ sadṛśāḥ svavarṇāḥ ||120||

The substances ⟨and colours⟩ — leaf-green, copper, red, white, black, white and yellow — are the colours proper, each to its own, of Mercury, the Sun, Mars, Uśanas ⟨Venus⟩, Saturn, the Moon and Jupiter.

पिता जनित्री सहजः कलत्रं बन्धुः सुतो दासजनः स्वपुंसाम् । सूर्येन्दुभूम्यात्मजशुक्रजीवसौम्यार्कजानां सदृशाः स्वभावाः ॥१२१॥

pitā janitrī sahajaḥ kalatraṃ bandhuḥ suto dāsajanaḥ svapuṃsām | sūryendubhūmyātmajaśukrajīvasaumyārkajānāṃ sadṛśāḥ svabhāvāḥ ||121||

Father, mother, brother, wife, kinsman, son and servants — of a man's own ⟨household⟩; the natures of the Sun, the Moon, the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩, Venus, Jupiter, Mercury and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ answer to these ⟨in order⟩.

बलं जरा कर्म सुखं रतिश्च बुद्धिर्नराणां स्थितिरेभ्य एव । कुजार्कजार्कामरसूरिशुक्रसौम्योडुपेभ्यो नियतैर्विधानैः ॥१२२॥

balaṃ jarā karma sukhaṃ ratiśca buddhirnarāṇāṃ sthitirebhya eva | kujārkajārkāmarasūriśukrasaumyoḍupebhyo niyatairvidhānaiḥ ||122||

Strength, old age, action, happiness, pleasure, intellect and men's very standing ⟨come⟩ from these alone — from Mars, Saturn, the Sun, the preceptor of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩, Venus, Mercury and the Moon — by fixed ordinances.

सूर्यः सुरूपो मृदुकुंचिताल्पस्रस्तान्तकेशश्चतुरस्रगात्रः । मध्वायताक्षो यवनेन्द्रकल्पे प्रतप्तचामीकरदीप्तमूर्तिः ॥१२३॥

sūryaḥ surūpo mṛdukuṃcitālpasrastāntakeśaścaturasragātraḥ | madhvāyatākṣo yavanendrakalpe prataptacāmīkaradīptamūrtiḥ ||123||

The Sun is handsome; his hair soft, curling, scanty and drooping at the ends; his body four-square; his eyes long and honey-coloured; and, according to the ⟨teaching of the⟩ lord of the Yavanas, his form blazes like heated gold.

गम्भीरधीरप्रकृतिः प्रचण्डः शूरः स्थिरो दुःप्रसहोऽस्थिसारः । विशुद्धजाम्बूनदपिङ्गरोमा मुख्यो महोजास्त्वरितोग्रकर्मा ॥१२४॥

gambhīradhīraprakṛtiḥ pracaṇḍaḥ śūraḥ sthiro duḥprasaho'sthisāraḥ | viśuddhajāmbūnadapiṅgaromā mukhyo mahojāstvaritograkarmā ||124||

⟨He is⟩ of deep and steady nature, fierce, brave, firm, hard to withstand, having bone for his substance; his body-hair tawny as pure gold; foremost, of great vigour, swift and terrible in action.

चन्द्रः प्रसन्नाम्बुवपुः सुरूपः स्निग्धः सितः कुंचितसूक्ष्मकेशः । विशालनेत्रः समचारुदेहः कान्तो युवा सौम्यविशुद्धमूर्तिः ॥१२५॥

candraḥ prasannāmbuvapuḥ surūpaḥ snigdhaḥ sitaḥ kuṃcitasūkṣmakeśaḥ | viśālanetraḥ samacārudehaḥ kānto yuvā saumyaviśuddhamūrtiḥ ||125||

The Moon's body is like clear water; he is handsome, glossy, white, with fine curling hair; wide-eyed, of even and lovely body, charming, young, of gentle and stainless form.

प्राज्ञः क्षमी मानवसंयतात्मा प्रियोपचारो रतिरक्तभावः । स्निग्धाभिधानो मृदुवल्गुहासी विशुद्धवासा शुभदृग्विलासी ॥१२६॥

prājñaḥ kṣamī mānavasaṃyatātmā priyopacāro ratiraktabhāvaḥ | snigdhābhidhāno mṛduvalguhāsī viśuddhavāsā śubhadṛgvilāsī ||126||

⟨He is⟩ wise, forbearing, humane and self-controlled, pleasing in his attentions, his feeling given to love; affectionate in speech, smiling gently and charmingly, of spotless dress, playing with auspicious glances.

शुक्रो विलासी नयनाभिरामो विशालवक्त्राक्षिकपोलवक्षाः । सुस्निग्धसूक्ष्मासितकुंचितान्तव्यालम्बकेशो रजतावदातः ॥१२७॥

śukro vilāsī nayanābhirāmo viśālavaktrākṣikapolavakṣāḥ | susnigdhasūkṣmāsitakuṃcitāntavyālambakeśo rajatāvadātaḥ ||127||

Venus is amorous, delightful to the eye, with broad face, eyes, cheeks and chest; his hair very glossy, fine, black, curling at the ends and hanging long; he is fair as silver.

गुरुप्रलम्बोरुभुजोदरांसो विचित्रमाल्याम्बरचारुरूपः । शुक्राधिको वादितनृत्तगीतसौभाग्यलीलारतिकामवश्यः ॥१२८॥

gurupralamborubhujodarāṃso vicitramālyāmbaracārurūpaḥ | śukrādhiko vāditanṛttagītasaubhāgyalīlāratikāmavaśyaḥ ||128||

⟨He has⟩ heavy and long thighs, arms, belly and shoulders; a lovely form with varied garlands and garments; he abounds in semen, and is in thrall to instrumental music, dance, song, good fortune, play, love-making and desire.

बृहस्पतिर्दन्तसुवर्णगौरो विशालपीनोन्नतह्रस्वदेहः । गम्भीरभाषी मधुदृष्टिरोमा बुद्धिस्मृतिस्थैर्यधृतिप्रधानः ॥१२९॥

bṛhaspatirdantasuvarṇagauro viśālapīnonnatahrasvadehaḥ | gambhīrabhāṣī madhudṛṣṭiromā buddhismṛtisthairyadhṛtipradhānaḥ ||129||

Bṛhaspati ⟨Jupiter⟩ is fair as ivory and gold; his body broad, stout, prominent ⟨and⟩ short; deep of voice, with honey-coloured eyes and hair; pre-eminent in intelligence, memory, steadiness and constancy.

वेदाङ्गयज्ञश्रुतनीतिधर्मकाव्यक्रियासंश्रयनिर्णयेषु । सुनिश्चितो दुःप्रसहोऽतिमेधाः शुक्लाम्बरो बद्धजटोर्ध्वमूर्धा ॥१३०॥

vedāṅgayajñaśrutanītidharmakāvyakriyāsaṃśrayanirṇayeṣu | suniścito duḥprasaho'timedhāḥ śuklāmbaro baddhajaṭordhvamūrdhā ||130||

⟨He is⟩ sure in his conclusions upon the Vedāṅgas, sacrifice, sacred lore, polity, dharma, poetry, ritual practice and the authorities relied on; hard to withstand; exceedingly intelligent; clothed in white; his matted hair bound up upon the crown of his head.

बुधस्तु सम्पूर्णविशुद्धबुद्धिर्दूर्वालकश्यामतनुः सुनेत्रः । काव्यक्रियाशिल्पकलाप्रधानो विलासहास्यादिमनोभिरामः ॥१३१॥

budhastu sampūrṇaviśuddhabuddhirdūrvālakaśyāmatanuḥ sunetraḥ | kāvyakriyāśilpakalāpradhāno vilāsahāsyādimanobhirāmaḥ ||131||

Mercury (Budha), for his part, is of full and unclouded intellect, his body dark ⟨green⟩ as a blade of dūrvā grass, and fine-eyed; he is foremost in poetry, ⟨skilled⟩ work, craft and the arts, and charms the mind with playfulness, laughter and the like.

पालाशवासाः कृशहीनवृत्तस्त्वक्सारदेहः स्फुटहृष्टवाक्यः । चलस्वभावो मृदुमध्यरूपः परस्वभावो विगतात्मभावः ॥१३२॥

pālāśavāsāḥ kṛśahīnavṛttastvaksāradehaḥ sphuṭahṛṣṭavākyaḥ | calasvabhāvo mṛdumadhyarūpaḥ parasvabhāvo vigatātmabhāvaḥ ||132||

⟨He is⟩ clothed in palāśa ⟨green⟩, lean and of scant girth, his body's essence the skin; his speech is clear and cheerful, his nature restless, his form soft and middling; he takes on the nature of others, his own nature having departed.

अङ्गारकः कुंचितदीप्तकेशस्तीक्ष्णः प्रचण्डः कपिलोग्रमूर्तिः । रक्तान्तचक्षुर्ज्वलितानलाभः संवेगविक्रान्तकुमारभीष्मः ॥१३३॥

aṅgārakaḥ kuṃcitadīptakeśastīkṣṇaḥ pracaṇḍaḥ kapilogramūrtiḥ | raktāntacakṣurjvalitānalābhaḥ saṃvegavikrāntakumārabhīṣmaḥ ||133||

Mars (Aṅgāraka) has curling, blazing hair; he is keen, violent, tawny and terrible of form, red at the corners of his eyes, with the sheen of blazing fire, dreadful as Kumāra ⟨Skanda⟩ striding out in impetuous fury.

ह्रस्वस्तनः स्निग्धनखो दृढाङ्गो मज्जाधिकः स्पष्टविशुद्धवाक्यः । शूरो वधादानविघातशीलो रक्ताम्बरः साहसवीर्यकर्मा ॥१३४॥

hrasvastanaḥ snigdhanakho dṛḍhāṅgo majjādhikaḥ spaṣṭaviśuddhavākyaḥ | śūro vadhādānavighātaśīlo raktāmbaraḥ sāhasavīryakarmā ||134||

⟨He is⟩ short-chested, glossy-nailed, firm-limbed, abounding in marrow, of plain and unclouded speech; a hero, given to killing, seizing and striking down, clothed in red, whose deeds are of recklessness and valour.

शनैश्चरः पिङ्गलधीरदृष्टिर्बली शिरोभङ्गतरङ्गिताङ्गः । दीर्घोऽसितस्थूलखरोग्रकेशो विवर्णभिन्नैर्दशनैर्नखैश्च ॥१३५॥

śanaiścaraḥ piṅgaladhīradṛṣṭirbalī śirobhaṅgataraṅgitāṅgaḥ | dīrgho'sitasthūlakharograkeśo vivarṇabhinnairdaśanairnakhaiśca ||135||

Saturn (Śanaiścara) is tawny and steady of glance, strong, his limbs rolling with a lurching of the head; tall, his hair black, coarse, harsh and dreadful, and his teeth and nails discoloured and broken.

क्षुद्रोऽतिरौद्रप्रकृतिः कुकर्मा प्रद्वेषशीलः पिशुनो नियन्ता । कृष्णाम्बरस्त्यक्तमुदोंऽजनाभः कृशोऽलसः स्नायुनिधानसारः ॥१३६॥

kṣudro'tiraudraprakṛtiḥ kukarmā pradveṣaśīlaḥ piśuno niyantā | kṛṣṇāmbarastyaktamudoṃ'janābhaḥ kṛśo'lasaḥ snāyunidhānasāraḥ ||136||

⟨He is⟩ mean, of an exceedingly savage nature, a doer of evil deeds, given to hatred, a slanderer, a coercer; clothed in black, forsaken by joy, dark as collyrium, lean, sluggish, his essence the store of the sinews.

एषां समानस्थितिवर्णरूपसत्त्वप्रभावान् पुरुषान् वदन्ति । एते स्ववर्गोपगता यदि स्युः केन्द्रेषु कालादिबलाधिकाश्च ॥१३७॥

eṣāṃ samānasthitivarṇarūpasattvaprabhāvān puruṣān vadanti | ete svavargopagatā yadi syuḥ kendreṣu kālādibalādhikāśca ||137||

They declare that the men ⟨born then⟩ match these ⟨grahas⟩ in condition, colour, form, character and power — provided these grahas have entered their own vargas ⟨divisional classes⟩, stand in the kendras ⟨the angles: 1, 4, 7, 10⟩, and abound in kāla-bala ⟨temporal strength⟩ and the rest.

एते यथा वीर्यबलाधिकाः स्युर्भागांशकस्थानपरिग्रहाश्च । तथाविधानेव विधानसिद्धान् कुर्वन्ति भागोत्प्रसवेषु पुंसाम् ॥१३८॥

ete yathā vīryabalādhikāḥ syurbhāgāṃśakasthānaparigrahāśca | tathāvidhāneva vidhānasiddhān kurvanti bhāgotprasaveṣu puṃsām ||138||

In whatever measure these ⟨grahas⟩ abound in vigour and strength, and by their possession of bhāga ⟨degree⟩, aṃśaka ⟨divisional part⟩ and place, in just that measure do they produce men of that very kind, established by that same disposition, at births ⟨falling⟩ within their degrees.

राश्यादयो यैरधिवीर्यवन्तो वर्गेषु तूक्ता ग्रहवर्जितेषु । तेभ्यो विकारान् ग्रहवद्विदध्याद् वर्गस्वभावैरभिसङ्कुलांश्च ॥१३९॥

rāśyādayo yairadhivīryavanto vargeṣu tūktā grahavarjiteṣu | tebhyo vikārān grahavadvidadhyād vargasvabhāvairabhisaṅkulāṃśca ||139||

And where rāśis and the rest have been declared, by whatever ⟨criteria⟩, to possess superior strength in vargas that are void of grahas, from these too one should derive the effects just as from a graha — effects intermingled with the innate natures of those vargas.

भमण्डले ये भवनार्धभागा होरा इति स्वक्रमसंज्ञयोक्ताः । नानाकृतिव्यंजनलिङ्गरूपास्तान् कार्त्स्न्यशो लक्षणतश्च वक्ष्ये ॥१॥

bhamaṇḍale ye bhavanārdhabhāgā horā iti svakramasaṃjñayoktāḥ | nānākṛtivyaṃjanaliṅgarūpāstān kārtsnyaśo lakṣaṇataśca vakṣye ||1||

Those half-portions of the signs (bhavana) in the circle of the asterisms which are called horās, named according to their own sequence — ⟨figures⟩ of various shape, attribute, gender and form — those I shall declare in full and by their characteristics.

रक्ताम्बरः कालरविप्रदीप्तः शस्त्राग्निपाणिः कपिलोर्ध्वकेशः । सुवर्णकर्णाभरणः प्रचण्डो रक्षार्थमभ्युद्यतकालदण्डः ॥२॥

raktāmbaraḥ kālaravipradīptaḥ śastrāgnipāṇiḥ kapilordhvakeśaḥ | suvarṇakarṇābharaṇaḥ pracaṇḍo rakṣārthamabhyudyatakāladaṇḍaḥ ||2||

Clad in red, blazing like the sun of the age's end, with a weapon and fire in his hands, his tawny hair standing upright; wearing golden ear-ornaments, exceedingly fierce, the rod of Death raised up ⟨in his hand⟩ for protection —

मेषे तु होरा प्रथमा नृरूपा व्याघुष्टनादा कृशदीर्घवक्त्रा । अजाविकानां गणमध्यसंस्था छागाधिरूढा पृतनां प्रशास्ति ॥३॥

meṣe tu horā prathamā nṛrūpā vyāghuṣṭanādā kṛśadīrghavaktrā | ajāvikānāṃ gaṇamadhyasaṃsthā chāgādhirūḍhā pṛtanāṃ praśāsti ||3||

In Aries the first horā is of human form, her cry loudly resounding, her face thin and long; standing in the midst of a flock of goats and sheep, mounted upon a goat, she commands an army.

कपालमाली शरदीप्तचापो मातङ्गवीरोऽर्धकलापबन्धः । कृष्णाम्बरः सर्पविभूषिताङ्गो बद्धासिचर्मोग्रवपुः किरीटी ॥४॥

kapālamālī śaradīptacāpo mātaṅgavīro'rdhakalāpabandhaḥ | kṛṣṇāmbaraḥ sarpavibhūṣitāṅgo baddhāsicarmogravapuḥ kirīṭī ||4||

Wreathed in skulls, with an arrow and a blazing bow, a hero among the Mātaṅgas, his hair bound in a half-braid; clad in black, his limbs adorned with serpents, sword and shield girt on, of dreadful body, wearing a diadem —

चौरैः सहारण्यमुपेत्य तूर्णैः संहारमुन्मुंचति भीमवक्त्रः । विदारयन्नश्मभिरग्रशृङ्गं मेषे द्वितीया हतनष्टचिन्ता ॥५॥

cauraiḥ sahāraṇyamupetya tūrṇaiḥ saṃhāramunmuṃcati bhīmavaktraḥ | vidārayannaśmabhiragraśṛṅgaṃ meṣe dvitīyā hatanaṣṭacintā ||5||

Going into the forest with swift thieves, the dread-faced one lets destruction loose, splitting the topmost crag with stones: the second horā in Aries, whose concern is with the slain and the lost.

गोक्षीरसर्पिःकलशी प्रधाना नारी समुत्थाय कुठारहस्ता । हयानना चारुविलासदोला चित्राम्बरा नूपुरघुष्टपादा ॥६॥

gokṣīrasarpiḥkalaśī pradhānā nārī samutthāya kuṭhārahastā | hayānanā cāruvilāsadolā citrāmbarā nūpuraghuṣṭapādā ||6||

A pre-eminent woman with a pitcher of cow's milk and ghee, risen up with an axe in her hand; horse-faced, swaying with lovely play, clad in bright-coloured garments, her feet loud with anklets —

चतुष्पदा वेष्टितरश्मिकाया तृष्णावृता भक्षणजातिभावा । आद्या वृषे तु स्तनभारशोभा होरा नितम्बी ज्वललम्बकांची ॥७॥

catuṣpadā veṣṭitaraśmikāyā tṛṣṇāvṛtā bhakṣaṇajātibhāvā | ādyā vṛṣe tu stanabhāraśobhā horā nitambī jvalalambakāṃcī ||7||

Four-footed, her body wound about with rays, wrapped in craving, her nature of the eating kind; graced by the weight of her breasts, full-hipped, her long girdle blazing — such is the first horā in Taurus.

नारी वयस्था नयनाभिरामा मनस्विनी चम्पकचारुगौरी । विद्यौषधिज्ञानकलाविधिज्ञा कौशेयवस्त्राभरणा प्रदीप्ता ॥८॥

nārī vayasthā nayanābhirāmā manasvinī campakacārugaurī | vidyauṣadhijñānakalāvidhijñā kauśeyavastrābharaṇā pradīptā ||8||

A woman in her prime, delightful to the eyes, high-spirited, fair and lovely as the campaka blossom; knowing the sciences, herbs, learning, the arts and ritual practice, adorned with silken garments, radiant —

गोष्ठे समाभाति कृषीवलानां ब्रह्माङ्गयाज्ञा प्रसवाङ्गनेव । स्रग्गन्धचूर्णासवपानमत्ता होरा वृषे वाक्यभगा द्वितीया ॥९॥

goṣṭhe samābhāti kṛṣīvalānāṃ brahmāṅgayājñā prasavāṅganeva | sraggandhacūrṇāsavapānamattā horā vṛṣe vākyabhagā dvitīyā ||9||

She shines in the cattle-pen of the husbandmen, ⟨versed⟩ in the limbs of the Veda and in sacrifice, like a woman at a birth; drunk with garlands, perfumes, scented powders and the drinking of liquor — the second horā in Taurus, whose fortune lies in speech.

वीणाग्रहस्तः शुकपिच्छवर्णो व्यालम्बवासाः पुरुषः सशिल्पः । सङ्गीतनाट्यश्रुतरक्तभावो वेत्रासनस्थः प्रकरोति काव्यम् ॥१०॥

vīṇāgrahastaḥ śukapicchavarṇo vyālambavāsāḥ puruṣaḥ saśilpaḥ | saṅgītanāṭyaśrutaraktabhāvo vetrāsanasthaḥ prakaroti kāvyam ||10||

A vīṇā in his hand, of the colour of a parrot's plume, his garments hanging loose, a man skilled in craft; his feeling attached to song, to drama and to sacred learning, seated on a cane seat, he makes poetry.

स्त्रीचंचलः कामविपश्चिदात्मा कन्याभुजालिङ्गनबद्धपक्षः । नात्यर्थगो मार्दववल्गुभाषी होरा तृतीये प्रथमेति वाच्या ॥११॥

strīcaṃcalaḥ kāmavipaścidātmā kanyābhujāliṅganabaddhapakṣaḥ | nātyarthago mārdavavalgubhāṣī horā tṛtīye prathameti vācyā ||11||

Fickle after women, his mind expert in love, his side bound in the embrace of a maiden's arms; not going to excess, soft and sweet of speech — such is the horā in the third ⟨sign⟩ to be called the first.

नारी वयोदीप्तविदग्धचेष्टा रक्ताङ्गौरी निपुणा कृतज्ञा । व्यात्ताहवे सैन्यनयाभिरुद्धा रक्ताम्बरा रक्तविलम्बहारा ॥१२॥

nārī vayodīptavidagdhaceṣṭā raktāṅgaurī nipuṇā kṛtajñā | vyāttāhave sainyanayābhiruddhā raktāmbarā raktavilambahārā ||12||

A woman blazing with youth, clever in her gestures, fair with reddened limbs, skilful and grateful; in open battle she is held to the leading of troops, clad in red, with red necklaces hanging low —

भुजोच्छ्रिता क्रन्दति मुष्यमाना चौरैर्विहारे क्रियते च नग्ना । सन्नाहयुद्धेन निवर्तिता सा होरा तृतीये विहिता द्वितीया ॥१३॥

bhujocchritā krandati muṣyamānā caurairvihāre kriyate ca nagnā | sannāhayuddhena nivartitā sā horā tṛtīye vihitā dvitīyā ||13||

Her arms flung up, she cries out as she is robbed, and she is stripped naked by thieves in the pleasure-grove; she is turned back by armoured combat — such is ordained as the second horā in the third ⟨sign⟩.

नारी प्रफुल्लोत्पलपद्महस्ता जले स्थिता चम्पकवर्णगौरी । चन्द्रांशुगौराभरणोत्तरीया हारार्धहारोज्ज्वलभूषिताङ्गी ॥१४॥

nārī praphullotpalapadmahastā jale sthitā campakavarṇagaurī | candrāṃśugaurābharaṇottarīyā hārārdhahārojjvalabhūṣitāṅgī ||14||

A woman with a blown blue lotus and a lotus in her hands, standing in water, fair of the campaka's colour; her ornaments and upper garment white as moonbeams, her limbs brightly adorned with necklaces and half-necklaces —

अशोकशाखामवलम्ब्य कान्तमुद्यानमध्ये मनसा स्मरन्ती । कांचीकलापस्तनलोलहारा होरा चतुर्थे भवने मताद्या ॥१५॥

aśokaśākhāmavalambya kāntamudyānamadhye manasā smarantī | kāṃcīkalāpastanalolahārā horā caturthe bhavane matādyā ||15||

Leaning on a branch of the aśoka, in the midst of a garden remembering her beloved in her mind; her girdle-string and the necklace swaying on her breasts — she is held to be the first horā in the fourth sign.

उद्यानमध्ये पुरुषः सुगौरश्चित्रास्त्रमालम्बति योर्ध्वकण्ठः । कामी विलासोन्मिषचारुशोभो गृहीतपद्मो विललाप कान्तः ॥१६॥

udyānamadhye puruṣaḥ sugauraścitrāstramālambati yordhvakaṇṭhaḥ | kāmī vilāsonmiṣacāruśobho gṛhītapadmo vilalāpa kāntaḥ ||16||

In the midst of a garden a very fair man, who with his neck raised leans upon a variegated weapon; amorous, of lovely beauty flashing with play, holding a lotus, that handsome one lamented.

विचित्रवस्त्राभरणः कृतान्ते कन्दर्पचित्राङ्गकृताङ्गरागः । संशुद्धपक्षोऽरिखराभिधानैः स्मृतश्चतुर्थे विहिता द्वितीया ॥१७॥

vicitravastrābharaṇaḥ kṛtānte kandarpacitrāṅgakṛtāṅgarāgaḥ | saṃśuddhapakṣo'rikharābhidhānaiḥ smṛtaścaturthe vihitā dvitīyā ||17||

With varied garments and ornaments, at the ending of the deed, his limbs painted like Kandarpa and anointed with unguent; of unblemished party, he is recorded under the names ari and khara — ⟨such is⟩ the second horā ordained in the fourth ⟨sign⟩.

सिंहोग्रमूर्तिः पुरुषोऽविषादी दीप्तः प्रचण्डो विकृतो नियन्ता । प्रोद्वृत्तदंष्ट्रो यमकालकल्पो निषादचौराहवमध्यसंस्थः ॥१८॥

siṃhogramūrtiḥ puruṣo'viṣādī dīptaḥ pracaṇḍo vikṛto niyantā | prodvṛttadaṃṣṭro yamakālakalpo niṣādacaurāhavamadhyasaṃsthaḥ ||18||

A man of form terrible as a lion, without dejection, blazing, fierce, misshapen, a subduer; his tusks protruding, like Yama and Death, standing in the midst of battle with Niṣādas and thieves —

प्रबद्धतूणी रसरासनार्थी निघ्नन् मृगान् पर्वतकन्दरेषु । द्विपेन्द्रदन्तः क्षतधीरवक्षाः सिंहे तु होरा प्रथमाभियोज्या ॥१९॥

prabaddhatūṇī rasarāsanārthī nighnan mṛgān parvatakandareṣu | dvipendradantaḥ kṣatadhīravakṣāḥ siṃhe tu horā prathamābhiyojyā ||19||

His quiver bound on, seeking savours for the tongue, killing deer in the mountain caves; his teeth like a lordly elephant's tusks, his steady chest scarred — in Leo this is to be assigned as the first horā.

सङ्ग्रामहृष्टः पुरुषः प्रचण्डो व्याकृष्टचापो मृगचर्मवासाः । नपुंसकः कांचनवर्मधारी विलासिनी रक्षति रूढरोमा ॥२०॥

saṅgrāmahṛṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ pracaṇḍo vyākṛṣṭacāpo mṛgacarmavāsāḥ | napuṃsakaḥ kāṃcanavarmadhārī vilāsinī rakṣati rūḍharomā ||20||

A man delighting in battle, fierce, his bow drawn, clothed in a deerskin; a eunuch wearing golden armour, grown thick with body-hair, he guards the pleasure-women.

व्यालुप्तकेशो विरलाग्रदन्तो रक्तो नृगुह्यं स्पृशति स्त्रियां वा । स्वचक्रचौरैः सह रौद्रमुच्चैर्मरौ विरौत्यर्कगृहे द्वितीया ॥२१॥

vyāluptakeśo viralāgradanto rakto nṛguhyaṃ spṛśati striyāṃ vā | svacakracauraiḥ saha raudramuccairmarau virautyarkagṛhe dvitīyā ||21||

His hair torn out, his front teeth gapped, inflamed with lust, he touches the private parts of a man or of a woman; with thieves of his own circle he howls terribly and loud in the desert — the second ⟨horā⟩ in the Sun's house ⟨Leo⟩.

श्यामावदाता प्रथमाभिरूपा प्राज्ञार्तवार्द्रा मलिनैश्च वस्त्रैः । सूक्ष्माणि वस्त्राणि विचिन्तयन्ती पुत्रार्थिनी कान्तमनुष्यसङ्गा ॥२२॥

śyāmāvadātā prathamābhirūpā prājñārtavārdrā malinaiśca vastraiḥ | sūkṣmāṇi vastrāṇi vicintayantī putrārthinī kāntamanuṣyasaṅgā ||22||

Dusky-bright, beautiful in the first degree, wise, wet with her menses and in soiled garments; thinking of fine clothes, wanting a son, keeping company with a handsome man —

प्ररोदिति ब्रह्मभृतास्वरण्ये व्यालम्ब्य सोत्फुल्लपलाशशाखाम् । विपन्नवस्त्राद्रविणातताङ्गी षष्ठे तु होरा प्रथमाप्तशोभा ॥२३॥

praroditi brahmabhṛtāsvaraṇye vyālambya sotphullapalāśaśākhām | vipannavastrādraviṇātatāṅgī ṣaṣṭhe tu horā prathamāptaśobhā ||23||

She weeps aloud in the forest among the brahma-bearing ⟨ones⟩, clinging to a branch of the palāśa in full bloom; her clothes ruined, stripped of wealth, her limbs outstretched — in the sixth ⟨sign⟩ this is the first horā, whose beauty is so obtained.

कन्याकृतौ सा प्रथिता द्वितीया चन्द्रांशुगौरः पुरुषो लिपिज्ञः । फुल्लारविन्दामलचारुमालश्चन्द्रांशुशुभ्रैर्दशनैर्वपुष्मान् ॥२४॥

kanyākṛtau sā prathitā dvitīyā candrāṃśugauraḥ puruṣo lipijñaḥ | phullāravindāmalacārumālaścandrāṃśuśubhrairdaśanairvapuṣmān ||24||

In the figure of the Maiden she is known as the second. ⟨Then:⟩ a man fair as moonbeams, knowing writing; wearing a lovely spotless garland of blown lotuses, his teeth white as moonbeams, of handsome body —

स्मृतश्च कान्तां प्रणयीकरोति । शिल्पानृतिस्रग्ग्रथनेषु गीर्मान् सूचीविधाने निपुणोऽभिरामः ॥२५॥

smṛtaśca kāntāṃ praṇayīkaroti | śilpānṛtisraggrathaneṣu gīrmān sūcīvidhāne nipuṇo'bhirāmaḥ ||25||

And ⟨so⟩ recorded, he makes his lady love him; eloquent in crafts, in dance and in the weaving of garlands, skilled in needlework, and charming.

तुले तु होरा प्रथमा मनुष्यः श्यामावदातो निपुणः समन्त्रः । तुलाधरः पंचनियोगधीरः ॥२६॥

tule tu horā prathamā manuṣyaḥ śyāmāvadāto nipuṇaḥ samantraḥ | tulādharaḥ paṃcaniyogadhīraḥ ||26||

In Libra the first horā is a man, dusky-bright, skilful, possessed of mantras; holding a balance, steady in the five employments.

वीथ्यन्तरे चित्रविलासवासा धान्यादिकार्षापणजातियन्ता । प्रासासिभल्लप्रगृहीतमुष्टिः प्रपानिरस्तव्रतमाचरंश्च ॥२७॥

vīthyantare citravilāsavāsā dhānyādikārṣāpaṇajātiyantā | prāsāsibhallapragṛhītamuṣṭiḥ prapānirastavratamācaraṃśca ||27||

Within the market street, dressed in gay and elegant clothes, controlling the kinds of grain and the rest and of kārṣāpaṇas; his fist grasping javelin, sword and spear-blade, and following a course in which the vow of the water-booth is cast aside —

तुलाधरे निर्दयकर्मशीला होरा द्वितीया नरकर्मशीला । दंष्ट्रोत्कटस्त्राणकसाधनद्विड् विचित्रबाणासिनिकृष्टखड्गः ॥२८॥

tulādhare nirdayakarmaśīlā horā dvitīyā narakarmaśīlā | daṃṣṭrotkaṭastrāṇakasādhanadviḍ vicitrabāṇāsinikṛṣṭakhaḍgaḥ ||28||

In the Balance-bearer the second horā is given to pitiless deeds, given to deeds done upon men. ⟨Then:⟩ formidable with his tusks, hating the means of protection, with gaudy arrows and sword, his blade drawn —

भित्ता गृहाणां परघातमुष्टी रोमांचितः कम्बलकोचपांशुः । उद्घोषयन् वीथिषु शिंज्य घण्टामुद्वेजनान्याचरति प्रजानाम् ॥२९॥

bhittā gṛhāṇāṃ paraghātamuṣṭī romāṃcitaḥ kambalakocapāṃśuḥ | udghoṣayan vīthiṣu śiṃjya ghaṇṭāmudvejanānyācarati prajānām ||29||

A breaker into houses, his fist a killer of others, his hair bristling, grimed with dust in his blanket-wrap; crying out in the streets and jangling a bell, he works terrors upon the people.

होराष्टमे तु प्रथमोग्ररूपा दीप्तप्रचण्डः पुरुषोऽतिरौद्रः । हिंस्रप्रहर्षस्तपनीयमाली रणोन्मुखः पन्नगबद्धवर्मा ॥३०॥

horāṣṭame tu prathamograrūpā dīptapracaṇḍaḥ puruṣo'tiraudraḥ | hiṃsrapraharṣastapanīyamālī raṇonmukhaḥ pannagabaddhavarmā ||30||

In the eighth ⟨sign⟩ the first horā is of terrible form: a blazing, fierce, exceedingly dreadful man; rejoicing in violence, garlanded with gold, his face set for battle, his armour bound with serpents.

दंष्ट्रोत्कटः काल इव प्रवृद्धो रक्ताङ्गनेत्रो विपुलासिकेशी । विषेण शस्त्रेण च हन्ति सत्त्वान् महेश्वरः क्रुद्ध इवान्तकाले ॥३१॥

daṃṣṭrotkaṭaḥ kāla iva pravṛddho raktāṅganetro vipulāsikeśī | viṣeṇa śastreṇa ca hanti sattvān maheśvaraḥ kruddha ivāntakāle ||31||

Fearsome with tusks, swollen huge like Kāla ⟨Death⟩, red in body and in eye, bearing a broad sword and ⟨long⟩ hair, he slays living beings with poison and with the blade, like Maheśvara enraged at the hour of the end.

होराष्टमे कृष्णवपुर्द्वितीया नारी समस्था विषवक्त्रहस्ता । शस्त्राहवव्याधिभयांश्चरन्ती सर्पैः कृताटोपविलोलदोला ॥३२॥

horāṣṭame kṛṣṇavapurdvitīyā nārī samasthā viṣavaktrahastā | śastrāhavavyādhibhayāṃścarantī sarpaiḥ kṛtāṭopaviloladolā ||32||

The second horā in the eighth ⟨sign⟩ is a woman of black body, evenly poised, with poison in her mouth and in her hand; she moves amid the terrors of weapon, battle and disease; her swing tosses and sways, made of serpents with their hoods puffed out.

विषानलोद्दामबृहद्भुजङ्गैरासक्तकण्ठा मणिदामकांची । क्रोधाकुला व्याकुलभीमदंष्ट्रा दष्टाधरोष्ठी कृतडिम्बवैरा ॥३३॥

viṣānaloddāmabṛhadbhujaṅgairāsaktakaṇṭhā maṇidāmakāṃcī | krodhākulā vyākulabhīmadaṃṣṭrā daṣṭādharoṣṭhī kṛtaḍimbavairā ||33||

Her throat clung about with huge serpents unloosed with the fire of poison, her girdle a string of gems, distraught with rage, her dreadful fangs jutting awry, biting her lower lip, she stirs up tumult and feud.

धनुर्धरे शार्ङ्गविकृष्टधन्वी होरा नरश्चन्द्रकिरीटमाली । चन्द्राननः कांचनबद्धमौली हयेन सन्धावति यज्ञगोप्ता ॥३४॥

dhanurdhare śārṅgavikṛṣṭadhanvī horā naraścandrakirīṭamālī | candrānanaḥ kāṃcanabaddhamaulī hayena sandhāvati yajñagoptā ||34||

In the bow-bearer ⟨Dhanus⟩ the ⟨first⟩ horā is a man, his śārṅga bow drawn taut, wearing a moon-crest and garland, moon-faced, his crown bound with gold; he gallops upon a horse, the guardian of the sacrifice.

तपोवने सानुषु पर्वतानां तपःस्थितो दस्युजनं विहन्य । वेदाङ्गयज्ञाङ्गविधिप्रयुक्तः सर्वार्थसिद्धः कमलायताक्षः ॥३५॥

tapovane sānuṣu parvatānāṃ tapaḥsthito dasyujanaṃ vihanya | vedāṅgayajñāṅgavidhiprayuktaḥ sarvārthasiddhaḥ kamalāyatākṣaḥ ||35||

In an ascetics' grove, on the ridges of the mountains, fixed in austerity, having struck down the robber-folk, applied to the rites of the vedāṅgas and the limbs of the sacrifice, accomplished in every aim, his eyes long as lotus ⟨petals⟩.

होरापरा धन्विनि चारुशोभा नारी चराटोपविलासपूर्णा । चामीकराभा विदितेन्द्रजाला विषास्त्रशिल्पा निपुणोपदेशा ॥३६॥

horāparā dhanvini cāruśobhā nārī carāṭopavilāsapūrṇā | cāmīkarābhā viditendrajālā viṣāstraśilpā nipuṇopadeśā ||36||

The other horā in the archer ⟨Dhanus⟩ is a woman of lovely radiance, full of restless pomp and play, gleaming like gold, versed in conjuring, skilled in the craft of poison and weapons, adept in instruction.

भद्रासनस्था प्रवरं समुद्गं रत्नादिपूर्णं विमलाङ्गरागा । समुद्ररत्नानि विलोकयन्ती विभाति लक्ष्मीरिव सप्रहासा ॥३७॥

bhadrāsanasthā pravaraṃ samudgaṃ ratnādipūrṇaṃ vimalāṅgarāgā | samudraratnāni vilokayantī vibhāti lakṣmīriva saprahāsā ||37||

Seated on a fair throne, ⟨holding⟩ a splendid casket filled with jewels and the rest, her limbs anointed with spotless unguent, gazing upon the gems of the ocean, she shines like Lakṣmī, laughing.

मृगे तु होरा प्रथमा मनुष्यो दंष्ट्राकरालो विकृतः प्रचण्डः । दण्डायुधो मृत्युरिवान्तकाले सन्धां विभिन्दन् मृगचर्मवासाः ॥३८॥

mṛge tu horā prathamā manuṣyo daṃṣṭrākarālo vikṛtaḥ pracaṇḍaḥ | daṇḍāyudho mṛtyurivāntakāle sandhāṃ vibhindan mṛgacarmavāsāḥ ||38||

But in Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩ the first horā is a man, gaping with fangs, misshapen, violent, armed with a staff, like Death at the hour of the end, breaking the compact, clothed in a deer's hide.

लोहानि दासान् महिषांश्च रक्षन् जले स्थितो रक्षति कृष्णधान्यम् । चौरान् सरौद्रान् विसृजन् प्रसक्तान् म्लेच्छांश्च चण्डालपरान् बिभर्ति ॥३९॥

lohāni dāsān mahiṣāṃśca rakṣan jale sthito rakṣati kṛṣṇadhānyam | caurān saraudrān visṛjan prasaktān mlecchāṃśca caṇḍālaparān bibharti ||39||

Guarding metals, slaves and buffaloes, standing in water he guards the black grain; loosing fierce thieves who cling ⟨to their trade⟩, he maintains mlecchas and men given over to the caṇḍālas.

मृगे द्वितीया प्रमदा विकेशी रक्तानना रक्तभुजैकपादा । कृष्णं तु तस्याः प्रवदन्ति शेषं लम्बोदरा सा मकरोग्रदंष्ट्रा ॥४०॥

mṛge dvitīyā pramadā vikeśī raktānanā raktabhujaikapādā | kṛṣṇaṃ tu tasyāḥ pravadanti śeṣaṃ lambodarā sā makarogradaṃṣṭrā ||40||

In Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩ the second is a young woman with dishevelled hair, red of face, red of arm, and having a single foot; but the rest of her they declare to be black. She is pot-bellied, with the fierce tusks of a makara.

नीलांजनाभाम्बरसंवृताङ्गी पिशाचलोहाभरणा विचित्रा । जलं विशन्ती वडवामुखस्था मुहुर्मुहुर्वर्धयते गिरं सा ॥४१॥

nīlāṃjanābhāmbarasaṃvṛtāṅgī piśācalohābharaṇā vicitrā | jalaṃ viśantī vaḍavāmukhasthā muhurmuhurvardhayate giraṃ sā ||41||

Her body wrapped in a robe the hue of dark collyrium, wearing the iron ornaments of a piśāca, strange to look upon, entering the water and standing at the mare's mouth ⟨the submarine fire⟩, again and again she lifts up her voice.

आद्या नरः कुम्भधरे तु होरा कृष्णांजनाभो विकरालदंष्ट्रः । मलीमसश्चर्मविलासवासा रसैक्षवेम्यश्च सरः करोति ॥४२॥

ādyā naraḥ kumbhadhare tu horā kṛṣṇāṃjanābho vikarāladaṃṣṭraḥ | malīmasaścarmavilāsavāsā rasaikṣavemyaśca saraḥ karoti ||42||

But the first horā in the pot-bearer ⟨Kumbha⟩ is a man, gleaming like black collyrium, his fangs terribly gaping, soiled, clad in a garment of hide, and he makes a pool of ⟨sugar-⟩cane juices.

बह्विष्टशिल्पो बहुशिल्पपाणिः स्कन्धे घटश्चास्य सलोभचित्तः । घटध्वजानां प्रणयी न वश्यो द्यूताक्षहस्तोऽभिमतो रिरक्षुः ॥४३॥

bahviṣṭaśilpo bahuśilpapāṇiḥ skandhe ghaṭaścāsya salobhacittaḥ | ghaṭadhvajānāṃ praṇayī na vaśyo dyūtākṣahasto'bhimato rirakṣuḥ ||43||

His craft is much sought after and his hand practised in many crafts; a pot rests on his shoulder, and his mind is full of greed. He is a friend to those whose banner is the pot, not to be brought under another's will, gambling dice in his hand, well liked, and eager to protect.

होरा स्मृता कुम्भधरे द्वितीया कौशेयवस्त्राभरणा तु नारी । कृष्णाम्बरा पाशगृहीतहस्ता पद्मायताक्षा श्रुतिपण्डिता च ॥४४॥

horā smṛtā kumbhadhare dvitīyā kauśeyavastrābharaṇā tu nārī | kṛṣṇāmbarā pāśagṛhītahastā padmāyatākṣā śrutipaṇḍitā ca ||44||

The second horā in the pot-bearer ⟨Kumbha⟩ is declared to be a woman adorned with silken garments, robed in black, a noose held in her hand, her eyes long as a lotus, and learned in the śruti.

कृष्णायताङ्गी कपिलोग्रकेशी वैदग्ध्यभावप्रचुरा मदान्ता । गणैर्वृता चोदकराक्षसीनां सकालरात्रिं नियतिं नियन्ती ॥४५॥

kṛṣṇāyatāṅgī kapilograkeśī vaidagdhyabhāvapracurā madāntā | gaṇairvṛtā codakarākṣasīnāṃ sakālarātriṃ niyatiṃ niyantī ||45||

Dark and long of limb, her fierce hair tawny, abounding in cleverness, carried to the pitch of intoxication, encircled by troops of water-rākṣasīs, she directs Niyati ⟨Destiny⟩ together with Kālarātri ⟨the Night of Doom⟩.

मीने तु होरा प्रथमा वरा स्त्री सन्तीर्णकान्ता च महार्णवस्था । पथि स्थिता चन्द्रमुखी सुगौरी भुजस्तनोत्कम्पविलासहासा ॥४६॥

mīne tu horā prathamā varā strī santīrṇakāntā ca mahārṇavasthā | pathi sthitā candramukhī sugaurī bhujastanotkampavilāsahāsā ||46||

In Mīna the first horā is an excellent woman, a lovely one who has crossed over, standing in the great ocean, standing upon the road, moon-faced, very fair, with the play and laughter of her quivering arms and breasts.

स्त्रीभिर्वृता सर्वमनोहराभिरुत्तीर्य कूलाच्च महार्णवस्य । आभाति रक्ताम्बरभूषिताङ्गी सर्वार्थसिद्धिर्निरुपद्रवा च ॥४७॥

strībhirvṛtā sarvamanoharābhiruttīrya kūlācca mahārṇavasya | ābhāti raktāmbarabhūṣitāṅgī sarvārthasiddhirnirupadravā ca ||47||

Surrounded by women, all of them charming, having come up from the shore of the great ocean, she shines with limbs adorned in red garments — the accomplishment of every aim, and free from calamity.

मीने तु होरा प्रथिता द्वितीया नारी पिशाचोत्तरलोहकर्णी । नीलेन हारेण च भूषिताङ्गी कांचीगुणैश्चापि सलोकचित्रैः ॥४८॥

mīne tu horā prathitā dvitīyā nārī piśācottaralohakarṇī | nīlena hāreṇa ca bhūṣitāṅgī kāṃcīguṇaiścāpi salokacitraiḥ ||48||

In Mīna the second horā is famed as a woman outdoing a piśāca, with iron in her ears, her limbs adorned with a dark-blue necklace and with girdle-cords wondrously figured.

आभीरसंस्थानकृतोत्तरीया नीलैश्च वस्त्रैः प्रविभाति रौद्रा । लोहं हरन्ती शकटैः पटैश्च चौरैश्च दीप्तैर्मुषिता ह्यरण्ये ॥४९॥

ābhīrasaṃsthānakṛtottarīyā nīlaiśca vastraiḥ pravibhāti raudrā | lohaṃ harantī śakaṭaiḥ paṭaiśca cauraiśca dīptairmuṣitā hyaraṇye ||49||

Her upper cloth worn in the Ābhīra fashion, she shines forth terrible in dark-blue garments; carrying iron by wagons and in cloths, she is plundered in the forest by blazing thieves.

एतास्तु होरा यवनैर्निरुक्ताश्चिन्तासमुद्भूतिगुणाश्रयार्थाः । सरूपलिङ्गाभरणानुबन्धैर्निदर्शनैरेव यथार्थसंज्ञाः ॥५०॥

etāstu horā yavanairniruktāścintāsamudbhūtiguṇāśrayārthāḥ | sarūpaliṅgābharaṇānubandhairnidarśanaireva yathārthasaṃjñāḥ ||50||

These horās have been expounded by the Yavanas, their purport being the ground of the qualities that arise from the matter thought of ⟨by the querent⟩; by illustrations alone, through the correspondences of form, mark and ornament, their names accord with their sense.

षट् षड्गुणा राशितृतीयभागा द्रेकाणसंज्ञा यवनाख्यया ये । नानाविधच्छादनचित्ररूपास्तान् सर्वलिङ्गादिगुणैर्विधास्ये ॥१॥

ṣaṭ ṣaḍguṇā rāśitṛtīyabhāgā drekāṇasaṃjñā yavanākhyayā ye | nānāvidhacchādanacitrarūpāstān sarvaliṅgādiguṇairvidhāsye ||1||

The thirty-six — six times six — third-parts of the signs, which by the Yavana designation are named drekkāṇas, of manifold garb and varied form: these I shall set forth with all their marks and other attributes.

रक्ताम्बरो रक्तवपुः प्रचण्डः क्रोधप्रहारः क्षतगात्रपाणिः । सुवर्णवर्मायुधचित्रबाणो मेषे कुठारोद्यतपाणिराद्यः ॥२॥

raktāmbaro raktavapuḥ pracaṇḍaḥ krodhaprahāraḥ kṣatagātrapāṇiḥ | suvarṇavarmāyudhacitrabāṇo meṣe kuṭhārodyatapāṇirādyaḥ ||2||

Red-robed, red-bodied, fierce, striking in wrath, his limbs and hands gashed, with golden armour and weapon and variegated arrows — the first ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ in Meṣa, an axe raised in his hand.

गौरः प्रहारी रिपुदारुणाक्षः शुक्लाम्बरो वारणतुल्यमूर्धा । बाणायुधो धातुरसार्थविच्च मेषे द्वितीयो गुरुलोमशाङ्गः ॥३॥

gauraḥ prahārī ripudāruṇākṣaḥ śuklāmbaro vāraṇatulyamūrdhā | bāṇāyudho dhāturasārthavicca meṣe dvitīyo gurulomaśāṅgaḥ ||3||

Fair, a striker, his eyes terrible to his foes, white-robed, his head like an elephant's, armed with arrows, and knowing the trade in metals and mineral essences — the second in Meṣa, his limbs thick with hair.

नीलाम्बरो नीलवपुः प्रचण्डो दण्डायुधो नीलकिरीटमाली । बलोत्तराङ्गश्च गवाक्षितारो मेषे तृतीयः कलिकालकल्पः ॥४॥

nīlāmbaro nīlavapuḥ pracaṇḍo daṇḍāyudho nīlakirīṭamālī | balottarāṅgaśca gavākṣitāro meṣe tṛtīyaḥ kalikālakalpaḥ ||4||

Blue-robed, blue-bodied, fierce, armed with a staff, wearing a blue diadem and garland, his body foremost in strength, the pupils of his eyes round ⟨as lattice-windows⟩ — the third in Meṣa, like the age of Kali ⟨itself⟩.

श्यामा कटाक्षाकुलचित्तशस्ता नारी कदम्बाकुलकण्ठमाला । आद्यो वृषे तत्र कुठारहस्ता सम्भाति गोपालविनामिताङ्गी ॥५॥

śyāmā kaṭākṣākulacittaśastā nārī kadambākulakaṇṭhamālā | ādyo vṛṣe tatra kuṭhārahastā sambhāti gopālavināmitāṅgī ||5||

Dark, esteemed, her mind restless with sidelong glances, a woman with a neck-garland thick with kadamba blossoms — there the first in Vṛṣa shines, an axe in her hand, her body bent ⟨like⟩ a cowherd's.

रक्तानना रक्तभुजैकपादा रक्ताधरोष्ठी कलशी प्रधाना । भक्ष्ये च पाने च सदाभियुक्ता वृषेऽपरोद्यानवनाभिरामा ॥६॥

raktānanā raktabhujaikapādā raktādharoṣṭhī kalaśī pradhānā | bhakṣye ca pāne ca sadābhiyuktā vṛṣe'parodyānavanābhirāmā ||6||

Red-faced, red-armed and standing on one foot, her lower lip red, carrying a water-jar, foremost ⟨among them⟩, forever intent on food and drink — the second in Vṛṣa, delighting in gardens and groves.

नरी म कोमलाङ्गी ककुद्मती चम्पकचित्रमाला । सुभ्रूलता सा वृषभान्तयाता नितम्बबिम्बानुविलम्बकाञ्ची ॥७॥

narī ma komalāṅgī kakudmatī campakacitramālā | subhrūlatā sā vṛṣabhāntayātā nitambabimbānuvilambakāñcī ||7||

⟨…⟩ soft-limbed, humped ⟨like the bull⟩, with a variegated garland of campaka; she of the lovely creeper-brows, come to the end of Vṛṣabha, her girdle hanging low over the orbs of her hips.

धनुर्धरो बाणविचित्रपाणिश्चित्रस्रजालङ्कृतलम्बहारः । आद्यस्तृतीये कृतशिल्पभाण्डः शस्त्रास्त्रविद्वद्धकिरीटवर्मा ॥८॥

dhanurdharo bāṇavicitrapāṇiścitrasrajālaṅkṛtalambahāraḥ | ādyastṛtīye kṛtaśilpabhāṇḍaḥ śastrāstravidvaddhakirīṭavarmā ||8||

A bowman, arrows of many kinds in his hand, adorned with a variegated wreath and a long hanging necklace, holding wares of wrought craft, knowing weapon and missile, his diadem and armour bound on — the first in the third ⟨sign⟩.

श्यामा विचित्राम्बरचारुकांची नारी कलागीतकथाभिरामा । वीणां प्रगृह्याभिरता प्रकामा सुभ्रू विलासी मिथुने द्वितीया ॥९॥

śyāmā vicitrāmbaracārukāṃcī nārī kalāgītakathābhirāmā | vīṇāṃ pragṛhyābhiratā prakāmā subhrū vilāsī mithune dvitīyā ||9||

Dark, with a variegated robe and a lovely girdle, a woman delighting in the arts, in song and in story, taking up the vīṇā and absorbed ⟨in it⟩, full of desire, fair-browed and coquettish — the second in Mithuna.

रक्ताम्बरो रक्तविलम्बहारो रक्ताङ्गगौरो रभसप्रचण्डः । रक्ताग्रदण्डो नरवृन्दमुख्यः शस्त्रास्त्रधारी मिथुने तृतीयः ॥१०॥

raktāmbaro raktavilambahāro raktāṅgagauro rabhasapracaṇḍaḥ | raktāgradaṇḍo naravṛndamukhyaḥ śastrāstradhārī mithune tṛtīyaḥ ||10||

Red-robed, with a red hanging necklace, fair with reddened limbs, impetuous and fierce, his staff red at the tip, at the head of a throng of men, bearing weapon and missile — the third in Mithuna.

नारी विलासार्पितवल्गुशब्दा जले स्थिता पद्मगृहीतहस्ता । कामातुरा चम्पकचारुगौरी शुक्लकवस्त्रा प्रथमा चतुर्थे ॥११॥

nārī vilāsārpitavalguśabdā jale sthitā padmagṛhītahastā | kāmāturā campakacārugaurī śuklakavastrā prathamā caturthe ||11||

A woman whose sweet words are given to dalliance, standing in water, a lotus taken in her hand, tormented by desire, fair and lovely as the campaka, clad in white — the first in the fourth ⟨sign⟩.

सर्पासना मध्यमरूपशोभी दाक्षिण्यभावप्रचुरान्तरात्मा । रत्नाकरालङ्कृतचारुमूर्तिर्गौरांशुका कर्कटके द्वितीयः ॥१२॥

sarpāsanā madhyamarūpaśobhī dākṣiṇyabhāvapracurāntarātmā | ratnākarālaṅkṛtacārumūrtirgaurāṃśukā karkaṭake dvitīyaḥ ||12||

Seated on a serpent, of middling beauty, the inner self abounding in courtesy, of lovely form adorned with the jewels of the ocean, in fair garments — the second in Karkaṭaka.

नीलोत्पलाभा नयनाभिरामा कौशेयचित्राभरणोत्तरीया । बन्ध्या च सौभाग्यमदोत्कटा च नारी चतुर्थे विहिता तृतीया ॥१३॥

nīlotpalābhā nayanābhirāmā kauśeyacitrābharaṇottarīyā | bandhyā ca saubhāgyamadotkaṭā ca nārī caturthe vihitā tṛtīyā ||13||

With the sheen of a blue lotus, delightful to the eye, in a silk upper garment and varied ornaments, barren, and swollen with the pride of her beauty — the woman ordained as the third in the fourth ⟨sign⟩.

सिंहोदरः सिंहवपुः प्रचण्डः शस्त्रायुधः प्रौढबलाभिमानी । रौद्रोग्रकर्मा पिशुनाशनेप्सुराद्यः प्रभूताग्रकरश्च सिंहे ॥१४॥

siṃhodaraḥ siṃhavapuḥ pracaṇḍaḥ śastrāyudhaḥ prauḍhabalābhimānī | raudrograkarmā piśunāśanepsurādyaḥ prabhūtāgrakaraśca siṃhe ||14||

Lion-bellied, lion-bodied, fierce, armed with weapons, proud of his full-grown strength, of terrible and savage deeds, eager to devour ⟨his⟩ slanderers, and with mighty forepaws — the first in Siṃha.

नारी प्रगल्भा विरलाग्रकेशी शैले परस्वाहरणेषु दृप्ता । तस्य प्रमारं च करोति भीमा सिंहेऽपरा मौष्टिकतुल्यचेष्टा ॥१५॥

nārī pragalbhā viralāgrakeśī śaile parasvāharaṇeṣu dṛptā | tasya pramāraṃ ca karoti bhīmā siṃhe'parā mauṣṭikatulyaceṣṭā ||15||

A bold woman, the ends of her hair thin, on a mountain, insolent in the seizing of others' goods; and, terrible, she does him to death — the second in Siṃha, whose movements are those of a prize-fighter.

नारी कृताटोपविदग्धचेष्टा यन्त्रेषु शिल्पार्थमणिक्रियासु । दन्तासनस्था प्रकरोति चिन्तां सिंहे तृतीया द्विषतां वधेन ॥१६॥

nārī kṛtāṭopavidagdhaceṣṭā yantreṣu śilpārthamaṇikriyāsu | dantāsanasthā prakaroti cintāṃ siṃhe tṛtīyā dviṣatāṃ vadhena ||16||

A woman of arrogant bearing and practised movements; seated on an ivory seat she turns her thought upon engines, upon crafts and the working of gems — and upon the slaying of her enemies: the third in Siṃha.

श्यामो नरः शिल्पविदग्धशास्त्रः संख्यानकौशल्यकथाविधिज्ञः । सौभाग्यनैपुण्यविधौ नियुक्तः कन्यादिभागोऽर्थविनिश्चितः स्यात् ॥१७॥

śyāmo naraḥ śilpavidagdhaśāstraḥ saṃkhyānakauśalyakathāvidhijñaḥ | saubhāgyanaipuṇyavidhau niyuktaḥ kanyādibhāgo'rthaviniścitaḥ syāt ||17||

A dark man, learned in the science of crafts, knowing computation, dexterity, discourse and procedure, engaged in the practice of beauty and skill — the first portion of Kanyā would be resolute in matters of gain.

नारी सुरूपार्तवदिग्धगात्री नरं प्रजार्थे रहसि स्मरन्ती । सा पण्डिता यत्नवती जनार्थं षष्ठे विदेशं व्रजति द्वितीया ॥१८॥

nārī surūpārtavadigdhagātrī naraṃ prajārthe rahasi smarantī | sā paṇḍitā yatnavatī janārthaṃ ṣaṣṭhe videśaṃ vrajati dvitīyā ||18||

A beautiful woman, her limbs smeared with her menstrual flow, thinking in secret of a man for the sake of offspring; learned she is and painstaking — for the sake of a child the second in the sixth ⟨sign⟩ goes to a foreign land.

नारी विलासार्पितहावभावा स्मितानना चन्द्रमुखी तृतीया । अशोकपुष्पाभरणैकवेणी गतैर्मदप्रस्खलितैर्विभाति ॥१९॥

nārī vilāsārpitahāvabhāvā smitānanā candramukhī tṛtīyā | aśokapuṣpābharaṇaikaveṇī gatairmadapraskhalitairvibhāti ||19||

A woman whose amorous gestures and moods are given to dalliance, her face smiling, moon-faced — the third; with a single braid ornamented with aśoka blossoms, she shines in a gait faltering with drink.

वीथ्यां मनुष्यः कृतशिल्पभाण्डः कौशेयचित्राभरणैर्वृताङ्गः । आद्यस्तुले श्यामतनुः सुनेत्रो हिरण्यपण्याकरकोशभूमिः ॥२०॥

vīthyāṃ manuṣyaḥ kṛtaśilpabhāṇḍaḥ kauśeyacitrābharaṇairvṛtāṅgaḥ | ādyastule śyāmatanuḥ sunetro hiraṇyapaṇyākarakośabhūmiḥ ||20||

A man in the market street, with wrought craft-wares, his body wrapped in silks and varied ornaments — the first in Tulā, dark of body and fine-eyed, a ground of gold, of merchandise, of mines and of treasure.

नारी सुमध्या विदिताल्पशिल्पा चित्राम्बरा चित्रविलम्बहारा । दूतीविधाने निपुणा वरार्थे तुले द्वितीया विटधूर्तचेष्टा ॥२१॥

nārī sumadhyā viditālpaśilpā citrāmbarā citravilambahārā | dūtīvidhāne nipuṇā varārthe tule dvitīyā viṭadhūrtaceṣṭā ||21||

A woman of slender waist, knowing a little of the crafts, in variegated robes and a variegated hanging necklace, skilled in the office of a go-between for the sake of a suitor — the second in Tulā, behaving as a libertine and a rogue.

नरः प्रहारी विरलाग्रदन्तः प्ररूढरोमा गुरुकोचपांशुः । धन्वी शिरस्त्राणविबद्धवर्मा तुले तृतीयो विटकूटचेष्टः ॥२२॥

naraḥ prahārī viralāgradantaḥ prarūḍharomā gurukocapāṃśuḥ | dhanvī śirastrāṇavibaddhavarmā tule tṛtīyo viṭakūṭaceṣṭaḥ ||22||

A striking man, his front teeth set apart, thickly grown with hair, his heavy locks ⟨matted⟩ with dust, a bowman with helmet and armour bound on — the third in Tulā, who acts the libertine and the cheat.

नरः प्रदीप्तो रिपुचण्डदण्डो निकृष्टखड्गस्तपनीयवर्मा । प्रक्रीडते क्रोधविमूर्छितार्चिराद्योऽष्टमे तीक्ष्णविषैर्भुजङ्गैः ॥२३॥

naraḥ pradīpto ripucaṇḍadaṇḍo nikṛṣṭakhaḍgastapanīyavarmā | prakrīḍate krodhavimūrchitārcirādyo'ṣṭame tīkṣṇaviṣairbhujaṅgaiḥ ||23||

A blazing man, a fierce rod ⟨of punishment⟩ to his enemies, his sword drawn, in gold armour, his radiance swollen with wrath — the first in the eighth ⟨sign⟩ sports with sharp-venomed serpents.

नारी विकेशी भुजगैर्निबद्धा चौरैररण्ये मुषितासिताङ्गी । चौराद्द्रुतं धावति सा विनग्ना कीटेऽपरा क्रन्दति रौद्रमुच्चैः ॥२४॥

nārī vikeśī bhujagairnibaddhā caurairaraṇye muṣitāsitāṅgī | caurāddrutaṃ dhāvati sā vinagnā kīṭe'parā krandati raudramuccaiḥ ||24||

A woman with dishevelled hair, bound about by serpents, robbed by thieves in the forest, dark of limb; naked she runs swiftly from the thief — the second in Kīṭa ⟨Scorpio⟩, shrieking terribly and loud.

हिंस्रो नरः कांचनवर्मधारी बिले निधानेष्टतिकर्मठश्च । भग्नव्रतेच्छोऽस्त्रविदष्टमेऽन्त्यः सन्तप्यतेस्वैर्मुषितः सहायैः ॥२५॥

hiṃsro naraḥ kāṃcanavarmadhārī bile nidhāneṣṭatikarmaṭhaśca | bhagnavrateccho'stravidaṣṭame'ntyaḥ santapyatesvairmuṣitaḥ sahāyaiḥ ||25||

A violent man wearing gold armour, working very hard for treasure ⟨buried⟩ in a hole, wishing to break his vows, knowing weapons — the last in the eighth ⟨sign⟩; robbed by his own helpers, he is consumed with anguish.

व्याकृष्टचापो हयचण्डवेगो रथास्त्रशिल्पः क्रतुभाण्डधारी । आद्यो नरः कांचनदंशिताङ्गो धनुर्धरे कांचनकुण्डलार्चिः ॥२६॥

vyākṛṣṭacāpo hayacaṇḍavego rathāstraśilpaḥ kratubhāṇḍadhārī | ādyo naraḥ kāṃcanadaṃśitāṅgo dhanurdhare kāṃcanakuṇḍalārciḥ ||26||

His bow drawn, of a horse's fierce speed, skilled in chariot and missile, bearing the vessels of sacrifice, his body mailed in gold, ablaze with golden earrings — the first man in Dhanurdhara.

नरी विलासार्पितचारुशोभा भद्रासनस्था कनकांशुगौरी । रत्नाकरे हेममयं समुद्गमुद्घट्ट्य दानेऽभिरता द्वितीया ॥२७॥

narī vilāsārpitacāruśobhā bhadrāsanasthā kanakāṃśugaurī | ratnākare hemamayaṃ samudgamudghaṭṭya dāne'bhiratā dvitīyā ||27||

A woman of lovely grace given to dalliance, seated on a fine seat, fair as a ray of gold; in the jewel-store, having thrown open a casket of gold, the second delights in giving.

कूर्ची नरः श्यामतनुर्विलासी कौशेयवासा मदनातुरात्मा । केयूरमुक्तागुणलम्बवक्षा गान्धर्वगन्धप्रणयी तृतीयः ॥२८॥

kūrcī naraḥ śyāmatanurvilāsī kauśeyavāsā madanāturātmā | keyūramuktāguṇalambavakṣā gāndharvagandhapraṇayī tṛtīyaḥ ||28||

A bearded man, dark of body, playful, clad in silk, his soul tormented by love, armlets upon him and a pearl-string hanging on his chest, a lover of music and of perfume — the third.

नीलांजनाभो मकरोग्रदंष्ट्रो दण्डायुधः कालकृतान्तकर्मा । मध्यश्मशाने गुरुलोमवर्मा स्थितो मृगाख्येऽकृशमूर्तिराद्यः ॥२९॥

nīlāṃjanābho makarogradaṃṣṭro daṇḍāyudhaḥ kālakṛtāntakarmā | madhyaśmaśāne gurulomavarmā sthito mṛgākhye'kṛśamūrtirādyaḥ ||29||

With the sheen of dark collyrium, the fierce tusks of a makara, armed with a staff, doing the work of Kāla and Kṛtānta ⟨Death⟩, armoured in heavy hair, standing in the midst of a cremation ground, of no lean form — the first in the sign called Mṛga.

दीप्तद्युतिर्नीलपिशाचदन्तः प्रबद्धवर्मासिशिरो वपुष्मान् । कुर्वन्नदीबन्धतडागवाहान् मृगे द्वितीयः परिचंचरीति ॥३०॥

dīptadyutirnīlapiśācadantaḥ prabaddhavarmāsiśiro vapuṣmān | kurvannadībandhataḍāgavāhān mṛge dvitīyaḥ paricaṃcarīti ||30||

Of blazing lustre, with the teeth of a blue piśāca, his armour bound fast, ⟨bearing⟩ sword and helm, well-made of body; making river-dams, tanks and watercourses, the second in Mṛga roams about ⟨ceaselessly⟩.

स्रस्ताग्रकेशी प्रविदारितास्या लम्बोदरी रक्तकृशायताङ्गी । पाशाग्रहस्ता मृतचैलधात्री हिंसाभिरामा मकरे तृतीया ॥३१॥

srastāgrakeśī pravidāritāsyā lambodarī raktakṛśāyatāṅgī | pāśāgrahastā mṛtacailadhātrī hiṃsābhirāmā makare tṛtīyā ||31||

With the tips of her hair hanging loose, her mouth torn wide open, her belly pendulous, her limbs red, gaunt and long, the end of a noose in her hand, bearing the garments of the dead, delighting in violence — ⟨such is⟩ the third ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ in Makara.

दंष्ट्राकरालो विदितेन्द्रजालो नीलाम्बुदाभो मलिनोर्ध्वकेशः । निस्त्रिंशकर्माजिनवीरवासा सक्षुद्रभावः प्रथमो नृकुम्भे ॥३२॥

daṃṣṭrākarālo viditendrajālo nīlāmbudābho malinordhvakeśaḥ | nistriṃśakarmājinavīravāsā sakṣudrabhāvaḥ prathamo nṛkumbhe ||32||

Terrible with his tusks, versed in sorcery, dark as a rain-cloud, with filthy upstanding hair, of pitiless deeds, clad in a hide as a warrior's dress, of base disposition — ⟨such is⟩ the first in the man-Kumbha ⟨Aquarius⟩.

प्रदीप्तशस्त्रः कपिलोर्ध्वकेशः कपालमालाकुलबद्धचर्मा । सन्ध्याघनाभोऽपसृतोग्रदंष्ट्रो वृतश्च पाशादिगुणैर्द्वितीयः ॥३३॥

pradīptaśastraḥ kapilordhvakeśaḥ kapālamālākulabaddhacarmā | sandhyāghanābho'pasṛtogradaṃṣṭro vṛtaśca pāśādiguṇairdvitīyaḥ ||33||

With blazing weapon, with tawny upstanding hair, a hide bound on him thick with a garland of skulls, hued like a cloud at twilight, his fierce tusks jutting out, and girt about with nooses and other cords — ⟨such is⟩ the second.

नानायुधः कांचनचन्द्रमाली नरो वराहाकृतिघोरमूर्तिः । रत्नान् प्रकुर्वन् मलये तपस्वी कुम्भे तृतीयः कपिपिङ्गकेशः ॥३४॥

nānāyudhaḥ kāṃcanacandramālī naro varāhākṛtighoramūrtiḥ | ratnān prakurvan malaye tapasvī kumbhe tṛtīyaḥ kapipiṅgakeśaḥ ||34||

Bearing many weapons, garlanded with golden moons, a man of dreadful form with the shape of a boar, an ascetic on ⟨Mount⟩ Malaya making jewels, his hair tawny as a monkey's — ⟨such is⟩ the third in Kumbha.

नारी सुकाया विपुलायताक्षी कौशेयचामीकरभूषिताङ्गी । पोतेन सन्तीर्णमहार्णवस्था रत्नाकरार्थे च झषाह्वयाद्या ॥३५॥

nārī sukāyā vipulāyatākṣī kauśeyacāmīkarabhūṣitāṅgī | potena santīrṇamahārṇavasthā ratnākarārthe ca jhaṣāhvayādyā ||35||

A woman of fair body, with broad long eyes, her limbs adorned with silk and gold, borne upon the great ocean she has crossed by ship, and ⟨faring⟩ for the sake of jewels — ⟨such is⟩ the first in the sign called the Fish.

कलौ कराला प्रमुखी प्रचण्डा नारी विवस्त्रा सितलोहकाली । प्रणष्टवस्त्राभरणा विरौति वस्त्रार्थिनी मीनयुगे द्वितीया ॥३६॥

kalau karālā pramukhī pracaṇḍā nārī vivastrā sitalohakālī | praṇaṣṭavastrābharaṇā virauti vastrārthinī mīnayuge dvitīyā ||36||

Terrible in strife, with jutting face, exceedingly fierce, a naked woman, black as burnished iron, her clothes and ornaments lost, she shrieks, begging for clothes — ⟨such is⟩ the second in the pair of fishes.

आभीरचिह्नाभरणा विकेशी नारी विरावं प्रकरोति भीता । सृगालमार्जारवराहरूपैर्विभूषिता भूतगणैर्जलस्था ॥३७॥

ābhīracihnābharaṇā vikeśī nārī virāvaṃ prakaroti bhītā | sṛgālamārjāravarāharūpairvibhūṣitā bhūtagaṇairjalasthā ||37||

Adorned with the marks of a cowherd, her hair dishevelled, a frightened woman raises an outcry; attended by troops of spirits in the forms of jackals, cats and boars, she stands in the water.

एते निरुक्ता यवनैर्महद्भिर्होरार्थधर्मश्रुतिविद्भिराद्यैः । द्रेक्काभिधाना भवनत्रिभागाश्चिन्ताश्रयैः स्वप्रकृतानुबन्धैः ॥३८॥

ete niruktā yavanairmahadbhirhorārthadharmaśrutividbhirādyaiḥ | drekkābhidhānā bhavanatribhāgāścintāśrayaiḥ svaprakṛtānubandhaiḥ ||38||

These thirds of a sign, named drekkāṇas, have been declared by the great and ancient Yavanas, knowers of the revealed lore of horā, artha and dharma — ⟨set out⟩ together with the grounds of the query and with the connections proper to their own natures.

अंशेश्वरांशग्रहदर्शयोगा विकल्पनादिन्द्रियदृष्टिरेषा । जगत्यनेकाकृतिभावलिङ्गैर्निदर्शनाकारणतो यथार्था ॥३९॥

aṃśeśvarāṃśagrahadarśayogā vikalpanādindriyadṛṣṭireṣā | jagatyanekākṛtibhāvaliṅgairnidarśanākāraṇato yathārthā ||39||

This is a perception of the senses arising from imaginative construction, joined with the seeing of the portion, the lord of the portion, and the graha ⟨in it⟩; in the world it is true to its object by reason of demonstration, through the many shapes, states and marks ⟨of things⟩.

क्षेत्रांशकाले गदिता विशेषा ग्रहस्य ये वा करणस्वभावाः । तेषां फलं कृत्स्नमनूनशक्तं तथैव सर्वार्थपरिक्रियासु ॥४०॥

kṣetrāṃśakāle gaditā viśeṣā grahasya ye vā karaṇasvabhāvāḥ | teṣāṃ phalaṃ kṛtsnamanūnaśaktaṃ tathaiva sarvārthaparikriyāsu ||40||

The particulars declared with respect to sign, portion and time, or such natures as belong to a graha's operation — the fruit of these is entire and of undiminished power, and so likewise in the working out of every matter.

ग्रहस्य राशेश्च यदीरितं प्राग्रूपं स्वभावो गुणलक्षणं च । अन्योन्यसंयोगविकारजं तु रूपं विधार्यं विदुषा क्रमेण ॥४१॥

grahasya rāśeśca yadīritaṃ prāgrūpaṃ svabhāvo guṇalakṣaṇaṃ ca | anyonyasaṃyogavikārajaṃ tu rūpaṃ vidhāryaṃ viduṣā krameṇa ||41||

Whatever form, nature and mark of quality has been stated before for a graha and for a rāśi — the form born of the alteration that arises from their mutual conjunction is to be determined by the learned man in due order.

गृहग्रहांशैर्विविधैर्विकारैर् नवांशकस्याकृतिलिङ्गमाहुः । राशेः स्वराशिक्रमसंनिवेशाद्बद्धातिशक्तं भवनांशमाहुः ॥४२॥

gṛhagrahāṃśairvividhairvikārair navāṃśakasyākṛtiliṅgamāhuḥ | rāśeḥ svarāśikramasaṃniveśādbaddhātiśaktaṃ bhavanāṃśamāhuḥ ||42||

By sign, graha and portions, with their various alterations, they declare the shape and mark of the navāṃśaka. And from ⟨its⟩ falling in the order of the rāśi's own sign, they call it the bhavanāṃśa, bound ⟨to its sign⟩ and of surpassing strength.

अनेकलिङ्गप्रकृतीनि यानि द्रव्याणि भूव्योमजलाश्रयाणि । भवर्गभागप्रभवानि तानि वक्ष्ये यथायोगविधि क्रमेण ॥१॥

anekaliṅgaprakṛtīni yāni dravyāṇi bhūvyomajalāśrayāṇi | bhavargabhāgaprabhavāni tāni vakṣye yathāyogavidhi krameṇa ||1||

Those substances which are of many marks and many natures, which have their seat in earth, sky and water, and which arise from the classes and the shares of the signs — those I shall declare in order, each by the rule that fits it.

भूम्यग्न्यसृक्छस्त्रसुवर्णताम्रधात्वग्निजीवाहवमन्त्रकानाम् । कुमारबालव्यजनातपत्रशक्तिध्वजस्तेनचमूपतीनाम् ॥२॥

bhūmyagnyasṛkchastrasuvarṇatāmradhātvagnijīvāhavamantrakānām | kumārabālavyajanātapatraśaktidhvajastenacamūpatīnām ||2||

Of earth, fire, blood, weapons, gold, copper, metal ores, of those who live by fire, of battle and of reciters of mantras; of princes, children, fans, parasols, spears (śakti), banners, thieves and commanders of armies —

अजाविकारीक्षुकदुद्रुमाद्रिसङ्केतदग्धप्रहितक्षतानाम् । मनःशिलागैरिकरक्तपुष्पद्रव्याधिकश्च विहितोऽजराशिः ॥३॥

ajāvikārīkṣukadudrumādrisaṅketadagdhaprahitakṣatānām | manaḥśilāgairikaraktapuṣpadravyādhikaśca vihito'jarāśiḥ ||3||

of goats and sheep, of enemies, sugarcane, pungent trees, mountains, trysting-places, of things burnt, things sent forth and things wounded; and of the substances orpiment (manaḥśilā), red ochre and red flowers — over ⟨all⟩ these the Goat-sign ⟨Aries⟩ is ordained to preside.

क्रीडाविहारस्रगपत्यनारीवीथीवनोद्यानसभाप्रपानाम् । सर्पिर्दधिक्षीरसशष्पपुष्पसंस्थानगोलाङ्गुलकर्षकानाम् ॥४॥

krīḍāvihārasragapatyanārīvīthīvanodyānasabhāprapānām | sarpirdadhikṣīrasaśaṣpapuṣpasaṃsthānagolāṅgulakarṣakānām ||4||

Of play, pleasure-grounds, garlands, offspring, women, streets, forests, gardens, assembly-halls and water-booths; of ghee, curds and milk, of young grass and flowers, of market-places (saṃsthāna), cattle, ploughs and ploughmen —

गोयुक्तशम्याशकटाक्षचक्रगन्धोक्षसत्विड्महिषर्षभाणाम् । सौभाग्यकर्मप्रियमण्डनानां विभुर्वृषः कोशगृहाश्रयाणाम् ॥५॥

goyuktaśamyāśakaṭākṣacakragandhokṣasatviḍmahiṣarṣabhāṇām | saubhāgyakarmapriyamaṇḍanānāṃ vibhurvṛṣaḥ kośagṛhāśrayāṇām ||5||

of yoked oxen, the yoke-pin, carts, axles and wheels, of perfumes, bulls, good dung, buffaloes and bullocks; of good fortune, ⟨ritual⟩ works and dear ornaments — Taurus is the master of these, and of what belongs to treasuries and to houses.

पुंस्त्रीरतिद्यूतविहारशिल्पगान्धर्वगीतस्मितवादितानि । व्यायामचित्रायुधलेख्ययोधसंवादसन्मन्त्रितपुस्तकानि ॥६॥

puṃstrīratidyūtavihāraśilpagāndharvagītasmitavāditāni | vyāyāmacitrāyudhalekhyayodhasaṃvādasanmantritapustakāni ||6||

The love of man and woman, gambling, pleasure-jaunts, crafts, the art of music (gāndharva), song, smiles and instrumental playing; bodily exercise, painting, weapons, writing, warriors, conversation, good counsel and books —

द्वन्द्वार्थयोगास्त्रधनौषधानि ज्ञानोपदेशव्यवहारधीराः । नैपुण्यवैहारिकहस्तजीवा राशेस्तृतीयस्य नटाः सधूर्ताः ॥७॥

dvandvārthayogāstradhanauṣadhāni jñānopadeśavyavahāradhīrāḥ | naipuṇyavaihārikahastajīvā rāśestṛtīyasya naṭāḥ sadhūrtāḥ ||7||

duels, the getting of wealth, missiles, riches and drugs; those steadfast in knowledge, in teaching and in ⟨legal⟩ business; those who live by skill, by entertainment and by their hands; actors together with rogues — ⟨these belong⟩ to the third sign.

नारीतपस्विश्रुतिवृद्धविप्राः सरित्सिताख्याः कुमुदोत्पलानि । द्रव्याणि शीतानि मृदुद्रवाणि स्वादूनि संजीवनदर्पणानि ॥८॥

nārītapasviśrutivṛddhaviprāḥ saritsitākhyāḥ kumudotpalāni | dravyāṇi śītāni mṛdudravāṇi svādūni saṃjīvanadarpaṇāni ||8||

Women, ascetics, brāhmaṇas aged and learned in the Veda; rivers and things called white; kumuda and utpala lotuses; substances that are cold, soft and flowing, and sweet; life-giving things and mirrors —

नक्राः समण्डूककुलीरकूर्माशोकाः सशष्पाणि च वारिजानि । श्वेताः शकुन्ताः पलजीविनश्च राशेश्चतुर्थस्य परिग्रहाः स्युः ॥९॥

nakrāḥ samaṇḍūkakulīrakūrmāśokāḥ saśaṣpāṇi ca vārijāni | śvetāḥ śakuntāḥ palajīvinaśca rāśeścaturthasya parigrahāḥ syuḥ ||9||

crocodiles, together with frogs, crabs, tortoises and aśoka trees; young grass and things born of water; white birds, and those who live by flesh — these are the possessions of the fourth sign.

शैलाटवीदुर्गविषास्थिकाष्ठत्वग्मांसरोमाजिनतन्त्रकाणाम् । अरण्यजानां नखिदन्तिशृङ्गक्षुत्तृष्टरूक्षौष्ठरसौषधीनाम् ॥१०॥

śailāṭavīdurgaviṣāsthikāṣṭhatvagmāṃsaromājinatantrakāṇām | araṇyajānāṃ nakhidantiśṛṅgakṣuttṛṣṭarūkṣauṣṭharasauṣadhīnām ||10||

Of mountains, forests, fastnesses, poison, bone, wood, bark and hide, flesh, hair, skins and sinews; of things forest-born, of the clawed, the tusked and the horned, of hunger, of what is harsh, dry and rough-lipped, of saps and of herbs —

व्याधेषुवृद्धिप्रतिमुख्यभूतां म्लेच्छासिशस्त्रौर्णिककांचनानाम् । रुग्विद्विषन्मन्त्रभृद्रग्वतां च सिंहो निरुक्तो विभुरौजसानाम् ॥११॥

vyādheṣuvṛddhipratimukhyabhūtāṃ mlecchāsiśastraurṇikakāṃcanānām | rugvidviṣanmantrabhṛdragvatāṃ ca siṃho nirukto vibhuraujasānām ||11||

of hunters, arrows, increase, and of beings that stand foremost; of barbarians (mleccha), swords, weapons, workers in wool and in gold; of disease, of foes, of bearers of mantras and of the passionate — the Lion is declared the master of things of might (ojas).

कन्यारतिप्रार्थितसङ्गतह्रीचलन्नितम्बद्रवधूमधूपाः । मुख्यौष्ठरागांजनमात्रभूषास्त्रीक्रीडनादर्शसमुद्गकानि ॥१२॥

kanyāratiprārthitasaṅgatahrīcalannitambadravadhūmadhūpāḥ | mukhyauṣṭharāgāṃjanamātrabhūṣāstrīkrīḍanādarśasamudgakāni ||12||

Maidens, love-making, things longed for, meetings, modesty, swaying hips, liquids, smoke and incense; the finest lip-paint, collyrium, measures, ornaments, women's playthings, mirrors and caskets —

प्रदीपिकानौशिबिकौन्तरीयास्त्रीशिल्पकाव्यश्रुतिपत्रलेखाः । विरागवाणीमणिरत्नधूपसंख्यानगीतादिकलाश्च षष्ठे ॥१३॥

pradīpikānauśibikauntarīyāstrīśilpakāvyaśrutipatralekhāḥ | virāgavāṇīmaṇiratnadhūpasaṃkhyānagītādikalāśca ṣaṣṭhe ||13||

lamps, boats, palanquins, upper garments; women's crafts, poetry, sacred learning, ⟨painted⟩ leaf-designs; the speech of dispassion, gems, jewels, incense, reckoning, singing and the other arts — ⟨these are⟩ in the sixth ⟨sign⟩.

तुलादिमानाकषपण्यवीथीहिरण्यरत्नाम्बरमौक्तिकानाम् । उद्घोषिकोद्देशिकसार्थवाहविक्रेतृनैर्याणिकमूर्तिकानाम् ॥१४॥

tulādimānākaṣapaṇyavīthīhiraṇyaratnāmbaramauktikānām | udghoṣikoddeśikasārthavāhavikretṛnairyāṇikamūrtikānām ||14||

Of balances and other measures, touchstones, merchandise, market-streets, gold, gems, garments and pearls; of criers, appraisers, caravan-leaders, sellers, sea-farers and image-makers —

विटाक्षधूर्तानृतहस्तजीविदौत्यार्थकृत्यश्रुतिपण्डितानाम् । षाड्गुण्यमेयादिकलाक्षराणां तुलाधरः सम्पठितोऽधिकश्च ॥१५॥

viṭākṣadhūrtānṛtahastajīvidautyārthakṛtyaśrutipaṇḍitānām | ṣāḍguṇyameyādikalākṣarāṇāṃ tulādharaḥ sampaṭhito'dhikaśca ||15||

of libertines, dice, rogues, falsehood, and those who live by their hands; of embassies, of business done for gain, of those learned in sacred lore; of the sixfold policy, of what is measured, of the arts and of letters — the Balance-bearer ⟨Libra⟩ is recited as the one presiding ⟨over them⟩.

श्वभ्राहिवल्मीकविषाश्मशस्त्रप्रणष्टदुष्टक्षतगर्हिताश्च । सरीसृपा वृश्चिकबभ्रुगोधाः सर्पादयो रन्ध्रविचारिणोऽन्ये ॥१६॥

śvabhrāhivalmīkaviṣāśmaśastrapraṇaṣṭaduṣṭakṣatagarhitāśca | sarīsṛpā vṛścikababhrugodhāḥ sarpādayo randhravicāriṇo'nye ||16||

Pits, snakes, ant-hills, poison, stones, weapons, things lost, things corrupt, things wounded and things reviled; creeping things, scorpions, mongooses and monitor-lizards, serpents and the rest, and other creatures that move in holes (randhra) —

वधारिपादोपहतप्रदुष्टदीनान्यभार्याश्रवपत्न्यनिष्टाः । मांसोदरावस्थनृगुह्यभाण्डसाङ्ग्रामभस्मादि च वृश्चिके स्युः ॥१७॥

vadhāripādopahatapraduṣṭadīnānyabhāryāśravapatnyaniṣṭāḥ | māṃsodarāvasthanṛguhyabhāṇḍasāṅgrāmabhasmādi ca vṛścike syuḥ ||17||

slaughter, enemies, feet, the struck down, the utterly corrupt, the wretched, other men's wives, discharges, wives, and unwanted things; flesh, the belly, what is lodged within, men's secret parts, vessels, things of battle, ashes and the like — these are in Scorpio.

हयद्विपस्पन्दनचक्रचापवर्मास्त्रयोधायुधमन्त्रबाणाः । वेदारणीमन्त्रकहव्यभाण्डदेवर्त्विगाचार्यहविर्द्विजाश्च ॥१८॥

hayadvipaspandanacakracāpavarmāstrayodhāyudhamantrabāṇāḥ | vedāraṇīmantrakahavyabhāṇḍadevartvigācāryahavirdvijāśca ||18||

Horses, elephants, chariots, wheels, bows, armour, missiles, warriors, weapons, mantras and arrows; the Vedas, fire-drills, reciters of mantras, oblation-vessels, gods, ṛtvij-priests, teachers, oblations and brāhmaṇas —

ज्ञानोपदेशागमवाग्वरिष्ठकाव्यस्मृतिव्याकृतमङ्गलार्थाः । राष्ट्राण्यमात्याः पुरमन्त्रिपौरा जलद्विजाश्वे कृमिशैलपादाः ॥१९॥

jñānopadeśāgamavāgvariṣṭhakāvyasmṛtivyākṛtamaṅgalārthāḥ | rāṣṭrāṇyamātyāḥ puramantripaurā jaladvijāśve kṛmiśailapādāḥ ||19||

knowledge, instruction, scripture, most excellent speech, poetry, smṛti, grammatical exposition, auspicious things and wealth; kingdoms, ministers, city-counsellors and townsfolk; water-birds, worms and mountain-slopes — ⟨these belong⟩ to the Horse ⟨sign, Sagittarius⟩.

अन्ये मृगा वृक्षलबङ्ग वादा । दुष्टा विशस्ता मकरोरगाः स्युः ससीसलोहायसधातुपाशाः ॥२०॥

anye mṛgā vṛkṣalabaṅga vādā | duṣṭā viśastā makaroragāḥ syuḥ sasīsalohāyasadhātupāśāḥ ||20||

Other beasts, ⟨…⟩ trees ⟨…⟩; the corrupt and the slaughtered; sea-monsters (makara) and serpents; lead, iron, ⟨other⟩ metals and nooses ⟨belong to Capricorn⟩.

कुसस्यधान्याकरनीचदाससेतुप्लवारण्यसरित्सरांसि । नौवारिजीवा मृगपक्षिनिघ्ना मृगाश्रया यच्च जलाधिवासि ॥२१॥

kusasyadhānyākaranīcadāsasetuplavāraṇyasaritsarāṃsi | nauvārijīvā mṛgapakṣinighnā mṛgāśrayā yacca jalādhivāsi ||21||

Poor crops, grain, mines, low servants, dams, rafts, forests, rivers and lakes; those who live by boats and by water; killers of beasts and birds; the haunts of wild beasts, and whatever dwells in water —

तडागकूपप्रतिबन्धबाधप्रेष्याश्च भीताः शबलाङ्किताङ्गाः । कुसस्यलोहायसकृष्णसीसश्वपाक जिन्नर बद्धवृद्धाः ॥२२॥

taḍāgakūpapratibandhabādhapreṣyāśca bhītāḥ śabalāṅkitāṅgāḥ | kusasyalohāyasakṛṣṇasīsaśvapāka jinnara baddhavṛddhāḥ ||22||

Tanks, wells, confinement and oppression, and servants; the frightened; those whose limbs are dappled and branded; poor grain, copper, iron, black lead, dog-cookers (śvapāka), ⟨…⟩, the bound and the aged —

नपुंसकप्रव्रजिताधमस्त्रीप्रत्यायिणो मौष्टिकदुष्टधूर्ताः । स्वरासवाद्यम्बुधरावकाद्या घटादयः कुम्भधृताश्रयाः ॥२३॥

napuṃsakapravrajitādhamastrīpratyāyiṇo mauṣṭikaduṣṭadhūrtāḥ | svarāsavādyambudharāvakādyā ghaṭādayaḥ kumbhadhṛtāśrayāḥ ||23||

eunuchs, wandering ascetics, low women, those who inspire trust, boxers, the wicked and rogues; musical notes, liquors and the like, rain-clouds, avaka water-weed and so forth; jars and the rest — these are the belongings of the Pot-bearer ⟨Aquarius⟩.

गम्भीरतोयोदधितीर्थतीरनौपोतवाहास्तिमिजातिशंखाः । नारीस्वरागारजलोपजीविस्नानाम्बरप्रेक्षणतर्पणानि ॥२४॥

gambhīratoyodadhitīrthatīranaupotavāhāstimijātiśaṃkhāḥ | nārīsvarāgārajalopajīvisnānāmbaraprekṣaṇatarpaṇāni ||24||

Deep waters, oceans, fords, shores, boats, ships and ferries; whales of every kind, and conches; women, voice, dwellings, those who live by water, bathing, garments, spectacles, and libations to the ancestors (tarpaṇa) —

यज्ञद्विजेष्टामणिमुक्तिशङ्खप्रबालतोयानि विभूषणानि । पुराणवेदव्रतनीतिधर्मद्रव्याणि मीनद्वयसंश्रयाणि ॥२५॥

yajñadvijeṣṭāmaṇimuktiśaṅkhaprabālatoyāni vibhūṣaṇāni | purāṇavedavratanītidharmadravyāṇi mīnadvayasaṃśrayāṇi ||25||

sacrifices, brāhmaṇas, sacrificial rites, gems, pearls, conches, coral and waters, and ornaments; the Purāṇas, the Veda, vows, polity and dharma — these substances have their seat in the pair of Fishes ⟨Pisces⟩.

ग्राम्यस्थलारण्यजलस्वभावं वाय्वग्निभूम्यङ्गजलाश्रयं यत् । द्रव्यं गृहं तादृशमेव यद्यत् तत्तस्य विद्वान् परिकल्पयेत ॥२६॥

grāmyasthalāraṇyajalasvabhāvaṃ vāyvagnibhūmyaṅgajalāśrayaṃ yat | dravyaṃ gṛhaṃ tādṛśameva yadyat tattasya vidvān parikalpayeta ||26||

Whatever substance is by nature of the village, of dry land, of the forest or of the water, and whatever has its seat in wind, fire, earth, the body or water — the learned man should assign each such substance to just that sign (gṛha) which is of its own kind.

द्रव्याण्यनेकाकृतिलक्षणानि ग्राह्याणि राशिप्रभवैर्विकारैः । ग्रहस्ययद्यस्य समानभावं द्रव्यं पृथक् तस्य हि संविधास्ये ॥२७॥

dravyāṇyanekākṛtilakṣaṇāni grāhyāṇi rāśiprabhavairvikāraiḥ | grahasyayadyasya samānabhāvaṃ dravyaṃ pṛthak tasya hi saṃvidhāsye ||27||

Substances, of many shapes and marks, are to be grasped through the modifications that arise from the signs. And whatever substance is of like nature with a given graha — that I shall now set forth for each of them separately.

नृपाटवीशैलसुवर्णताम्रसिंहानलव्यालविषौर्णिकानाम् । सिंहासनक्रव्यमरूष्टकाष्ठद्रव्याकराणां प्रभुरुच्यतेऽर्कः ॥२८॥

nṛpāṭavīśailasuvarṇatāmrasiṃhānalavyālaviṣaurṇikānām | siṃhāsanakravyamarūṣṭakāṣṭhadravyākarāṇāṃ prabhurucyate'rkaḥ ||28||

The Sun (arka) is called the lord of kings, forests, mountains, gold, copper, lions, fire, beasts of prey, poison and workers in wool; of thrones, raw flesh, the desert, burnt wood, of goods and of mines.

स्त्रीचित्रनिद्रारतिभोजपेयशीतद्रवस्वादुरसौषधीनाम् । स्रग्वस्त्रभूमेर्मणिमौक्तिकानां प्रभुः शशाङ्को लवणाम्बुजानाम् ॥२९॥

strīcitranidrāratibhojapeyaśītadravasvādurasauṣadhīnām | sragvastrabhūmermaṇimauktikānāṃ prabhuḥ śaśāṅko lavaṇāmbujānām ||29||

The Moon (śaśāṅka) is lord of women, paintings, sleep, love-making, food and drink; of cold, flowing, sweet-tasting herbs; of garlands, garments and land, of gems and pearls, of salt and of things born of water.

माङ्गल्यपद्मद्विजदेवयज्ञधान्याकरस्थानगृहात्मजानाम् । सुवर्णयानासनपौष्टिकानां प्रभुर्गुरुर्मन्त्रिमहत्तराणाम् ॥३०॥

māṅgalyapadmadvijadevayajñadhānyākarasthānagṛhātmajānām | suvarṇayānāsanapauṣṭikānāṃ prabhurgururmantrimahattarāṇām ||30||

Jupiter (guru) is lord of auspicious things, lotuses, brāhmaṇas, gods, sacrifices, grain, mines, dwelling-places, houses and sons; of gold, vehicles, seats and strengthening ⟨rites⟩; and of ministers and grandees.

वज्रादिरत्नाकरगोसुतस्त्रीविवाहगन्धाम्बरभूषणानाम् । सौभाग्यसौरभ्यसुमण्डपानां प्रभुर्निधीनां धनिनां च शुक्रः ॥३१॥

vajrādiratnākaragosutastrīvivāhagandhāmbarabhūṣaṇānām | saubhāgyasaurabhyasumaṇḍapānāṃ prabhurnidhīnāṃ dhanināṃ ca śukraḥ ||31||

Of diamonds and the other gems and of the mines ⟨that yield them⟩, of cattle, of sons, of women, of marriage, of perfumes, of garments and of ornaments; of good fortune, of sweet fragrance and of fair pavilions; of hoarded treasures and of the wealthy — Venus is lord.

चमूनृपस्तेनहताहतानां विषाग्निशस्त्रक्षतजाक्षतानाम् । सुवर्णधात्वाकरपुष्पजातिचामीकराणां क्षितिसूनुरीशः ॥३२॥

camūnṛpastenahatāhatānāṃ viṣāgniśastrakṣatajākṣatānām | suvarṇadhātvākarapuṣpajāticāmīkarāṇāṃ kṣitisūnurīśaḥ ||32||

Of the army, the king and the thief, of the slain and of the struck; of poison, of fire, of weapons, of blood and of the unwounded; of gold, of mines of metal ore, of flowers and jasmine, and of fine gold — the Son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩ is lord.

नानापणद्रव्यवियुक्तियुक्तिनैपुण्यशिल्पश्रुतिवैद्यकानाम् । प्रहासमन्त्रार्थविशब्दितानां प्रभुर्बुधश्चैत्यवनस्पतीनाम् ॥३३॥

nānāpaṇadravyaviyuktiyuktinaipuṇyaśilpaśrutivaidyakānām | prahāsamantrārthaviśabditānāṃ prabhurbudhaścaityavanaspatīnām ||33||

Of the many kinds of trade and of merchandise, of separating and of joining, of dexterity, of craft, of sacred lore and of medicine; of laughter, of counsel and of its meaning, and of what is proclaimed aloud; and of the trees of the shrines — Mercury is lord.

मृतान्तबद्धाहववृद्धनीचकुस्त्रीकषण्ढालसदीक्षितानाम् । विदीनदास्यांजनशीतलानां कृत्स्नाधमानां प्रभुरर्कसूनुः ॥३४॥

mṛtāntabaddhāhavavṛddhanīcakustrīkaṣaṇḍhālasadīkṣitānām | vidīnadāsyāṃjanaśītalānāṃ kṛtsnādhamānāṃ prabhurarkasūnuḥ ||34||

Of the dead and of endings, of the bound, of battle, of the aged, of the base, of evil women, of eunuchs, of the idle and of the consecrated; of the utterly wretched, of servitude, of collyrium and of cold things; of all that is lowest — the Son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ is lord.

यस्य स्वराशिप्रभवं हि यद्यद् द्रव्यं ग्रहस्येदं हितं । वाच्यं च तत्स्थानबलक्रमेण क्रियादिसंसिद्धिफलेषु वाच्यम् ॥३५॥

yasya svarāśiprabhavaṃ hi yadyad dravyaṃ grahasyedaṃ hitaṃ | vācyaṃ ca tatsthānabalakrameṇa kriyādisaṃsiddhiphaleṣu vācyam ||35||

For whatever substance arises from a graha's own rāśi, that is favourable to that graha; and it is to be declared, in the order of the strength of ⟨the graha's⟩ position, among the fruits of accomplishment ⟨in the matters⟩ of Kriya ⟨Aries⟩ and the rest.

सूर्यात्मकं हि प्रवदन्ति पुंस्त्वं यत्सर्वभूताकरदेहबीजम् । नार्यात्मकं चान्द्रमसं तु दृष्टमाधारसाध्यं वरणं च तस्य ॥१॥

sūryātmakaṃ hi pravadanti puṃstvaṃ yatsarvabhūtākaradehabījam | nāryātmakaṃ cāndramasaṃ tu dṛṣṭamādhārasādhyaṃ varaṇaṃ ca tasya ||1||

Maleness, they declare, has the Sun for its self, since it is the seed of the body, the mine of all beings; but the feminine is seen as lunar, and to that ⟨seed⟩ belongs the enveloping, which is accomplished by ⟨her being⟩ its vessel.

स्त्रीगर्भशय्यापतितात्तु शुक्रादस्थीनि सूर्याश्रयणांशकात् स्युः । त्वङ्मांसमेदस्तु भवत्यसृक्तश्चन्द्रांशसंस्थानवशादसृक् च ॥२॥

strīgarbhaśayyāpatitāttu śukrādasthīni sūryāśrayaṇāṃśakāt syuḥ | tvaṅmāṃsamedastu bhavatyasṛktaścandrāṃśasaṃsthānavaśādasṛk ca ||2||

From the semen fallen upon the bed of the woman's womb, the bones arise from the aṃśa the Sun occupies; but skin, flesh and fat come from the blood, and the blood ⟨comes⟩ by force of the disposition of the Moon's aṃśa.

नानाविधं मांसवतां पितार्कः शरीरिणां देहनिषेककाले । प्रमाणतोऽह्रस्वनिकृष्टमध्यान्यस्थीनि देहेषु समादधाति ॥३॥

nānāvidhaṃ māṃsavatāṃ pitārkaḥ śarīriṇāṃ dehaniṣekakāle | pramāṇato'hrasvanikṛṣṭamadhyānyasthīni deheṣu samādadhāti ||3||

The Sun, the father of embodied beings possessed of flesh, at the time of the impregnation of the body sets in their bodies bones of many kinds — in measure long, stunted, or middling.

स्थित्यंशकत्वात्मवशादपीन्दुस्त्वग्वर्णमांसोपचयं करोति । शेषास्तु भागस्थितिजैः स्वभावैः स्वान् स्वान् यथोक्तेषु गुणान् विदध्युः ॥४॥

sthityaṃśakatvātmavaśādapīndustvagvarṇamāṃsopacayaṃ karoti | śeṣāstu bhāgasthitijaiḥ svabhāvaiḥ svān svān yathokteṣu guṇān vidadhyuḥ ||4||

The Moon too, by the power of its own nature according to its ⟨sign-⟩position and its aṃśa, effects the increase of skin, complexion and flesh. The remaining ⟨grahas⟩, by the natures born of their positions in the degrees (bhāga), assign each its own qualities in the matters already stated.

कालेऽथ पुंस्त्रीरतिसंप्रयोगे यद्यर्कचन्द्रावनिसूनुशुक्राः । स्ववर्गगाः स्निग्धवपुर्धराः स्युर्गर्भान् स्वशय्यासु समादधीरन् ॥५॥

kāle'tha puṃstrīratisaṃprayoge yadyarkacandrāvanisūnuśukrāḥ | svavargagāḥ snigdhavapurdharāḥ syurgarbhān svaśayyāsu samādadhīran ||5||

Then, at the time of the amorous union of man and woman, if the Sun, the Moon, Mars (the son of the Earth) and Venus stand in their own vargas and bear a lustrous body, they lay embryos in their own beds.

तत्रार्कशुक्रावुपकारिभस्थौ पुंसंज्ञकोत्पत्तिकरौ भवेताम् । स्वमूलगाविन्दुदिवाकरौ तु स्त्रीसंज्ञकं गर्भमुपादधाते ॥६॥

tatrārkaśukrāvupakāribhasthau puṃsaṃjñakotpattikarau bhavetām | svamūlagāvindudivākarau tu strīsaṃjñakaṃ garbhamupādadhāte ||6||

There the Sun and Venus, standing in a helpful sign, become the makers of a birth of male designation; but the Moon and the Sun, standing in their own root-⟨sign⟩ (sva-mūla), lay down an embryo of female designation.

एतैरनिष्टापचयारिभस्थैः शेषैरपि त्विष्टगृहोपविष्टैः । प्रणष्टबीजप्रसवा निषेका भवेयुरप्यत्र गुरोर्विलग्नात् ॥७॥

etairaniṣṭāpacayāribhasthaiḥ śeṣairapi tviṣṭagṛhopaviṣṭaiḥ | praṇaṣṭabījaprasavā niṣekā bhaveyurapyatra gurorvilagnāt ||7||

But when these stand in signs unwished-for, of decline (apacaya), or hostile — even though the remaining ⟨grahas⟩ are seated in the houses they desire — the impregnations become such that the issue of the seed is destroyed; and here too ⟨it is judged⟩ from Jupiter and from the ascendant.

जन्मन्यनिष्टाश्रितपीडितांशनीचारिगाः क्षामविवर्णरूक्षाः । उल्बान् विनिघ्नन्ति परिक्रमेण व्यतिक्रमं वातिसृजन्ति योनौ ॥८॥

janmanyaniṣṭāśritapīḍitāṃśanīcārigāḥ kṣāmavivarṇarūkṣāḥ | ulbān vinighnanti parikrameṇa vyatikramaṃ vātisṛjanti yonau ||8||

At the birth, ⟨grahas⟩ that resort to unfavourable ⟨places⟩, that stand in afflicted aṃśas, in debilitation or in enemy signs, and that are emaciated, discoloured and rough, destroy the fetal membranes (ulba) one after another, or else they loose a disorder in the womb.

कुजास्फुजिज्जीवरवीन्दुसौरशशाङ्कलग्नेन्दुदिवाकराणाम् । मासाधिपत्यात्प्रभवा दशैषां जयोपघातैर्ग्रहवद्भवन्ति ॥९॥

kujāsphujijjīvaravīndusauraśaśāṅkalagnendudivākarāṇām | māsādhipatyātprabhavā daśaiṣāṃ jayopaghātairgrahavadbhavanti ||9||

Mars, Venus (āsphujit), Jupiter, the Sun, the Moon, Saturn, the Moon, the ascendant, the Moon and the Sun — from their lordship of the months arise the ten ⟨stages of the embryo⟩; through the victories and the injuries ⟨of these grahas⟩ they fare as their grahas fare.

आद्ये तु मासे कललं द्वितीये पेशिस्तृतीये प्रभवन्ति शाखाः । अस्थीन्यतः स्नायुशिराश्चतुर्थे मज्जा तु चर्माण्यपि पंचमे तु ॥१०॥

ādye tu māse kalalaṃ dvitīye peśistṛtīye prabhavanti śākhāḥ | asthīnyataḥ snāyuśirāścaturthe majjā tu carmāṇyapi paṃcame tu ||10||

In the first month the kalala ⟨the embryonic jelly⟩; in the second the peśī ⟨the lump of flesh⟩; in the third the limbs arise; thereafter, in the fourth, the bones, sinews and vessels; and in the fifth the marrow, and the skins as well.

षष्ठे त्वसृग्रोमनखो यकृच्च चेतःस्थिताः सप्तममासचेष्टाः । तृष्णाशनास्वादनमष्टमे स्यात् स्पर्शोपबोधौ नवमे रतिश्च ॥११॥

ṣaṣṭhe tvasṛgromanakho yakṛcca cetaḥsthitāḥ saptamamāsaceṣṭāḥ | tṛṣṇāśanāsvādanamaṣṭame syāt sparśopabodhau navame ratiśca ||11||

In the sixth, blood, body-hair, nails and the liver; the activities of the seventh month are seated in the mind (cetas). In the eighth there arise thirst, eating and tasting; in the ninth, touch and awakening, and pleasure.

स्रोतोभिरुद्घाटितपूर्णदेहो गर्भोऽर्कमासे दशमे प्रसूतः । एवं तु विप्रादिषु गर्भसंस्थाः सर्वेषु वाच्या दशभिन्नकालाः ॥१२॥

srotobhirudghāṭitapūrṇadeho garbho'rkamāse daśame prasūtaḥ | evaṃ tu viprādiṣu garbhasaṃsthāḥ sarveṣu vācyā daśabhinnakālāḥ ||12||

Its channels (srotas) opened and its body complete, the embryo is brought forth in the tenth month, the Sun's. Thus for all — the brāhmaṇas and the rest — the states of the embryo are to be declared over ten distinct periods.

स्वकालसम्पद्गुणपुष्टिकारास्त्वेते वपुर्वीर्यबलैरुपेताः । पापग्रहोत्पीडितभग्नवीर्याः स्वान् स्वान् विनिघ्नन्ति शुभर्क्षगाश्च ॥१३॥

svakālasampadguṇapuṣṭikārāstvete vapurvīryabalairupetāḥ | pāpagrahotpīḍitabhagnavīryāḥ svān svān vinighnanti śubharkṣagāśca ||13||

These ⟨lords of the months⟩, when endowed with body, virility and strength, bring about wealth, quality and nourishment in their own periods; but when their virility is broken by the affliction of malefic grahas, they destroy their own ⟨months⟩ even while standing in auspicious signs.

त्रिंशल्लवो यादृगुपस्थितोऽर्कस्तादृक्स्वभावो विहितोऽन्तरात्मा । प्राग्लग्नसंस्थानवमांशकाच्च चन्द्राश्रिताद्वा बलिनो वपुश्च ॥१४॥

triṃśallavo yādṛgupasthito'rkastādṛksvabhāvo vihito'ntarātmā | prāglagnasaṃsthānavamāṃśakācca candrāśritādvā balino vapuśca ||14||

Of whatever kind is the thirtieth-part (triṃśāṃśa) in which the Sun stands, of that kind is the inner self ordained. And the body ⟨is declared⟩ from the navāṃśa standing in the ascendant, or from the one the Moon occupies — whichever is strong.

ताभ्यां च मूर्तिः शशिसङ्गताद्वा द्रेकाणभागाद्रविसङ्गताद्वा । तत्कालयोगादिबलाद् ग्रहाद्वा बीजप्रसेकप्रभवेषु वाच्यः ॥१५॥

tābhyāṃ ca mūrtiḥ śaśisaṅgatādvā drekāṇabhāgādravisaṅgatādvā | tatkālayogādibalād grahādvā bījaprasekaprabhaveṣu vācyaḥ ||15||

And the ⟨bodily⟩ form ⟨is to be declared⟩ from those two, or from the drekkāṇa portion as joined with the Moon, or as joined with the Sun, or from the graha strong at that time by conjunction and the rest — ⟨so much⟩ is to be declared regarding those sprung from the emission of the seed.

लग्नादयो देहविभागयोगे शीर्षादिषु द्वादशसंनियुक्ताः । तत्स्थग्रहांशग्रहदिक्प्रमाणमङ्गेषु नीचोत्तममध्यमानम् ॥१६॥

lagnādayo dehavibhāgayoge śīrṣādiṣu dvādaśasaṃniyuktāḥ | tatsthagrahāṃśagrahadikpramāṇamaṅgeṣu nīcottamamadhyamānam ||16||

In the assignment of the divisions of the body, the twelve ⟨houses⟩ beginning with the ascendant are joined to the ⟨parts⟩ beginning with the head. From the aṃśa of the graha standing there and from the direction of the graha ⟨comes⟩ the measure of the limbs — inferior, superior, or middling.

पापा ह्यनिष्टांशगताः प्रचण्डैर्हतास्तदाघातकरा भवन्ति । तदङ्गशोभाः शुभदास्तु सौम्या बलाधिका जन्मनिषेकयोस्तु ॥१७॥

pāpā hyaniṣṭāṃśagatāḥ pracaṇḍairhatāstadāghātakarā bhavanti | tadaṅgaśobhāḥ śubhadāstu saumyā balādhikā janmaniṣekayostu ||17||

For malefics gone to unfavourable aṃśas and struck by fierce ⟨grahas⟩ become the workers of injury to that ⟨limb⟩; but benefics, givers of what is auspicious and superior in strength at the birth and at the impregnation, ⟨give⟩ the beauty of that limb.

जामित्रषष्ठाष्टमगास्तु रौद्रा हिंसन्ति गर्भं शशिलग्नभाभ्याम्। एकर्क्ष अर्कप्रभृति त्वनिष्टा गात्रेषु वैकृत्यकरा भवन्ति ॥१८॥

jāmitraṣaṣṭhāṣṭamagāstu raudrā hiṃsanti garbhaṃ śaśilagnabhābhyām| ekarkṣa arkaprabhṛti tvaniṣṭā gātreṣu vaikṛtyakarā bhavanti ||18||

Fierce ⟨grahas⟩ standing in the 7th (jāmitra), the 6th and the 8th from the signs of the Moon and of the ascendant destroy the embryo; but the unfavourable ones, the Sun and the rest, ⟨standing⟩ in one and the same sign, work deformity in the limbs.

यत् क्षेत्रसंज्ञं नवमं शशाङ्काच्चारक्रमेणोपगतान्निषेके । तत्क्षेत्रसम्पत्प्रसवे शशी स्याल्लग्नांशकादप्यतिवीर्यभाजः ॥१९॥

yat kṣetrasaṃjñaṃ navamaṃ śaśāṅkāccārakrameṇopagatānniṣeke | tatkṣetrasampatprasave śaśī syāllagnāṃśakādapyativīryabhājaḥ ||19||

That ninth ⟨part, the navāṃśa⟩ called the 'field' (kṣetra), ⟨reckoned⟩ from the Moon reached in the order of its course at the impregnation — in the possession of that field will the Moon be at the birth; ⟨and it may be reckoned⟩ from the navāṃśa of the ascendant as well, when that has surpassing strength.

ओजेषु युक्ताः पुरुषांशकेषु पुंसंज्ञका लग्नगते तदंशे । चन्द्रार्कवर्गे पुरुषांशकस्थे पुंस्त्वात्मकं स्यात् पुरुषाश्रयात्तु ॥२०॥

ojeṣu yuktāḥ puruṣāṃśakeṣu puṃsaṃjñakā lagnagate tadaṃśe | candrārkavarge puruṣāṃśakasthe puṃstvātmakaṃ syāt puruṣāśrayāttu ||20||

⟨Grahas⟩ of male designation, joined in odd signs and in male aṃśas, when that aṃśa has gone to the ascendant; and when the varga of the Moon and Sun stands in a male aṃśa — from this resort to the male, ⟨the child⟩ will be of male nature.

युग्मर्क्षनार्यांशगतास्त्वथैवं स्त्रीसंज्ञका लग्नमुपाश्रिता वा । स्त्र्याख्यास्तु जाता ह्यबलाः पुमांसः स्त्र्यंशा विलग्ने जनयन्ति नारीम् ॥२१॥

yugmarkṣanāryāṃśagatāstvathaivaṃ strīsaṃjñakā lagnamupāśritā vā | stryākhyāstu jātā hyabalāḥ pumāṃsaḥ stryaṃśā vilagne janayanti nārīm ||21||

And likewise ⟨grahas⟩ of female designation, gone to even signs and to female aṃśas, or resorting to the ascendant ⟨beget a female⟩. The female-named ones, and the male ones that have become weak, ⟨standing⟩ in female aṃśas in the ascendant, beget a woman.

आदित्यजीवौ रविवर्गसंस्थौ बलाधिकौ पुंप्रभवाय दृष्टौ । शशाङ्कवर्गे शशिशुक्रभौमाः स्त्रीजन्म कुर्वन्त्यबले शशाङ्के ॥२२॥

ādityajīvau ravivargasaṃsthau balādhikau puṃprabhavāya dṛṣṭau | śaśāṅkavarge śaśiśukrabhaumāḥ strījanma kurvantyabale śaśāṅke ||22||

The Sun and Jupiter, standing in the Sun's varga, superior in strength and aspected, ⟨conduce⟩ to the birth of a male. In the Moon's varga the Moon, Venus and Mars make the birth of a female when the Moon is weak.

ओजर्क्षवर्गे पुरुषाख्य एकः पुंस्त्वांशके चन्द्रगतो बलीयान् । दृष्टश्च पुंसा पुरुषं प्रसूते स्वोच्चेऽपि वा केन्द्रगतिप्रपन्नः ॥२३॥

ojarkṣavarge puruṣākhya ekaḥ puṃstvāṃśake candragato balīyān | dṛṣṭaśca puṃsā puruṣaṃ prasūte svocce'pi vā kendragatiprapannaḥ ||23||

Even a single ⟨graha⟩ named male, in the varga of an odd sign, in a male aṃśa, joined with the Moon and stronger, and aspected by a male ⟨graha⟩, brings forth a male — or ⟨so it does⟩ when it stands in its own exaltation, or has attained a kendra in its course.

एकोऽपि युग्मे प्रथमांशसंस्थः स्त्रीसंज्ञकृत् स्वांशगतोऽधिवीर्यः । स्त्रीजन्मकृत् स्वोच्चगतोऽपि वा स्याद् बलाधिकारादपि लिङ्गकृत् स्यात् ॥२४॥

eko'pi yugme prathamāṃśasaṃsthaḥ strīsaṃjñakṛt svāṃśagato'dhivīryaḥ | strījanmakṛt svoccagato'pi vā syād balādhikārādapi liṅgakṛt syāt ||24||

Even one ⟨graha⟩, standing in an even sign in the first aṃśa, makes ⟨a child⟩ of female designation; gone to its own aṃśa and of surpassing virility, or gone to its own exaltation, it will be the maker of a female birth — and by predominance of strength alone it becomes the determiner of the sex.

पुंसंज्ञकः स्वोच्चगतो विलग्ने पुंसा बलीयान् बलवच्च दृष्टः । पुंजन्मकृत् सम्पठितो ग्रहः सः स्त्रीसंज्ञकः स्त्रीजनकोऽत्र योगे ॥२५॥

puṃsaṃjñakaḥ svoccagato vilagne puṃsā balīyān balavacca dṛṣṭaḥ | puṃjanmakṛt sampaṭhito grahaḥ saḥ strīsaṃjñakaḥ strījanako'tra yoge ||25||

A graha named male, gone to its own exaltation in the ascendant, made the stronger by a male ⟨graha⟩ and aspected by a strong one, is declared to be the maker of a male birth; a female-named one, in this same combination (yoga), is the begetter of a female.

स्वांशे बुधो भास्करनन्दनश्च प्राग्लग्नकेन्द्रं समुपागतौ वा । नपुंसकोत्पत्तिकरौ प्रदिष्टौ लग्नेन्दुभांशे तदवेक्षितौ वा ॥२६॥

svāṃśe budho bhāskaranandanaśca prāglagnakendraṃ samupāgatau vā | napuṃsakotpattikarau pradiṣṭau lagnendubhāṃśe tadavekṣitau vā ||26||

Mercury and Saturn (the son of the Sun), in their own aṃśa, or having come to a kendra from the ascendant, are declared makers of the birth of a napuṃsaka ⟨one of neither sex⟩ — or ⟨likewise⟩ when they stand in the aṃśa of the sign of the ascendant or of the Moon, or aspect it.

पुंसंज्ञकस्थानगतौ सुवाते नपुंसकं पुंसमरूपतत्त्वम् । तथात्र योषित्प्रतिकर्मशीलं स्त्र्याख्याश्रितौ स्त्रीसदृशं सुवाते ॥२७॥

puṃsaṃjñakasthānagatau suvāte napuṃsakaṃ puṃsamarūpatattvam | tathātra yoṣitpratikarmaśīlaṃ stryākhyāśritau strīsadṛśaṃ suvāte ||27||

Those two, gone to a place of male designation, beget a napuṃsaka whose form and essence are like a man's; and here likewise, resorting to ⟨places⟩ named female, they beget one resembling a woman, whose habit is the practice of a woman.

नपुंसकाख्ये शशिलग्नयुक्ते नपुंसकाख्यैरवलोकितांशे । नपुंसकं विद्धि नपुंसरूपं बीजेऽस्ति संस्थास्वथवा प्रसूतौ ॥२८॥

napuṃsakākhye śaśilagnayukte napuṃsakākhyairavalokitāṃśe | napuṃsakaṃ viddhi napuṃsarūpaṃ bīje'sti saṃsthāsvathavā prasūtau ||28||

When the Moon and the ascendant are joined in a ⟨sign⟩ named neuter, and the aṃśa is aspected by ⟨grahas⟩ named neuter — know ⟨the child⟩ to be a napuṃsaka, of neuter form; ⟨and so it is⟩ whether ⟨these⟩ positions obtain at the seeding or at the birth.

द्विमूर्तिसंज्ञोपगते बुधांशे बलाधिके केन्द्रमभिप्रपन्ने । लग्नेन्दुभस्थे यमलांशके च प्राहुर्निषेकं यमलोद्भवानाम् ॥२९॥

dvimūrtisaṃjñopagate budhāṃśe balādhike kendramabhiprapanne | lagnendubhasthe yamalāṃśake ca prāhurniṣekaṃ yamalodbhavānām ||29||

When Mercury's aṃśa has reached a ⟨sign⟩ named two-bodied, is superior in strength, and has attained a kendra, and when the aṃśa named yamala ⟨the Twins⟩ stands in the sign of the ascendant or of the Moon, they declare the impregnation to be one of those born as twins.

पश्यन्नपि स्फीतबलो द्विमूर्तिं संस्थो विलग्ने यमलाख्यमंशम् । चन्द्रोपवर्गे च शशाङ्कसूनुः कुर्यात् प्रसूतिं नियतं यमानाम् ॥३०॥

paśyannapi sphītabalo dvimūrtiṃ saṃstho vilagne yamalākhyamaṃśam | candropavarge ca śaśāṅkasūnuḥ kuryāt prasūtiṃ niyataṃ yamānām ||30||

The son of the Moon ⟨Mercury⟩, swollen with strength, even ⟨merely⟩ aspecting a two-bodied ⟨sign⟩, or standing in the ascendant in the aṃśa named yamala, and in a sub-varga of the Moon, will assuredly make the birth of twins.

प्राग्लग्नसंस्थो ह्यनवेक्षितो वै बुधो यमांशे यमजं प्रसूते । पुंस्त्रीविधानेष्वपि योनिरुक्तो यमोद्भवानां यमलांशकेषु ॥३१॥

prāglagnasaṃstho hyanavekṣito vai budho yamāṃśe yamajaṃ prasūte | puṃstrīvidhāneṣvapi yonirukto yamodbhavānāṃ yamalāṃśakeṣu ||31||

Mercury standing in the eastern ascendant (prāk-lagna), unaspected, in an aṃśa of the Twins, brings forth a twin birth. In the rules for male and female too, the sex of those born as twins is declared ⟨to be read⟩ in the twin aṃśakas.

जीवस्तु बौधे यमलाख्यकेंऽशे स्थितोऽधिवीर्यो बुधसङ्गतश्च । स्वांशोपविष्टेन्दुसुतेक्षितो वा यमोद्भवाय प्रथितस्तदापि ॥३२॥

jīvastu baudhe yamalākhyakeṃ'śe sthito'dhivīryo budhasaṅgataśca | svāṃśopaviṣṭendusutekṣito vā yamodbhavāya prathitastadāpi ||32||

But Jupiter, when it stands in the aṃśa called 'twin' belonging to Mercury, is of superior strength and is joined with Mercury — or else is aspected by Mercury (the Moon's son) seated in his own aṃśa — is then likewise declared ⟨to bring about⟩ a twin birth.

सर्वे यदा लग्नमधिप्रपन्ना द्विमूर्तिभागेषु बुधाश्रयेषु । बुधेन दृष्टा बलिनः स्ववर्गास्तदा त्रिपिण्डप्रसवं वदन्ति ॥३३॥

sarve yadā lagnamadhiprapannā dvimūrtibhāgeṣu budhāśrayeṣu | budhena dṛṣṭā balinaḥ svavargāstadā tripiṇḍaprasavaṃ vadanti ||33||

When all ⟨the grahas⟩ have gone to the ascendant in dual-bodied (dvimūrti) portions that belong to Mercury, are aspected by Mercury, are strong, and are in their own vargas — then ⟨the teachers⟩ declare a birth of three bodies ⟨triplets⟩.

आधानयोगैर्हि स चेत् समानो न स्युर्ग्रहाः स्थानविशेषयोगाः । तदा तु भूयोऽपि फलं पुरस्ताद् विकल्प्यते तत्प्रभवोद्भवं च ॥३४॥

ādhānayogairhi sa cet samāno na syurgrahāḥ sthānaviśeṣayogāḥ | tadā tu bhūyo'pi phalaṃ purastād vikalpyate tatprabhavodbhavaṃ ca ||34||

For if it is the same as ⟨what is shown by⟩ the yogas of conception, ⟨and⟩ the grahas do not form the yogas particular to ⟨those⟩ positions, then the result ⟨stated⟩ earlier is once more applied as an option, and so too is what arises from that origin.

दिवा पितार्कोऽर्कसुतश्च रात्रौ शुक्रं दिवा मातरमाहुराद्याः । माता च चन्द्रो निशि संप्रधार्यो निषेकगर्भप्रसवेषु नित्यम् ॥३५॥

divā pitārko'rkasutaśca rātrau śukraṃ divā mātaramāhurādyāḥ | mātā ca candro niśi saṃpradhāryo niṣekagarbhaprasaveṣu nityam ||35||

By day the Sun is the father, and by night the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩; by day the first ⟨teachers⟩ call Venus the mother, and by night the Moon is to be settled upon as the mother — always, in ⟨matters of⟩ impregnation, gestation and birth.

श्रेष्ठाधमस्थाननिरीक्षणाद्यैरन्योन्यसंयोगबलाबलैश्च । संस्थावयोवर्णगुणैश्च विद्याच्चिह्नानि मातापितृसंश्रयाणि ॥३६॥

śreṣṭhādhamasthānanirīkṣaṇādyairanyonyasaṃyogabalābalaiśca | saṃsthāvayovarṇaguṇaiśca vidyāccihnāni mātāpitṛsaṃśrayāṇi ||36||

By the best and the worst positions, by aspects and the rest, by their mutual conjunction and by ⟨their⟩ strength and weakness, and by ⟨their⟩ situation, age, colour and qualities, one should know the marks that pertain to the mother and the father.

प्रशस्तमोजेषु पितुर्विशेषं युग्मेषु मातुर्भवनेषु विन्द्यात् । संस्थानयोगाच्च गुरोर्विधार्यो गुरुर्निशाह्नोरपि वर्णजातिः ॥३७॥

praśastamojeṣu piturviśeṣaṃ yugmeṣu māturbhavaneṣu vindyāt | saṃsthānayogācca gurorvidhāryo gururniśāhnorapi varṇajātiḥ ||37||

In the odd houses one should find what is excellent, the distinguishing mark of the father; in the even houses, that of the mother. And ⟨it⟩ is to be determined from the position and conjunction of Jupiter; Jupiter, by night and by day alike, ⟨governs⟩ class and caste (varṇa and jāti).

अनीक्ष्यमाणे तु विलग्नमिन्दावसंनिधौ त्वात्मपितुः प्रसूतः । दिगाभिमुख्यं भुवनस्वभावाद् विन्द्याद् ग्रहाणां च यथा क्रमेण ॥ १ ॥

anīkṣyamāṇe tu vilagnamindāvasaṃnidhau tvātmapituḥ prasūtaḥ | digābhimukhyaṃ bhuvanasvabhāvād vindyād grahāṇāṃ ca yathā krameṇa || 1 ||

But when the Moon does not aspect the lagna (ascendant), ⟨the child⟩ is born in the absence of his own father. And the direction ⟨the birth-house⟩ faces one should learn from the nature of the bhavana ⟨the sign occupied⟩ and of the grahas (planets), each in its due order.

गृहे तु दिग्द्वारविधिर्ग्रहेभ्यः केन्द्रोपगेभ्यो बलवच्च वाच्यः । नीचोच्चसंस्थाभिरवस्थितिस्तु मातुर्ग्रहाणां व्यसनं च मातुः ॥ २ ॥

gṛhe tu digdvāravidhirgrahebhyaḥ kendropagebhyo balavacca vācyaḥ | nīcoccasaṃsthābhiravasthitistu māturgrahāṇāṃ vyasanaṃ ca mātuḥ || 2 ||

As for the ⟨birth-⟩house: the rule of the direction of its door is to be declared from the grahas that occupy the kendras (the angles), and from the strong one ⟨among them⟩. But the mother's posture ⟨at the birth⟩, and the mother's distress, ⟨are to be declared⟩ from the debilitated and exalted positions of the grahas.

अजीवभागेऽप्यनवेक्षिते वा जीवेन चन्द्रेऽथ विलग्नभे वा । जातं परोद्भूतमिति ब्रुवन्ति वाच्यो जनेनाधिबलावलोकात् ॥ ३ ॥

ajīvabhāge'pyanavekṣite vā jīvena candre'tha vilagnabhe vā | jātaṃ parodbhūtamiti bruvanti vācyo janenādhibalāvalokāt || 3 ||

When the Moon, or else the sign of the lagna, stands in a portion (aṃśa) that is not Jupiter's, or is unaspected by Jupiter, they say the one born is begotten of another ⟨man⟩. He is to be so declared by men, from the aspect of the graha of predominant strength.

स्वक्षेत्रगे केन्द्रगृहोपगे तु स्ववर्गगे वा स्वगृहे प्रसूतः । स्थानाच्च लग्नेन्दुगृहाधिपानां वा यद्गृहं तद्गुणतश्च सूतः ॥ ४ ॥

svakṣetrage kendragṛhopage tu svavargage vā svagṛhe prasūtaḥ | sthānācca lagnendugṛhādhipānāṃ vā yadgṛhaṃ tadguṇataśca sūtaḥ || 4 ||

When ⟨the lord⟩ is in its own sign (kṣetra), or occupies a kendra house, or is in its own varga, ⟨the child⟩ is born in his own house. And from the position of the lords of the signs of the lagna and of the Moon — whatever house ⟨they indicate⟩ — the birth is according to the quality of that ⟨house⟩.

ग्रहो गृहस्थानमुपाश्रितो वा यस्तत्स्वभावाच्च वदेद्गृहं तत् । नीचोच्चतोयास्तमयाचरस्थैः कार्या गृहाणामविकल्पना च ॥ ५ ॥

graho gṛhasthānamupāśrito vā yastatsvabhāvācca vadedgṛhaṃ tat | nīcoccatoyāstamayācarasthaiḥ kāryā gṛhāṇāmavikalpanā ca || 5 ||

Or, whichever graha occupies the house-place ⟨the fourth⟩, one should declare that house from the nature of that ⟨graha⟩. And the ⟨settled⟩ determination of the houses is to be made by ⟨the grahas⟩ standing in debilitation, in exaltation, in water ⟨signs⟩, in the setting place, and in movable ⟨signs⟩.

नभोबले वायति तद्गृहं तु क्षेत्रे परोक्षालयजातमाहुः । परे विलग्नास्तबलेऽपरर्क्षे स्वके जलस्थानबले गृहस्थे ॥ ६ ॥

nabhobale vāyati tadgṛhaṃ tu kṣetre parokṣālayajātamāhuḥ | pare vilagnāstabale'pararkṣe svake jalasthānabale gṛhasthe || 6 ||

But when the strength is in the sky ⟨the tenth⟩, that house is open to the wind; when ⟨a graha stands⟩ in another's sign, they say ⟨the child is⟩ born in a dwelling out of sight. ⟨The birth is⟩ in another's ⟨house⟩ when the strength is in the setting place from the lagna, in the western sign; in his own, when the strength is in the water-place and ⟨the graha⟩ stands in the house.

नवं तु जीवेन परीक्ष्यमाणे संवर्धता चन्द्रमसोपलिप्तम् । पुराणमर्केण कुजेन दग्धं शुक्रेण चित्रोपगतं नवं च ॥ ७ ॥

navaṃ tu jīvena parīkṣyamāṇe saṃvardhatā candramasopaliptam | purāṇamarkeṇa kujena dagdhaṃ śukreṇa citropagataṃ navaṃ ca || 7 ||

When ⟨the house-place⟩ is aspected by Jupiter, ⟨the house is⟩ new; by the waxing Moon, freshly plastered; by the Sun, old; by Mars, burnt; and by Venus, covered with paintings, and new.

बुधेन तार्णं बहुवक्रमाहुः सौरेण जीर्णं परिशीर्यमाणम् । परम्परक्षेत्रबलैश्च वाच्या गुणागुणा वस्थितया गृहेषु ॥ ८ ॥

budhena tārṇaṃ bahuvakramāhuḥ saureṇa jīrṇaṃ pariśīryamāṇam | paramparakṣetrabalaiśca vācyā guṇāguṇā vasthitayā gṛheṣu || 8 ||

By Mercury they call it thatched with grass and full of many turnings; by Saturn, decayed and crumbling away. And the merits and defects ⟨of the dwelling⟩ are to be declared from the strengths of the several signs in succession, and from ⟨the grahas'⟩ standing in the houses.

गुरौ स्वभागे गृहकण्टकस्थे स्यात् कोष्ठके सावरणे प्रसूतः । भौमे तु जातोऽग्निगृहाग्रभूमौ बुधे तु दर्भे पतितः क्षितौ वा ॥ ९ ॥

gurau svabhāge gṛhakaṇṭakasthe syāt koṣṭhake sāvaraṇe prasūtaḥ | bhaume tu jāto'gnigṛhāgrabhūmau budhe tu darbhe patitaḥ kṣitau vā || 9 ||

When Jupiter is in its own portion and stands in the house-kendra ⟨the fourth⟩, ⟨the child⟩ is born in a chamber that is enclosed. But when Mars ⟨is so placed⟩ he is born on the upper floor of a fire-house; and when Mercury, he falls upon darbha grass, or upon the bare ground.

शुक्रे जलाधारगृहे जले वा सौरे तु तार्णे भृशशीतवाते । शीताम्भसीन्दौ स्वगृहांशकस्थे धानागृहेऽर्के तु पितुर्गृहस्य ॥ १० ॥

śukre jalādhāragṛhe jale vā saure tu tārṇe bhṛśaśītavāte | śītāmbhasīndau svagṛhāṃśakasthe dhānāgṛhe'rke tu piturgṛhasya || 10 ||

When Venus ⟨is so placed⟩, in a house that holds water, or in water; when Saturn, in a thatched ⟨hut⟩, exceedingly cold and windy; when the Moon stands in the aṃśa of its own house, in cold water; but when the Sun, in the grain-store of the father's house.

युग्मे जलाख्यांशगते जलस्थे शीताम्बुतोयाधिकमाहुरिन्दौ । तद्वद्गुरौ चन्द्रनिरीक्षिते वाप्यन्यत्र सूर्यावनिजावलोकात् ॥ ११ ॥

yugme jalākhyāṃśagate jalasthe śītāmbutoyādhikamāhurindau | tadvadgurau candranirīkṣite vāpyanyatra sūryāvanijāvalokāt || 11 ||

When the Moon is in an even sign, gone to an aṃśa named 'water', and standing in a water ⟨sign⟩, they call ⟨the place⟩ one abounding in cold water. So too with Jupiter, when he is aspected by the Moon; but it is otherwise where the Sun and Mars aspect.

होराशशाङ्कैर्भवनेऽभिक्रान्तैर्गृहे प्रमाणानि गृहाश्रयाणाम् । तेषां गृहस्थानवशात् स्वभावादुपक्रियावर्णवपूंसि विद्यात् ॥ १२ ॥

horāśaśāṅkairbhavane'bhikrāntairgṛhe pramāṇāni gṛhāśrayāṇām | teṣāṃ gṛhasthānavaśāt svabhāvādupakriyāvarṇavapūṃsi vidyāt || 12 ||

By the horā ⟨here the ascendant⟩ and the Moon, and by ⟨the grahas⟩ that have entered the sign, ⟨one knows⟩ within the house the dimensions of its dwelling-places. From their standing in the house-place, and from their nature, one should know the furnishings, the colour and the shapes ⟨of these⟩.

पापग्रहावेक्षणसङ्गमाद्यैश्चन्द्रोऽपि सङ्गी न विवर्धितश्च । कुर्वीत मातुस्तनयस्य हानिं पीडास्ति राशीश्वरजैर्विकारैः ॥ १३ ॥

pāpagrahāvekṣaṇasaṅgamādyaiścandro'pi saṅgī na vivardhitaśca | kurvīta mātustanayasya hāniṃ pīḍāsti rāśīśvarajairvikāraiḥ || 13 ||

The Moon too, joined ⟨to malefics⟩ through the aspect, the conjunction and the rest of the malefic grahas, and not waxing, would work harm to the mother and to the son; and there is affliction through the disorders born of the lord of the rāśi.

सौरांशकस्थे शशिनि प्रलग्ने जले जलाख्यांशकमाश्रिते वा । स्वांशस्थिते केन्द्रगतेऽर्कजे वा जातस्तमिस्रे यदि नार्कदृष्टः ॥ १४ ॥

saurāṃśakasthe śaśini pralagne jale jalākhyāṃśakamāśrite vā | svāṃśasthite kendragate'rkaje vā jātastamisre yadi nārkadṛṣṭaḥ || 14 ||

When the Moon stands in an aṃśa of Saturn, being in the lagna, in a water ⟨sign⟩, or having resorted to an aṃśa named 'water'; or when Saturn stands in its own aṃśa and is gone to a kendra — the child is born in darkness, if he is not aspected by the Sun.

श्रुतिश्रुताचाररताः कृतज्ञाः सुरद्विजोपासनधर्मशीलाः । विशुद्धमाल्याम्बरचारुभूषास्तेजस्विनः सौम्यबलाद् भवन्ति ॥ १५ ॥

śrutiśrutācāraratāḥ kṛtajñāḥ suradvijopāsanadharmaśīlāḥ | viśuddhamālyāmbaracārubhūṣāstejasvinaḥ saumyabalād bhavanti || 15 ||

Devoted to the Veda (śruti), to what is heard ⟨of learning⟩ and to right conduct; grateful; of a nature to worship the gods and the twice-born and to keep dharma; with spotless garlands and garments and lovely ornaments; full of splendour — such men come to be from the strength of the benefics.

शठाः कृतघ्नाः पिशुना नृशंसा लुब्धाः परद्रव्यहरा विकायाः । साधुद्विषः क्रोधतमोभिरार्ताः पापग्रहस्थानबलाद् भवन्ति ॥ १६ ॥

śaṭhāḥ kṛtaghnāḥ piśunā nṛśaṃsā lubdhāḥ paradravyaharā vikāyāḥ | sādhudviṣaḥ krodhatamobhirārtāḥ pāpagrahasthānabalād bhavanti || 16 ||

Crooked, ungrateful, slanderous, cruel, greedy, seizers of others' property, misshapen of body; haters of the good, tormented by anger and by darkness — such men come to be from the strength of the malefic grahas' position.

स्वांशेषु स्वोच्चे स्वगृहेषु लग्ने स्वमूलमित्रोपचयर्क्षगाश्च । चतुष्टयेष्विन्दुविलग्नभेशा जन्मप्रदाः स्युः पुरुषोत्तमानाम् ॥ १७ ॥

svāṃśeṣu svocce svagṛheṣu lagne svamūlamitropacayarkṣagāśca | catuṣṭayeṣvinduvilagnabheśā janmapradāḥ syuḥ puruṣottamānām || 17 ||

The lords of the signs of the Moon and of the lagna — standing in their own aṃśas, in their own exaltation, in their own houses, in the lagna, or gone to their own mūla⟨trikoṇa⟩, to a friend's sign or to an upacaya (growth) sign, or standing in the four kendras (catuṣṭaya) — become the givers of birth to the best of men.

आरोग्यकीर्त्यृद्धिवतां प्रसूतिं लग्नाधिपः स्फीतबलः करोति । महाधनाभोगपरिग्रहाणां जन्माधिपः स्फीतयशोगुणानाम् ॥ १८ ॥

ārogyakīrtyṛddhivatāṃ prasūtiṃ lagnādhipaḥ sphītabalaḥ karoti | mahādhanābhogaparigrahāṇāṃ janmādhipaḥ sphītayaśoguṇānām || 18 ||

The lord of the lagna, swollen with strength, makes the birth of those possessed of health, fame and prosperity; the lord of the birth ⟨sign⟩ ⟨makes the birth⟩ of those possessed of great wealth, enjoyment and possessions, and of abundant renown and virtues.

मृष्टाशनाच्छादनभूषणाढ्यं स्वोच्चे हिमांशुः पुरुषं प्रसूते । विख्यातशब्दं नृपपूज्यमार्यं विद्वांसमुच्चे गुरुरिष्टधर्मम् ॥ १ ॥

mṛṣṭāśanācchādanabhūṣaṇāḍhyaṃ svocce himāṃśuḥ puruṣaṃ prasūte | vikhyātaśabdaṃ nṛpapūjyamāryaṃ vidvāṃsamucce gururiṣṭadharmam || 1 ||

The Moon in his own exaltation produces a man rich in fine food, clothing and ornaments; Jupiter in exaltation, ⟨a man⟩ of famed repute, honoured by kings, noble, learned, and devoted to the sacrificial rites and to dharma.

तेजस्विनं गर्वितमग्र्यशूरं स्वोच्चे कुजो दुःप्रसहं प्रसूते । विलासहासश्रुतिगीतवृत्तं भृग्वात्मजः स्त्रीसुभगं सुवेशम् ॥ २ ॥

tejasvinaṃ garvitamagryaśūraṃ svocce kujo duḥprasahaṃ prasūte | vilāsahāsaśrutigītavṛttaṃ bhṛgvātmajaḥ strīsubhagaṃ suveśam || 2 ||

Mars in his own exaltation produces one brilliant, proud, a foremost hero, and hard to withstand; the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩, one given to dalliance, laughter, music and song, fortunate with women, and finely attired.

नैपुण्यवाक्यं प्रवरं कलाढ्यं मेधाविनं स्वोच्चमुपेत्य सौम्यः । महान्तमत्युग्रमनेकचित्तं सूर्यो नृपाल्लब्धनियोगमार्किः ॥ ३ ॥

naipuṇyavākyaṃ pravaraṃ kalāḍhyaṃ medhāvinaṃ svoccamupetya saumyaḥ | mahāntamatyugramanekacittaṃ sūryo nṛpāllabdhaniyogamārkiḥ || 3 ||

Mercury, coming to his own exaltation, produces one skilled in speech, eminent, rich in the arts, and of keen intellect; the Sun, one great, exceedingly fierce, and of many minds; Saturn, one who obtains an appointment from the king.

आत्मत्रिकोणे धनिनं कुलेन भोक्तारमिन्दुर्दिनकृच्च मुख्यम् । महत्तरं देवगुरुर्नियुक्तं महीसुतस्तस्करवृत्तमुख्यम् ॥ ४ ॥

ātmatrikoṇe dhaninaṃ kulena bhoktāramindurdinakṛcca mukhyam | mahattaraṃ devagururniyuktaṃ mahīsutastaskaravṛttamukhyam || 4 ||

In his own trikoṇa ⟨mūlatrikoṇa⟩ the Moon ⟨produces⟩ one wealthy through his family and an enjoyer ⟨of pleasures⟩, and the Sun one who is foremost; Jupiter, one appointed a great officer ⟨mahattara⟩; Mars, one foremost among those whose trade is thieving.

भृगुः पुरग्रामवरिष्ठमाढ्यं विवादशीलं जयिनं च सौम्यः । शनैश्चरस्त्वात्मवदर्थतृप्तं शूरं कुले ज्येष्ठतमं प्रसूते ॥ ५ ॥

bhṛguḥ puragrāmavariṣṭhamāḍhyaṃ vivādaśīlaṃ jayinaṃ ca saumyaḥ | śanaiścarastvātmavadarthatṛptaṃ śūraṃ kule jyeṣṭhatamaṃ prasūte || 5 ||

Venus ⟨produces⟩ a rich man, the foremost of town and village; Mercury, one disputatious and victorious; but Saturn produces one self-possessed, content with wealth, brave, and the most senior in his family.

मनस्विनं तु प्रियदर्शिनं च स्वर्क्षे शशी धर्मरतं प्रसूते । ताम्रं कुकर्माणममर्षमुग्रं सूर्यो बुधो वल्गुकथं बुधं च ॥ ६ ॥

manasvinaṃ tu priyadarśinaṃ ca svarkṣe śaśī dharmarataṃ prasūte | tāmraṃ kukarmāṇamamarṣamugraṃ sūryo budho valgukathaṃ budhaṃ ca || 6 ||

In his own sign the Moon produces one high-minded, pleasant to look upon, and devoted to dharma; the Sun, one copper-hued, of evil deeds, resentful and fierce; and Mercury, one of charming speech and wise.

काव्यश्रुतिज्ञं गुरुरिष्टचेष्टमाढ्यं प्रचण्डं चपलं च भौमः । कृषीबलं स्फीतधनं च शुक्रः शनैश्चरो मान्यमदुःखभाजम् ॥ ७ ॥

kāvyaśrutijñaṃ gururiṣṭaceṣṭamāḍhyaṃ pracaṇḍaṃ capalaṃ ca bhaumaḥ | kṛṣībalaṃ sphītadhanaṃ ca śukraḥ śanaiścaro mānyamaduḥkhabhājam || 7 ||

Jupiter ⟨produces⟩ one who knows poetry and the śruti and whose undertakings turn out as he desires; Mars, one rich, violent and fickle; Venus, a farmer of abundant wealth; Saturn, one honoured and having no share of sorrow.

यतस्ततो लब्धसुखं शशाङ्कः प्रख्यातमर्कः स्थिरसौहृदं च । पूज्यं सतां देवगुरुर्बुधस्तु चातुर्यहास्योपगृहीतवाक्यम् ॥ ८ ॥

yatastato labdhasukhaṃ śaśāṅkaḥ prakhyātamarkaḥ sthirasauhṛdaṃ ca | pūjyaṃ satāṃ devagururbudhastu cāturyahāsyopagṛhītavākyam || 8 ||

⟨In a friend's sign⟩ the Moon ⟨produces⟩ one who gets his comfort from this quarter and that; the Sun, one renowned and of steady friendships; Jupiter, one honoured by the good; but Mercury, one whose words are taken up for their cleverness and wit.

सुहृद्धनारक्षणसक्तमारः सुहृत्प्रियं मन्त्रधनं च शुक्रः । प्रभुं परान्नाशनमर्कसूनुर्मित्रर्क्षसंस्थो मनुजं प्रसूते ॥ ९ ॥

suhṛddhanārakṣaṇasaktamāraḥ suhṛtpriyaṃ mantradhanaṃ ca śukraḥ | prabhuṃ parānnāśanamarkasūnurmitrarkṣasaṃstho manujaṃ prasūte || 9 ||

Mars ⟨produces⟩ one intent on guarding the wealth of his friends; Venus, one dear to his friends and whose wealth is counsel; and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩, a master who destroys others ⟨his rivals⟩ — standing in a friend's sign, ⟨each of these grahas⟩ produces such a man.

नीचे शशी रोगिनमल्पपुण्यं भौमस्त्वनर्थं व्यसनोपतप्तम् । प्राप्तापमानं मलिनं गुरुस्तु प्रेष्यं रविर्बन्धुजनावधूतम् ॥ १० ॥

nīce śaśī roginamalpapuṇyaṃ bhaumastvanarthaṃ vyasanopataptam | prāptāpamānaṃ malinaṃ gurustu preṣyaṃ ravirbandhujanāvadhūtam || 10 ||

In debilitation the Moon ⟨produces⟩ one diseased and of little merit; Mars, one ruined and scorched by vice; Jupiter, one who meets with disgrace and is filthy; the Sun, a servant spurned by his own kinsfolk.

प्रणष्टदारं भृगुरस्वतन्त्रं मूर्खं बुधो ज्ञातिनिबन्धवैरम् । विगर्हिताचारमनर्थमार्किर्नरं प्रसूते च विपन्नशीलम् ॥ ११ ॥

praṇaṣṭadāraṃ bhṛgurasvatantraṃ mūrkhaṃ budho jñātinibandhavairam | vigarhitācāramanarthamārkirnaraṃ prasūte ca vipannaśīlam || 11 ||

Venus ⟨produces⟩ one whose wife is lost and who is not his own master; Mercury, a fool with a settled enmity toward his kinsmen; and Saturn produces a man of censured conduct, worthless, and of ruined character.

हृद्रोगिणं शत्रुगृहे शशाङ्कः सूर्यो दरिद्रं विषपीडितं च । बद्धारिभाजं विकलं कुजो वा क्लीबं गुरुर्मूर्खमनार्यवृत्तम् ॥ १२ ॥

hṛdrogiṇaṃ śatrugṛhe śaśāṅkaḥ sūryo daridraṃ viṣapīḍitaṃ ca | baddhāribhājaṃ vikalaṃ kujo vā klībaṃ gururmūrkhamanāryavṛttam || 12 ||

In an enemy's house the Moon ⟨produces⟩ one with heart disease; the Sun, one poor and afflicted by poison; Mars, one who has a share of bondage and of enemies, and is maimed; Jupiter, one impotent, a fool, and of ignoble conduct.

विहीनमज्ञानमनेकदास्यं बुधो भृगुः स्त्रीभृतकं कुतन्त्रम् । व्याध्यादिशोकैरुपतप्तदेहं प्रत्यादधात्यर्कसुतो मनुष्यम् ॥ १३ ॥

vihīnamajñānamanekadāsyaṃ budho bhṛguḥ strībhṛtakaṃ kutantram | vyādhyādiśokairupataptadehaṃ pratyādadhātyarkasuto manuṣyam || 13 ||

Mercury ⟨produces⟩ one destitute, ignorant, and in servitude to many; Venus, one kept by a woman and of evil devices; and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ brings forth a man whose body is scorched by diseases and other sorrows.

स्वेषूच्चभागेषु फलं समग्रं त्रिकोणवत् स्यात् फलमंशकेषु । स्वक्षेत्रवत् स्याद्भवनांशकेषु नीचारिभागेषु जघन्यमेव ॥ १ ॥

sveṣūccabhāgeṣu phalaṃ samagraṃ trikoṇavat syāt phalamaṃśakeṣu | svakṣetravat syādbhavanāṃśakeṣu nīcāribhāgeṣu jaghanyameva || 1 ||

In their own exaltation-portions the fruit is complete; in the ⟨trikoṇa⟩ portions the fruit would be as in a trikoṇa; in the portions of ⟨its own⟩ house it would be as in its own field; and in the portions of debilitation and of an enemy it is the meanest of all.

एष्वेव तु व्यस्तबलैरुदारैर्वर्गोत्तमांशेषु फलैर्भवन्ति । उन्मन्त्रयन्तीष्टनिरीक्षितास्तु मङ्गल्यमापद्य यथावलोकैः ॥ २ ॥

eṣveva tu vyastabalairudārairvargottamāṃśeṣu phalairbhavanti | unmantrayantīṣṭanirīkṣitāstu maṅgalyamāpadya yathāvalokaiḥ || 2 ||

In these same ⟨positions⟩, in the vargottama portions, they come to be with lofty fruits, their strengths variously apportioned; and when aspected by favourable ⟨grahas⟩ they proclaim auspiciousness, having attained it in proportion to the aspects.

एको निरुद्दिष्टफलं तथोच्चे द्वौ कीर्तिमन्तं धनिनं सुवाते । त्रयः पुरो रक्षकमीश्वरं वा चमूपतिं स्वप्रतिभागमार्यम् ॥ ३ ॥

eko niruddiṣṭaphalaṃ tathocce dvau kīrtimantaṃ dhaninaṃ suvāte | trayaḥ puro rakṣakamīśvaraṃ vā camūpatiṃ svapratibhāgamāryam || 3 ||

One ⟨graha⟩ in exaltation gives the fruit declared ⟨for it⟩; two beget a man famed and rich; three beget a guardian set over a city, or a lord, or a commander of armies — noble, and holding his own due share.

चत्वार आढ्यं नृपमाप्तकीर्तिं स्वधर्मशीलं जनयन्त्युदारम् । पञ्च त्वनेकर्द्धिविवृद्धकोशं ख्यातं नृपं श्रेष्ठतमं च कुर्युः ॥ ४ ॥

catvāra āḍhyaṃ nṛpamāptakīrtiṃ svadharmaśīlaṃ janayantyudāram | pañca tvanekarddhivivṛddhakośaṃ khyātaṃ nṛpaṃ śreṣṭhatamaṃ ca kuryuḥ || 4 ||

Four beget a wealthy king who has attained fame, keeps to his own dharma, and is noble; five would make a renowned and most excellent king, his treasury swollen with manifold riches.

षड्राजराजर्द्धिबलोपकर्षप्रदानमानेष्वभिजातशक्तिम् । समुद्रपर्यन्तमहीतलेशं स्वोच्चर्क्षसंस्था जनयन्ति सप्त ॥ ५ ॥

ṣaḍrājarājarddhibalopakarṣapradānamāneṣvabhijātaśaktim | samudraparyantamahītaleśaṃ svoccarkṣasaṃsthā janayanti sapta || 5 ||

Six beget a man whose power is nobly born in the wealth, strength, pre-eminence, munificence and honour of a king of kings; seven, stationed in their own signs of exaltation, beget a lord of the earth's surface as far as the ocean.

एकोऽप्यभिख्यातबलप्रतापं स्वोच्चर्क्षसंस्थो नृपतिं प्रसूते । संस्थानकालादिबलैः सुहृद्भिर्निरीक्षितः स्याद्बहुमित्रपक्षम् ॥ ६ ॥

eko'pyabhikhyātabalapratāpaṃ svoccarkṣasaṃstho nṛpatiṃ prasūte | saṃsthānakālādibalaiḥ suhṛdbhirnirīkṣitaḥ syādbahumitrapakṣam || 6 ||

Even one, stationed in its own sign of exaltation, brings forth a king of famed strength and majesty; and when it is aspected by friendly ⟨grahas⟩ endowed with positional, temporal and the other strengths, he would have a large party of friends.

द्वाभ्यां ग्रहाभ्यां स्वत्रिकोणगाभ्यां भवेत् कुटुम्बी जलभूधरोऽग्र्यः । प्रख्यातकीर्तिस्त्रिभिरेव वंश्यो महाधनो ग्रामगणप्रधानः ॥ ७ ॥

dvābhyāṃ grahābhyāṃ svatrikoṇagābhyāṃ bhavet kuṭumbī jalabhūdharo'gryaḥ | prakhyātakīrtistribhireva vaṃśyo mahādhano grāmagaṇapradhānaḥ || 7 ||

By two grahas gone to their own trikoṇa a man becomes a householder, foremost, a holder of water and land; by three indeed he is of far-famed renown, of good lineage, of great wealth, and chief of a village community.

स्वाचारधर्मो बलसत्त्वयुक्तः षड्भिः स्वराज्यप्रतिमास्ति राजा । राज्ञो वपुःस्त्रीबलभृन्नरेन्द्रः स्यात् सप्तभिः स्वात्मत्रिकोणसंस्थैः ॥ ९ ॥

svācāradharmo balasattvayuktaḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ svarājyapratimāsti rājā | rājño vapuḥstrībalabhṛnnarendraḥ syāt saptabhiḥ svātmatrikoṇasaṃsthaiḥ || 9 ||

By six he is a king of good conduct and dharma, endowed with strength and courage, the peer of one who holds his own sovereignty; by seven placed in their own trikoṇa he would be a lord of men bearing a king's person, women and forces.

कुलप्रधानं स्वजनाभिमान्यं द्वौ स्वर्क्षसंस्थौ पुरुषं सुवाते । नानागमं स्फीतधनं यशस्कं ग्रहास्त्रयो वंशकरं च कुर्युः ॥ १० ॥

kulapradhānaṃ svajanābhimānyaṃ dvau svarkṣasaṃsthau puruṣaṃ suvāte | nānāgamaṃ sphītadhanaṃ yaśaskaṃ grahāstrayo vaṃśakaraṃ ca kuryuḥ || 10 ||

Two stationed in their own signs beget a man foremost in his family and honoured by his own people; three grahas would make one versed in many traditions, of swollen wealth, of good repute, and a perpetuator of his line.

ख्यातं पुरश्रेणिगणाभिमान्यं कुर्वन्ति चत्वार उदारवेशम् । पञ्चावनीभुक्प्रतिमं विघुष्टं प्रभूतभोगाश्वसुतं गणाद्यम् ॥ ११ ॥

khyātaṃ puraśreṇigaṇābhimānyaṃ kurvanti catvāra udāraveśam | pañcāvanībhukpratimaṃ vighuṣṭaṃ prabhūtabhogāśvasutaṃ gaṇādyam || 11 ||

Four make one renowned, honoured by the city, the guilds and the corporations, and of noble bearing; five make one the equal of a king, celebrated abroad, with abundant enjoyments, horses and sons, and first in the assembly.

षट्तु स्वराज्यप्रभवं नरेन्द्रं प्रवृद्धशब्दं द्युतिभृत्यकोशम् । राजाधिराजं विजितारिपक्षं स्वर्क्षोपपन्नाश्च जयन्ति सप्त ॥ १२ ॥

ṣaṭtu svarājyaprabhavaṃ narendraṃ pravṛddhaśabdaṃ dyutibhṛtyakośam | rājādhirājaṃ vijitāripakṣaṃ svarkṣopapannāśca jayanti sapta || 12 ||

Six make a lord of men sprung from his own kingdom, of swelling renown, possessed of splendour, servants and treasury; and seven established in their own signs carry the day ⟨for⟩ a king of kings who has vanquished the party of his foes.

द्वाभ्यां सुहृत्क्षेत्रसमाश्रिताभ्यां भवेत्सुहृत्संश्रयणाप्तवृत्तिः । त्रिभिः सुहृद्बन्धुजनोपकर्ता ग्रहैर्विशिष्टो गुणशब्दितश्च ॥ १३ ॥

dvābhyāṃ suhṛtkṣetrasamāśritābhyāṃ bhavetsuhṛtsaṃśrayaṇāptavṛttiḥ | tribhiḥ suhṛdbandhujanopakartā grahairviśiṣṭo guṇaśabditaśca || 13 ||

By two resorting to a friend's field a man gets his livelihood by taking shelter with friends; by three grahas he becomes a benefactor of friends and kinsfolk, distinguished, and spoken of for his virtues.

सुरद्विजाचार्यपरः कृतज्ञश्चतुर्भिराचारधुरन्धरश्च । नृपोपसेवी प्रणताभिरक्षी स्यात् पंचभिः प्राप्तधनो यशस्वी ॥ १४ ॥

suradvijācāryaparaḥ kṛtajñaścaturbhirācāradhurandharaśca | nṛpopasevī praṇatābhirakṣī syāt paṃcabhiḥ prāptadhano yaśasvī || 14 ||

By four he is devoted to the gods, the twice-born and his teachers, grateful, and a bearer of the burden of right conduct; by five he would be a servant of the king, a protector of those who bow to him, one who has attained wealth, and glorious.

विस्तीर्णभोगाश्ववपुश्च षड्भिर्मित्रर्क्षगैः पार्थिवतुल्यकर्मा । स्यात्सप्तभिः स्फीतगजाश्वभृत्यो ग्रहैर्नरेन्द्रः स्थितसारकोशः ॥ १५ ॥

vistīrṇabhogāśvavapuśca ṣaḍbhirmitrarkṣagaiḥ pārthivatulyakarmā | syātsaptabhiḥ sphītagajāśvabhṛtyo grahairnarendraḥ sthitasārakośaḥ || 15 ||

By six going to a friend's sign he has extensive enjoyments, horses and bodily presence, and deeds equal to a king's; by seven grahas he would be a lord of men with abundant elephants, horses and servants, and a treasury of established substance.

नीचर्क्षसंस्थौ पुरुषं सुवाते द्वौ नीचकर्माणमृणोपतप्तम् । अनिष्ठितानेकनिवासशीलं ग्रहास्त्रयोऽध्वानुचरं दरिद्रम् ॥ १६ ॥

nīcarkṣasaṃsthau puruṣaṃ suvāte dvau nīcakarmāṇamṛṇopataptam | aniṣṭhitānekanivāsaśīlaṃ grahāstrayo'dhvānucaraṃ daridram || 16 ||

Two placed in signs of debilitation beget a man of base occupation, scorched by debt; three grahas ⟨beget⟩ one whose habit is many unsettled dwellings, a wanderer on the roads, destitute.

मूर्खं परप्रेष्यमपास्तधर्मं चत्वार आलस्यविपन्नचेष्टम् । भृतं तु पंचागृहवित्तदारं दासं षडाघातभयश्रमार्तम् ॥ १७ ॥

mūrkhaṃ parapreṣyamapāstadharmaṃ catvāra ālasyavipannaceṣṭam | bhṛtaṃ tu paṃcāgṛhavittadāraṃ dāsaṃ ṣaḍāghātabhayaśramārtam || 17 ||

Four ⟨beget⟩ a fool, another man's errand-runner, one who has cast off dharma, whose efforts are ruined by sloth; five, a hireling without house, wealth or wife; six, a slave afflicted by blows, fear and drudgery.

निःस्वाधमक्षामबहिर्गृहाणाम् उत्सृष्टशिल्पाशनभैक्षकाणाम् । सप्त स्वनीचर्क्षगताः प्रसूतिं कुर्वन्ति दिक्चीरलवाम्बराणाम् ॥१८ ॥

niḥsvādhamakṣāmabahirgṛhāṇām utsṛṣṭaśilpāśanabhaikṣakāṇām | sapta svanīcarkṣagatāḥ prasūtiṃ kurvanti dikcīralavāmbarāṇām ||18 ||

Seven gone to their own signs of debilitation cause the birth of men destitute, base, wasted, living outside a house, who have abandoned craft and food and live by begging, whose garments are the directions, bark-strips and rags.

द्वौ शत्रुभस्थौ बहुविग्रहाणां क्लिष्टात्मनां जन्मकरौ भवेताम् । त्रयः श्रमोत्पन्नविपन्नवित्तदुःखाहतानां विविधव्ययानाम् ॥ १९ ॥

dvau śatrubhasthau bahuvigrahāṇāṃ kliṣṭātmanāṃ janmakarau bhavetām | trayaḥ śramotpannavipannavittaduḥkhāhatānāṃ vividhavyayānām || 19 ||

Two standing in an enemy's sign become the makers of the birth of men of many quarrels, tormented in themselves; three, of men struck down by the grief of wealth won by toil and then lost, and of manifold expenditures.

चत्वार इष्टात्मजयोषिदर्थप्रणाशजाधिश्रमपीडितानाम् । पञ्च स्वबन्धुव्यसनाभिघाततप्तात्मनां गर्हितकर्मणां च ॥ २० ॥

catvāra iṣṭātmajayoṣidarthapraṇāśajādhiśramapīḍitānām | pañca svabandhuvyasanābhighātataptātmanāṃ garhitakarmaṇāṃ ca || 20 ||

Four ⟨cause the birth⟩ of those tormented by the mental anguish and toil born of the loss of what they hold dear — sons, wives, wealth; five, of those whose selves are scorched by the stroke of calamity falling on their own kinsmen, and whose deeds are blameworthy.

अनार्यरुक्पीडितदुःखितानां कुर्वन्ति जन्मारिगृहाश्रिताः षट् । वैकल्यबीभत्सकुलावराणां सप्ताशनाच्छादनवञ्चितानाम् ॥ २१ ॥

anāryarukpīḍitaduḥkhitānāṃ kurvanti janmārigṛhāśritāḥ ṣaṭ | vaikalyabībhatsakulāvarāṇāṃ saptāśanācchādanavañcitānām || 21 ||

Six resorting to the enemy's house cause the birth of men ignoble, tormented by disease and made wretched; seven, of the crippled, the loathsome, the lowest of their family, cheated of food and covering.

एते यथा वीर्यबलैः फलानि दद्युः फलस्थानगता नराणाम् । एषां तु होरांशकसंस्थितिभ्यो विकल्पनान्योन्यनिरीक्षितैश्च ॥ २२ ॥

ete yathā vīryabalaiḥ phalāni dadyuḥ phalasthānagatā narāṇām | eṣāṃ tu horāṃśakasaṃsthitibhyo vikalpanānyonyanirīkṣitaiśca || 22 ||

These, gone to the places that yield fruit, would give men their fruits according to their vigour and their strengths; but of these there is variation according to their placements in the horā and the aṃśaka, and by their mutual aspects.

वर्गोत्तमांशेऽपि विलग्नसंस्थे तस्याधिपे च प्रतिपूर्णवीर्ये । इष्टैर्ग्रहैस्त्रिप्रभृति प्रदृष्टे राज्ञां प्रसूतिर्यवनैर्निरुक्ता ॥ २३ ॥

vargottamāṃśe'pi vilagnasaṃsthe tasyādhipe ca pratipūrṇavīrye | iṣṭairgrahaistriprabhṛti pradṛṣṭe rājñāṃ prasūtiryavanairniruktā || 23 ||

When the ascendant stands in a vargottama portion, and its lord is of full vigour, and it is aspected by three or more favourable grahas, the birth of kings has been declared by the Yavanas.

दिक्स्थानकालादिबलैरुदारा वपुर्धराः केन्द्रमुपागताश्च । कुर्वन्त्यनिष्टैरविमिश्रचाराः पृथ्वीभुजां त्रिप्रभृति प्रसूतिम् ॥ २४ ॥

diksthānakālādibalairudārā vapurdharāḥ kendramupāgatāśca | kurvantyaniṣṭairavimiśracārāḥ pṛthvībhujāṃ triprabhṛti prasūtim || 24 ||

Grahas exalted by directional, positional, temporal and the other strengths, bearing full bodily form, come to a kendra, and whose courses are unmixed with unfavourable ⟨grahas⟩ — three or more of them cause the birth of rulers of the earth.

सूर्यांशकं वा शशिनि प्रपन्ने चतुष्टयस्थेषु च सद्ग्रहेषु । राज्ञां प्रसूतिर्विहिता वरिष्ठैः पापेष्वसन्ध्यर्कमुपागतेषु ॥ २५ ॥

sūryāṃśakaṃ vā śaśini prapanne catuṣṭayastheṣu ca sadgraheṣu | rājñāṃ prasūtirvihitā variṣṭhaiḥ pāpeṣvasandhyarkamupāgateṣu || 25 ||

Or when the Moon has entered a portion of the Sun and the benefic grahas stand in the four kendras, the birth of kings is ordained by the best ⟨authorities⟩ — the malefics having come neither to a sign-junction nor to the Sun.

विनारिनीचर्क्षमनूनवीर्याः स्वात्मांशकस्था वपुरुद्वहन्ति । अदुर्बले चन्द्रमसीष्टदृष्टा राज्ञां प्रदास्त्रिप्रभृतिग्रहाः स्युः ॥ २६ ॥

vinārinīcarkṣamanūnavīryāḥ svātmāṃśakasthā vapurudvahanti | adurbale candramasīṣṭadṛṣṭā rājñāṃ pradāstriprabhṛtigrahāḥ syuḥ || 26 ||

Free of an enemy's sign and of debilitation, of no deficient vigour, standing in their own aṃśaka, they bear full bodily form; and when the Moon is not weak and they are aspected by favourable ⟨grahas⟩, three or more such grahas would be givers of kings.

स्वोच्चांशके लग्नगतः शशाङ्कस्तस्याधिपेनातिबलेन दृष्टः । नृपं प्रसूते प्रतिपूर्णमूर्तिरापोक्लिमस्थेष्वशुभग्रहेषु ॥ २७ ॥

svoccāṃśake lagnagataḥ śaśāṅkastasyādhipenātibalena dṛṣṭaḥ | nṛpaṃ prasūte pratipūrṇamūrtirāpoklimastheṣvaśubhagraheṣu || 27 ||

The Moon in the ascendant in the portion of its own exaltation, aspected by the lord of that ⟨portion⟩ who is exceedingly strong, and of full orb, brings forth a king — the inauspicious grahas standing in the āpoklima (cadent) houses.

वर्गोत्तमांशोपगतं शशाङ्कमेकोऽपि यद्युच्चमुपेत्य पश्येत् । सुराज्यभुग्जन्मकरो ग्रहः स्याल्लग्नेषु पापैरनधिष्ठितेषु ॥ २८ ॥

vargottamāṃśopagataṃ śaśāṅkameko'pi yadyuccamupetya paśyet | surājyabhugjanmakaro grahaḥ syāllagneṣu pāpairanadhiṣṭhiteṣu || 28 ||

If even a single graha, having reached its exaltation, should aspect the Moon that has come to a vargottama portion, that graha becomes the maker of the birth of one who enjoys a fine kingdom — the ascendant ⟨places⟩ being unoccupied by malefics.

जले शशी वारिचरांशकस्थः पूर्णः शुभो लग्नगतः स्ववर्गे । तत्रापि राज्ञां विहिता प्रसूतिश्चतुष्टयं यद्यशुभैरयुक्तम् ॥ २९ ॥

jale śaśī vāricarāṃśakasthaḥ pūrṇaḥ śubho lagnagataḥ svavarge | tatrāpi rājñāṃ vihitā prasūtiścatuṣṭayaṃ yadyaśubhairayuktam || 29 ||

The Moon in a water ⟨sign⟩, standing in an aquatic portion, full, auspicious, gone to the ascendant, in its own varga — there too the birth of kings is ordained, if the four kendras are unjoined with inauspicious ⟨grahas⟩.

सूर्यांशके लग्नगतेऽर्कदृष्टे पूर्णे शशाङ्के स्वगृहांशकस्थे । केन्द्रे गुरुर्भार्गवदृष्टमूर्तिर्महीभुजां जन्म समादधाति ॥ ३० ॥

sūryāṃśake lagnagate'rkadṛṣṭe pūrṇe śaśāṅke svagṛhāṃśakasthe | kendre gururbhārgavadṛṣṭamūrtirmahībhujāṃ janma samādadhāti || 30 ||

When a portion of the Sun has come to the ascendant and is aspected by the Sun, and the Moon is full and stands in the portion of its own house, then Jupiter in a kendra, his form aspected by Venus, brings about the birth of rulers of the earth.

शीर्षोदयक्षेत्रगताश्च सर्वे विनारिनीचर्क्षमनूनवीर्याः । लग्ने च दृष्टे शशिनि प्रपूर्णे स्विष्टैर्वरिष्ठैर्नृपजन्मदाः स्युः ॥ ३१ ॥

śīrṣodayakṣetragatāśca sarve vinārinīcarkṣamanūnavīryāḥ | lagne ca dṛṣṭe śaśini prapūrṇe sviṣṭairvariṣṭhairnṛpajanmadāḥ syuḥ || 31 ||

And all ⟨grahas⟩ gone to head-rising signs, free of an enemy's sign and of debilitation and of no deficient vigour, when the ascendant is aspected by the most favourable and best ⟨grahas⟩ and the Moon is quite full, would be givers of a king's birth.

वर्गोत्तमांशोपगतः स्वराशावेकोऽप्यविक्षीणवपुर्बलीयान् । ग्रहैः सुहृद्भिस्त्रिभिरीक्ष्यमाणः समुद्भवं राज्यभुजां करोति ॥ ३२ ॥

vargottamāṃśopagataḥ svarāśāveko'pyavikṣīṇavapurbalīyān | grahaiḥ suhṛdbhistribhirīkṣyamāṇaḥ samudbhavaṃ rājyabhujāṃ karoti || 32 ||

A graha that has reached the vargottama aṃśa within its own rāśi — even standing alone, its body undiminished and it the stronger for that — and aspected by three friendly grahas, brings about the birth of those who enjoy sovereignty.

जन्मर्क्षभुक्तूपचयर्क्षसंस्थः केन्द्रे शुभे स्विष्टगृहांशके वा । रौद्रेष्ववक्षीणबलेषु सृष्टिं प्रभोस् प्रजानां महतः करोति ॥ ३३ ॥

janmarkṣabhuktūpacayarkṣasaṃsthaḥ kendre śubhe sviṣṭagṛhāṃśake vā | raudreṣvavakṣīṇabaleṣu sṛṣṭiṃ prabhos prajānāṃ mahataḥ karoti || 33 ||

The lord of the natal rāśi placed in an upacaya rāśi, or in an auspicious kendra, or in the aṃśaka of a well-favoured house — while the fierce ⟨grahas⟩ are of diminished strength — brings about the birth of a great lord of the people.

सुहृद्गृहे मूर्तिपतिर्बलीयांश्चतुष्टयस्थः सुहृदीक्षितश्च । प्रख्यातमुर्वीश्वरकल्पमीड्यं सूते नृपं तूदयति प्रधाने ॥ ३४ ॥

suhṛdgṛhe mūrtipatirbalīyāṃścatuṣṭayasthaḥ suhṛdīkṣitaśca | prakhyātamurvīśvarakalpamīḍyaṃ sūte nṛpaṃ tūdayati pradhāne || 34 ||

The lord of the 1st house (mūrti), strong, in a friend's house, standing in a kendra (catuṣṭaya) and aspected by a friend, brings forth a renowned king, the equal of a lord of the earth, worthy of praise — and raises ⟨him⟩ to the chief place.

मूर्तीन्दुनाथौ च चतुष्टयस्थावनर्दिताविष्टनिरीक्षितौ च । क्षितीश्वराणां कुरुतः प्रसूतिमात्मांशकाभ्यामुदयेन्दुगाभ्याम् ॥ ३५ ॥

mūrtīndunāthau ca catuṣṭayasthāvanarditāviṣṭanirīkṣitau ca | kṣitīśvarāṇāṃ kurutaḥ prasūtimātmāṃśakābhyāmudayendugābhyām || 35 ||

The lord of the 1st house (mūrti) and the lord of the Moon's ⟨rāśi⟩, both standing in kendras (catuṣṭaya), unafflicted and aspected by favourable ⟨grahas⟩, produce the birth of lords of the earth — by their own aṃśakas, which occupy the ascendant and the Moon.

स्वोच्चर्क्षभागे तु सुहृत्स्वभागे तिष्ठन् ग्रहः केन्द्रमुपाश्रितो यः । यः स्वोच्चभे प्रागुदयप्रयाते दृष्टः शुभैरीश्वरजन्मकृत् स्यात् ॥ ३६ ॥

svoccarkṣabhāge tu suhṛtsvabhāge tiṣṭhan grahaḥ kendramupāśrito yaḥ | yaḥ svoccabhe prāgudayaprayāte dṛṣṭaḥ śubhairīśvarajanmakṛt syāt || 36 ||

A graha standing in the portion of its own exaltation rāśi, or in a friendly or its own portion, that has resorted to a kendra; or one that is in its own exaltation sign when that sign has gone forward to the eastern rising ⟨point⟩ — aspected by benefics, it would be a maker of the birth of a ruler.

गुरुर्विलग्ने गृहभुक् त्रिकोणे स्वोच्चेश्वरः केन्द्रमुपागतश्च । योगेन्द्रराजं नृपतिं प्रसूते पश्यन्ति यद्युच्चबला न पापाः ॥ ३७ ॥

gururvilagne gṛhabhuk trikoṇe svocceśvaraḥ kendramupāgataśca | yogendrarājaṃ nṛpatiṃ prasūte paśyanti yadyuccabalā na pāpāḥ || 37 ||

Jupiter in the ascendant (vilagna), the lord of the house in a trikoṇa, and the lord of the exaltation come to a kendra — this brings forth a king who is a paramount lord by ⟨this⟩ yoga (yogendra-rāja), provided malefics strong by exaltation do not aspect ⟨them⟩.

लग्नेन्दुयद्राशिभुजौ बलस्थौ सुहृद्गृहे केन्द्रमभिप्रपन्नौ । चन्द्रेऽम्बुजाख्यर्क्षगते जलस्थे क्षितीश्वराणां कुरुतः प्रसूतिम् ॥ ३८ ॥

lagnenduyadrāśibhujau balasthau suhṛdgṛhe kendramabhiprapannau | candre'mbujākhyarkṣagate jalasthe kṣitīśvarāṇāṃ kurutaḥ prasūtim || 38 ||

The lords of whichever rāśis the ascendant and the Moon ⟨occupy⟩, established in strength, in a friend's house, having reached a kendra — with the Moon gone to the rāśi named 'water-born', which stands in water — the two of them produce the birth of lords of the earth.

त्रिकोणगावप्यवनीभुजं तौ श्रेष्ठं सुवाते स्थिरमत्र योगे । सौम्यो यदा केन्द्रगतः स्ववर्गे भवेद्विलग्ने च गृहेश्वरांशः ॥ ३९ ॥

trikoṇagāvapyavanībhujaṃ tau śreṣṭhaṃ suvāte sthiramatra yoge | saumyo yadā kendragataḥ svavarge bhavedvilagne ca gṛheśvarāṃśaḥ || 39 ||

Even standing in trikoṇas, those two beget an excellent and firmly established ruler of the earth in this yoga — when a benefic is in a kendra in its own varga, and the aṃśa of the lord of the house falls in the ascendant (vilagna).

एवंविधानीश्वरजातकेषु योगाननुक्तानपि संप्रधार्य । कालस्थितिप्रेक्षणसम्पदश्च प्रेक्ष्य ग्रहाणां फलमादधाति ॥ ४० ॥

evaṃvidhānīśvarajātakeṣu yogānanuktānapi saṃpradhārya | kālasthitiprekṣaṇasampadaśca prekṣya grahāṇāṃ phalamādadhāti || 40 ||

Having well weighed yogas of this kind in the nativities of rulers — even those not stated ⟨here⟩ — and having examined the grahas' endowments of time, position and aspect, ⟨the astrologer⟩ pronounces the result.

ख्यातान् गुणैर्धर्मभृतः सुवृत्तान् योगेषु सौम्या जनयन्ति नित्यम् । रौद्रोग्रकर्मान् पतितस्वभावान् निर्मुक्तधर्मान् न शुचींश्च रौद्राः ॥ १ ॥

khyātān guṇairdharmabhṛtaḥ suvṛttān yogeṣu saumyā janayanti nityam | raudrograkarmān patitasvabhāvān nirmuktadharmān na śucīṃśca raudrāḥ || 1 ||

In ⟨these⟩ yogas the benefics ever produce men renowned for their virtues, upholders of dharma, of good conduct; the fierce ⟨malefic⟩ grahas produce men of savage and cruel deeds, of fallen nature, loosed from dharma, and unclean.

स्वोच्चेषु स्वोच्चान् परिगृह्य भागान् तिष्ठत्सु सर्वेषु बलाधिकेषु । लग्ने शुभे पूर्णवपुष्मतीन्दौ त्रैलोक्यराज्याधिपतिं प्रसूते ॥ २ ॥

svocceṣu svoccān parigṛhya bhāgān tiṣṭhatsu sarveṣu balādhikeṣu | lagne śubhe pūrṇavapuṣmatīndau trailokyarājyādhipatiṃ prasūte || 2 ||

When all ⟨the grahas⟩ stand in their own exaltations, having taken up their own exalted degrees (bhāga), and are abundant in strength, the lagna auspicious and the Moon full in body — ⟨such a birth⟩ brings forth a lord of sovereignty over the three worlds.

वर्गोत्तमांशेषु तु सर्व एव स्थिताः स्वराशिष्वतिदीप्तभासः । केन्द्रस्थ इष्टे जनयन्ति नाथं पृथ्व्याश्चतुर्द्वीपजलाकरायाः ॥ ३ ॥

vargottamāṃśeṣu tu sarva eva sthitāḥ svarāśiṣvatidīptabhāsaḥ | kendrastha iṣṭe janayanti nāthaṃ pṛthvyāścaturdvīpajalākarāyāḥ || 3 ||

But when all ⟨the grahas⟩ stand in vargottama aṃśas and in their own rāśis, with exceedingly bright rays, and a favourable ⟨graha⟩ is in a kendra, they produce a lord of the earth with its four continents and its seas.

स्वांशेषु सर्वे स्वसुहृद्गृहस्थाः स्वर्क्षस्थिता वा सुहृदंशकेषु । स्वभूमिषु प्राप्तबलं चतुर्षु द्वीपेष्ववन्यां जनयन्ति नाथम् ॥ ४ ॥

svāṃśeṣu sarve svasuhṛdgṛhasthāḥ svarkṣasthitā vā suhṛdaṃśakeṣu | svabhūmiṣu prāptabalaṃ caturṣu dvīpeṣvavanyāṃ janayanti nātham || 4 ||

When all ⟨the grahas⟩ are in their own aṃśas while occupying their own or a friend's house, or stand in their own rāśis while in a friend's aṃśas, they produce a lord of the earth in its four continents, one who has attained strength in his own domains.

सर्वे शुभर्क्षेषु शुभांशकस्था रौद्रेष्वदीप्तेष्वविलग्नगेषु । लग्नस्थिता योगभृतां प्रसूतिं कुर्वन्ति दिव्यर्द्धिदृशां मुनीनाम् ॥ ५ ॥

sarve śubharkṣeṣu śubhāṃśakasthā raudreṣvadīpteṣvavilagnageṣu | lagnasthitā yogabhṛtāṃ prasūtiṃ kurvanti divyarddhidṛśāṃ munīnām || 5 ||

When all ⟨the benefics⟩ are in auspicious rāśis and stand in auspicious aṃśas, while the fierce ⟨malefics⟩ are without brilliance and not gone to the lagna, and ⟨the benefics themselves⟩ stand in the lagna, they bring about the birth of sages who bear yoga and behold the divine attainments (ṛddhi).

योगे शुभा यद्यपि केन्द्रसंस्थाः स्युरत्र लग्नेष्वशुभाश्च दीप्ताः । तदा स्वबुद्ध्या सुविवर्जितारिरीड्यो महीमण्डलभुक् प्रसूतः ॥ ६ ॥

yoge śubhā yadyapi kendrasaṃsthāḥ syuratra lagneṣvaśubhāśca dīptāḥ | tadā svabuddhyā suvivarjitārirīḍyo mahīmaṇḍalabhuk prasūtaḥ || 6 ||

If in this yoga the benefics are placed in kendras, even though the malefics too are bright in the lagna, then one is born who by his own intelligence is wholly rid of enemies, worthy of praise, an enjoyer of the whole circle of the earth.

सर्वे यदा स्वोच्चगृहर्क्षसंस्थाः पश्यन्ति होरां स्वगृहांशकेषु । तत्रापि राजा दृढवीर्यसत्त्वो नाथः पृथिव्याः प्रथितः प्रसूतः ॥ ७ ॥

sarve yadā svoccagṛharkṣasaṃsthāḥ paśyanti horāṃ svagṛhāṃśakeṣu | tatrāpi rājā dṛḍhavīryasattvo nāthaḥ pṛthivyāḥ prathitaḥ prasūtaḥ || 7 ||

When all ⟨the grahas⟩, placed in their exaltation houses and ⟨their own⟩ rāśis, aspect the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ from their own houses' aṃśas — there too is born a king of firm valour and courage, a renowned lord of the earth.

स्यादात्मभागेषु यदा तु सर्वे स्वोच्चर्क्षगाः स्फीतबला भवेयुः । तदा सशास्त्राधिबलः प्रजानां सूतः पृथिव्यामधिकारिताज्ञः ॥ ८ ॥

syādātmabhāgeṣu yadā tu sarve svoccarkṣagāḥ sphītabalā bhaveyuḥ | tadā saśāstrādhibalaḥ prajānāṃ sūtaḥ pṛthivyāmadhikāritājñaḥ || 8 ||

But when all ⟨the grahas⟩ are in their own bhāgas and go to their exaltation rāśis, swollen with strength, then there is born on earth one whose strength is the surpassing strength of the śāstras, versed in the exercise of authority over the people.

बलावलोकैर्भवनांशकानां सुहृद्गृहोद्वीक्षणसङ्गमैश्च । निहीनवंशप्रभवानपीशान् नृपान् यथा स्थानबलान् प्रसूते ॥ ९ ॥

balāvalokairbhavanāṃśakānāṃ suhṛdgṛhodvīkṣaṇasaṅgamaiśca | nihīnavaṃśaprabhavānapīśān nṛpān yathā sthānabalān prasūte || 9 ||

By the strengths and aspects of the houses and the aṃśas, and by the aspects and conjunctions of friendly houses, ⟨such a configuration⟩ brings forth lords and kings even of men sprung from a base lineage — in proportion to the strength of their places.

सर्वग्रहेषूदगुपागतेषु पश्यत्सु होरामधिवीर्यवत्सु । सम्पूर्णरश्मौ शशिनि प्रसूतः पतिः पृथिव्यां चतुरर्णवायाम् ॥ १० ॥

sarvagraheṣūdagupāgateṣu paśyatsu horāmadhivīryavatsu | sampūrṇaraśmau śaśini prasūtaḥ patiḥ pṛthivyāṃ caturarṇavāyām || 10 ||

When all the grahas have gone to the north and, possessed of surpassing strength, aspect the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, and the Moon is full of rays, one is born lord over the earth with its four oceans.

एकोच्चगेनापि भुनक्ति राजा नृपश्रियं भूतलसप्तभागे । एषामसामग्र्यवशाद्भवेयुर्भूम्यङ्गभावप्रभवा नरेन्द्राः ॥ ११ ॥

ekoccagenāpi bhunakti rājā nṛpaśriyaṃ bhūtalasaptabhāge | eṣāmasāmagryavaśādbhaveyurbhūmyaṅgabhāvaprabhavā narendrāḥ || 11 ||

Even by a single ⟨graha⟩ gone to exaltation a king enjoys royal fortune over a seventh part of the earth's surface. Through the incompleteness of these ⟨combinations⟩ there arise rulers sprung from ⟨mere⟩ limb-portions of the earth.

योगांशयोगेष्वबलप्रभावास्ते नायकामात्यपुरोहिताः स्युः । गृहग्रहादिप्रभवैर्विशेषैः प्रमाणसम्पत्सु वदेत् फलानि ॥ १२ ॥

yogāṃśayogeṣvabalaprabhāvāste nāyakāmātyapurohitāḥ syuḥ | gṛhagrahādiprabhavairviśeṣaiḥ pramāṇasampatsu vadet phalāni || 12 ||

In the yogas of yoga and aṃśa, those ⟨grahas⟩ of feeble influence would make ⟨men⟩ chiefs, ministers and purohitas. By the particularities arising from house, graha and the rest, one should declare the results according to the measure of their fullness.

चन्द्रो विलग्नोपचयर्क्षसंस्थो दृष्टः शुभैरीश्वरजन्मकृत् स्यात् । अधीश्वरोत्पत्तिकरश्च दृष्टो बलीयसा क्षेत्रभुजा शशाङ्कः ॥ १३ ॥

candro vilagnopacayarkṣasaṃstho dṛṣṭaḥ śubhairīśvarajanmakṛt syāt | adhīśvarotpattikaraśca dṛṣṭo balīyasā kṣetrabhujā śaśāṅkaḥ || 13 ||

The Moon standing in the lagna or in an upacaya rāśi, aspected by benefics, causes the birth of a lord (īśvara); and the Moon aspected by a stronger lord of the sign causes the birth of a supreme lord (adhīśvara).

लग्ने शशाङ्कोपचयर्क्षमीक्ष्य लग्नाधिपस्तत्सुहृदो ग्रहो वा । चमूपुरग्रामगणाधिपानां कुर्वन्ति जन्मात्मसमैर्विकारैः ॥ १४ ॥

lagne śaśāṅkopacayarkṣamīkṣya lagnādhipastatsuhṛdo graho vā | camūpuragrāmagaṇādhipānāṃ kurvanti janmātmasamairvikāraiḥ || 14 ||

When the Moon is in the lagna and the lord of the lagna, or a graha friendly to him, aspects an upacaya rāśi, they produce the birth of commanders of armies, cities, villages and corporations — with variations answering to their own ⟨natures⟩.

स्वांशे शशी भार्गवदृष्टमूर्तिर्निशीश्वरोत्पत्तिकरः प्रदिष्टः । तदुत्तमोद्भूतिकरः स तु स्याद्दृष्टो दिवा देवपुरोहितेन ॥ १५ ॥

svāṃśe śaśī bhārgavadṛṣṭamūrtirniśīśvarotpattikaraḥ pradiṣṭaḥ | taduttamodbhūtikaraḥ sa tu syāddṛṣṭo divā devapurohitena || 15 ||

The Moon in its own aṃśa, its orb aspected by Bhārgava (Venus) at night, is declared to produce the birth of a lord; but that same ⟨Moon⟩, aspected by day by the Devapurohita (Jupiter), produces one higher than that.

एतेन योगेन शशी प्रसूते मित्रांशकस्थोऽपि नरान् वरिष्ठान् । त्रिभिर्निशाह्नोरपि दृश्यमानो मित्रैः शशी मित्रभृतः प्रसूते ॥ १६ ॥

etena yogena śaśī prasūte mitrāṃśakastho'pi narān variṣṭhān | tribhirniśāhnorapi dṛśyamāno mitraiḥ śaśī mitrabhṛtaḥ prasūte || 16 ||

By this same yoga the Moon, even when standing in a friend's aṃśa, produces the most excellent of men. And the Moon, aspected by three friends whether by night or by day, produces men who maintain friends.

सौम्यर्क्षगस्तूडुपतिर्विलग्नात् सौम्येषु केन्द्रोपगतेषु कुर्यात् । महाधनानां विदुषां प्रसूतिं सत्यव्रताचारपरिग्रहाणाम् ॥ १७ ॥

saumyarkṣagastūḍupatirvilagnāt saumyeṣu kendropagateṣu kuryāt | mahādhanānāṃ viduṣāṃ prasūtiṃ satyavratācāraparigrahāṇām || 17 ||

But the lord of the stars ⟨the Moon⟩, gone to a benefic's rāśi, with benefics come to the kendras from the lagna, would cause the birth of very wealthy and learned men, embracing truth, vows and ⟨right⟩ conduct.

चन्द्रः शुभक्षेत्रशुभांशकस्थो दृष्टः शुभैरेव त्रिभिर्विनान्यात् । विज्ञानशास्त्रप्रतिपूर्णमार्यं नरं प्रसूतेऽग्र्यतमं त्रिशुक्रैः ॥ १८ ॥

candraḥ śubhakṣetraśubhāṃśakastho dṛṣṭaḥ śubhaireva tribhirvinānyāt | vijñānaśāstrapratipūrṇamāryaṃ naraṃ prasūte'gryatamaṃ triśukraiḥ || 18 ||

The Moon standing in an auspicious sign and an auspicious aṃśa, aspected by three benefics only and by no other, produces a noble man filled with knowledge and the śāstras — and the very foremost of all, ⟨when⟩ the three include Śukra (Venus).

पापर्क्षसंस्थोऽधिवीर्यदृष्टः शशी यदा भार्गवसौम्यजीवैः । क्रूरावलोकं परिहृत्य जन्म प्रधानवाग्ज्ञानवतां करोति ॥ १९ ॥

pāparkṣasaṃstho'dhivīryadṛṣṭaḥ śaśī yadā bhārgavasaumyajīvaiḥ | krūrāvalokaṃ parihṛtya janma pradhānavāgjñānavatāṃ karoti || 19 ||

When the Moon, standing in a malefic's rāśi, is aspected with surpassing strength by Bhārgava (Venus), Saumya (Mercury) and Jīva (Jupiter), and escapes the aspect of the malefics, it makes the birth of men foremost in speech and knowledge.

सौम्येषु लग्नेषु सुहृद्गृहे च पापैस्त्रिधर्मायगतैस्तु चन्द्रः । सद्वृत्तविद्वज्जनजन्मकृत् स्यात् तपस्विनः क्षीणवपुः प्रसूते ॥ २० ॥

saumyeṣu lagneṣu suhṛdgṛhe ca pāpaistridharmāyagataistu candraḥ | sadvṛttavidvajjanajanmakṛt syāt tapasvinaḥ kṣīṇavapuḥ prasūte || 20 ||

When benefics are in the lagna and in a friend's house, and the Moon is with malefics gone to the third, to dharma ⟨the 9th⟩ and to āya ⟨the 11th⟩, it causes the birth of well-conducted and learned people; and ⟨the Moon⟩ wasted in body brings forth ascetics.

सौम्याः स्ववर्गेषु चतुष्टयस्थाः सौम्यग्रहक्षेत्रगतः शशाङ्कः । तपस्विनां योगपरायणानां गुणाधिकानां जनका भवन्ति ॥ २१ ॥

saumyāḥ svavargeṣu catuṣṭayasthāḥ saumyagrahakṣetragataḥ śaśāṅkaḥ | tapasvināṃ yogaparāyaṇānāṃ guṇādhikānāṃ janakā bhavanti || 21 ||

Benefics in their own vargas, standing in the catuṣṭaya ⟨the kendras⟩, and the Moon gone to a benefic graha's sign — these become the begetters of ascetics devoted to yoga and abounding in virtues.

सौम्यांशकस्थाः शशिनि प्रपूर्णे सौम्याः शुभर्क्षेषु चतुष्टयस्थाः । सौम्यांशके लग्नगते प्रसूतिं कुर्वन्ति धर्मश्रुतितत्पराणाम् ॥ २२ ॥

saumyāṃśakasthāḥ śaśini prapūrṇe saumyāḥ śubharkṣeṣu catuṣṭayasthāḥ | saumyāṃśake lagnagate prasūtiṃ kurvanti dharmaśrutitatparāṇām || 22 ||

When the Moon is quite full, benefics standing in benefic aṃśas, in auspicious rāśis and occupying the catuṣṭaya ⟨the kendras⟩, and a benefic aṃśa risen in the lagna — they bring about the birth of men intent on dharma and on sacred learning (śruti).

क्रूरा ग्रहाः क्रूरगृहे विलग्नाः कुर्वन्ति सौम्येषु तु केन्द्रगेषु । समुद्भवं चौरगणाधिपानां क्षुद्रोग्रकर्मार्जितसंचयानाम् ॥ २३ ॥

krūrā grahāḥ krūragṛhe vilagnāḥ kurvanti saumyeṣu tu kendrageṣu | samudbhavaṃ cauragaṇādhipānāṃ kṣudrograkarmārjitasaṃcayānām || 23 ||

Malefic grahas in a malefic's house and in the lagna, with the benefics in the kendras, bring about the rise of chiefs over bands of thieves, who amass their hoards by mean and savage deeds.

सौम्येषु लग्नेषु चतुष्टयस्थाः क्रूराश्चमूदुर्गपतिं बलस्थम् । धीरं तु भूपं सुवते नयज्ञं सौम्यैर्हि युक्तास्त्रिभिरुग्रभावम् ॥ २४ ॥

saumyeṣu lagneṣu catuṣṭayasthāḥ krūrāścamūdurgapatiṃ balastham | dhīraṃ tu bhūpaṃ suvate nayajñaṃ saumyairhi yuktāstribhirugrabhāvam || 24 ||

When benefics are in the lagna, malefics standing in the catuṣṭaya ⟨the kendras⟩ beget a lord of army and fortress established in power; but joined with three benefics they beget a steadfast king, knowing statecraft, ⟨yet⟩ of fierce disposition.

एकोऽपि कालादिबलेन युक्तो योगान्निरुक्तान् परिगृह्य कुर्यात् । प्रधानपुंजन्म विलग्नसंस्थ इष्टेक्षितः केन्द्रमुपाश्रितो वा ॥ २५ ॥

eko'pi kālādibalena yukto yogānniruktān parigṛhya kuryāt | pradhānapuṃjanma vilagnasaṃstha iṣṭekṣitaḥ kendramupāśrito vā || 25 ||

Even a single ⟨graha⟩, joined with the strength of time (kāla) and the rest, taking up the yogas that have been described, would bring about the birth of a foremost man — standing in the lagna, aspected by a favourable ⟨graha⟩, or resorting to a kendra.

अनिष्टसंदर्शनसंप्रयुक्तो विगर्हितस्थानगतः शुभोऽपि । नीचाल्पवित्तातुरजन्मकृत् स्यात् पापास्तृतीयांशफलोत्तराः स्युः ॥ २६ ॥

aniṣṭasaṃdarśanasaṃprayukto vigarhitasthānagataḥ śubho'pi | nīcālpavittāturajanmakṛt syāt pāpāstṛtīyāṃśaphalottarāḥ syuḥ || 26 ||

Even a benefic, conjoined with the aspect of an unfavourable ⟨graha⟩ and gone to a censured place, would cause the birth of one low-born, of little wealth and sickly; and malefics ⟨so placed⟩ exceed ⟨this⟩ in result by a third part.

पापांशकस्थे शशिनि प्रलग्नाः क्रूराः शुभेष्वप्यशुभर्क्षगेषु । प्रक्षीणवीर्येष्वधमात्मचेष्टान् लोकावगीतान् जनयन्त्यसंज्ञान् ॥ २७ ॥

pāpāṃśakasthe śaśini pralagnāḥ krūrāḥ śubheṣvapyaśubharkṣageṣu | prakṣīṇavīryeṣvadhamātmaceṣṭān lokāvagītān janayantyasaṃjñān || 27 ||

When the Moon stands in a malefic's aṃśa, malefics are in the ascendant (pralagna), and the benefics too, gone to inauspicious rāśis, are wasted in strength — they produce men of base behaviour, decried by the world, devoid of sense.

एवंप्रकारान् प्रसमीक्ष्य योगान् क्षेत्रांशकालोकवशाद्ग्रहेभ्यः । प्रधानमध्यान्त्यनराधमानाम् उत्पत्तिसन्तानमभिप्रदध्यात् ॥ २८ ॥

evaṃprakārān prasamīkṣya yogān kṣetrāṃśakālokavaśādgrahebhyaḥ | pradhānamadhyāntyanarādhamānām utpattisantānamabhipradadhyāt || 28 ||

Having well examined yogas of this kind, ⟨arising⟩ from the grahas by force of sign, aṃśa and aspect, one should set forth the whole succession of births — of foremost, of middling, of last, and of the basest of men.

प्रधानजन्मस्वभिकीर्तिता ये योगाः शुभस्थानगतिक्रमेण । त एव दुष्टप्रसवेषु वाच्या विपर्ययेणाशुभसंप्रयोगैः ॥ २९ ॥

pradhānajanmasvabhikīrtitā ye yogāḥ śubhasthānagatikrameṇa | ta eva duṣṭaprasaveṣu vācyā viparyayeṇāśubhasaṃprayogaiḥ || 29 ||

Those yogas which have been proclaimed for the births of the foremost, by the order of their movement into auspicious places — those very ones are to be declared, inverted, for evil births, through conjunctions with the inauspicious.

चन्द्रात् कुटुम्बोपगते ग्रहे तु योगाग्रहास्ते सुनफां वदन्ति । चन्द्रप्रमुक्तेऽनफरेति योगं तथोभयोर्दौरुधुरं वदन्ति ॥ १ ॥

candrāt kuṭumbopagate grahe tu yogāgrahāste sunaphāṃ vadanti | candrapramukte'naphareti yogaṃ tathobhayordaurudhuraṃ vadanti || 1 ||

But when a graha has come to the house of family ⟨the 2nd⟩ from the Moon, ⟨those who know⟩ the yogas call it sunaphā; when ⟨a graha stands⟩ in the place the Moon has released ⟨the 12th⟩, they call the yoga anaphā; and when in both, they call it durudharā.

चन्द्रे तु योगा यदि न स्युरेते चतुष्टयं च ग्रहवर्जितं स्यात् । केमद्रुमेत्यन्त्यफलस्य योगः सर्वग्रहावेक्षणविप्रयुक्तः ॥ २ ॥

candre tu yogā yadi na syurete catuṣṭayaṃ ca grahavarjitaṃ syāt | kemadrumetyantyaphalasya yogaḥ sarvagrahāvekṣaṇaviprayuktaḥ || 2 ||

But if these yogas do not obtain for the Moon, and the set of four ⟨the kendras⟩ is devoid of grahas, then ⟨that⟩ is the yoga called kemadruma, the one of last ⟨and lowest⟩ fruit, cut off from the aspect of all the grahas.

विद्वांसमोजस्विनमुच्चवृत्तं स्वाधीनवृत्तं भुवि लब्धशब्दम् । श्रीमन्तमालङ्कृतमिष्टधर्मं कान्तं च विन्द्यात् सुनफाभिजातम् ॥ ३ ॥

vidvāṃsamojasvinamuccavṛttaṃ svādhīnavṛttaṃ bhuvi labdhaśabdam | śrīmantamālaṅkṛtamiṣṭadharmaṃ kāntaṃ ca vindyāt sunaphābhijātam || 3 ||

One born under sunaphā should be known as learned, vigorous, of lofty conduct, independent in his livelihood, having won a name on earth, prosperous, adorned, of agreeable religious observance, and handsome.

यशस्विनं वाग्मिनमर्थशौण्डं भोक्तारमक्लिष्टविशिष्टचेष्टम् । चन्द्रः प्रसूतेऽनफरामुपेत्य समाहितोदारगुणं मनुष्यम् ॥ ४ ॥

yaśasvinaṃ vāgminamarthaśauṇḍaṃ bhoktāramakliṣṭaviśiṣṭaceṣṭam | candraḥ prasūte'napharāmupetya samāhitodāraguṇaṃ manuṣyam || 4 ||

Coming to anaphā, the Moon produces a man famous, eloquent, avid for wealth, an enjoyer, whose undertakings are untroubled and distinguished, and endowed with composed and noble qualities.

विशिष्टभोज्याम्बरमाढ्यमीशं स्वतन्त्रमालक्षितसाधुवृत्तम् । वाग्बुद्धिशौर्यादिभिराप्तशब्दं विद्यान्नरं दौरुधुरे धुरिस्थम् ॥ ५ ॥

viśiṣṭabhojyāmbaramāḍhyamīśaṃ svatantramālakṣitasādhuvṛttam | vāgbuddhiśauryādibhirāptaśabdaṃ vidyānnaraṃ daurudhure dhuristham || 5 ||

In durudharā one should know the man to be one of excellent food and clothing, wealthy, a lord, his own master, whose good conduct is plainly seen, who has won renown by speech, intellect, valour and the rest, and who stands at the head.

कुटुम्बयोषिद्गृहभोजनानामभाजनं गर्हितकर्मशीलम् । नीचं परप्रेष्यमनेकयोगं केमद्रुमासम्भवमाहुराद्याः ॥ ६ ॥

kuṭumbayoṣidgṛhabhojanānāmabhājanaṃ garhitakarmaśīlam | nīcaṃ parapreṣyamanekayogaṃ kemadrumāsambhavamāhurādyāḥ || 6 ||

The ancients declare one born of kemadruma to be no vessel for family, wife, house or food; his habit is of blameworthy acts; low, a servant of others, and of many shifts.

इति स्वसंज्ञाप्रतिशब्दितेषु प्रोक्तानि योगेषु फलानि सम्यक् । पृथक् पृथक् स्वग्रहसंप्रयोगैर्योगानिमान् विस्तरतः प्रवक्ष्ये ॥ ७ ॥

iti svasaṃjñāpratiśabditeṣu proktāni yogeṣu phalāni samyak | pṛthak pṛthak svagrahasaṃprayogairyogānimān vistarataḥ pravakṣye || 7 ||

Thus have the results been rightly declared in the yogas that are named by their own designations. Now I shall set forth these yogas at length, one by one, according to the conjunctions of the several grahas.

अनेकविद्याप्रतिबुद्धबुद्धिं ख्यातं नृपं वा नृपतुल्यवृत्तिम् । कुटुम्बिनं वातिधनं प्रकाशं गुरुः प्रसूते सुनफामुपेत्य ॥ ८ ॥

anekavidyāpratibuddhabuddhiṃ khyātaṃ nṛpaṃ vā nṛpatulyavṛttim | kuṭumbinaṃ vātidhanaṃ prakāśaṃ guruḥ prasūte sunaphāmupetya || 8 ||

Jupiter, coming to sunaphā, produces one whose intellect is awakened by many sciences, renowned, a king or of a livelihood equal to a king's, or a householder, exceedingly rich and conspicuous.

नारीगृहक्षेत्रचतुष्पदानां प्रभुं सुवेशं नृपसत्कृतं च । सौभाग्यकान्तिस्थितिशौर्ययुक्तं शुक्रः प्रसूते सुनफोपपन्नः ॥ ९ ॥

nārīgṛhakṣetracatuṣpadānāṃ prabhuṃ suveśaṃ nṛpasatkṛtaṃ ca | saubhāgyakāntisthitiśauryayuktaṃ śukraḥ prasūte sunaphopapannaḥ || 9 ||

Venus, furnished with sunaphā, produces a master of women, houses, fields and quadrupeds, well-dressed, honoured by the king, and endowed with good fortune, beauty, standing and valour.

गान्धर्वगीतश्रुतिशास्त्रवित्तो वाग्मी कविः सत्त्वहितो मनस्वी। समृद्धकीर्तिद्रविणः सुवृत्तिः स्यात् सौम्ययोगे सुनफाप्रसूतः ॥ १० ॥

gāndharvagītaśrutiśāstravitto vāgmī kaviḥ sattvahito manasvī| samṛddhakīrtidraviṇaḥ suvṛttiḥ syāt saumyayoge sunaphāprasūtaḥ || 10 ||

One born under sunaphā, when the yoga is with Mercury, will be versed in music, song, the Veda and the śāstras, eloquent, a poet, kindly to living beings, high-minded, abounding in fame and in wealth, and of good livelihood.

सङ्ग्रामचौर्यप्रचुरं प्रचण्डमोजस्विनं डिम्बविरोधशीलम् । चमूगणज्येष्ठमनल्पवित्तं हिंस्रं च विद्यात् कुजसौनफेयम् ॥ ११ ॥

saṅgrāmacauryapracuraṃ pracaṇḍamojasvinaṃ ḍimbavirodhaśīlam | camūgaṇajyeṣṭhamanalpavittaṃ hiṃsraṃ ca vidyāt kujasaunapheyam || 11 ||

One born of Mars's sunaphā should be known as abounding in battle and theft, fierce, vigorous, given by habit to riot and opposition, chief of armies and troops, of no small wealth, and violent.

क्रियासु गुप्तं निपुणं समृद्धं पूज्यं पुरग्राममहत्तरं वा । अरुक्तनुं लुब्धमशुद्धशीलं जातं वदेत् सूर्यजसौनफेयम् ॥ १२ ॥

kriyāsu guptaṃ nipuṇaṃ samṛddhaṃ pūjyaṃ puragrāmamahattaraṃ vā | aruktanuṃ lubdhamaśuddhaśīlaṃ jātaṃ vadet sūryajasaunapheyam || 12 ||

One born of Saturn's sunaphā should be declared secretive in his doings, skilful, prosperous, worthy of honour, or the headman of a town or village, of a body free from disease, greedy, and of impure conduct.

अतस्तु जीवेऽनफरां गते स्यान् नरः कुटुम्बी बहुवित्तकर्मा । गाम्भीर्यमेधास्थितिसत्त्वयुक्तः कविर्द्विजो मन्त्रवपुर्धरो वा ॥ १३ ॥

atastu jīve'napharāṃ gate syān naraḥ kuṭumbī bahuvittakarmā | gāmbhīryamedhāsthitisattvayuktaḥ kavirdvijo mantravapurdharo vā || 13 ||

Now, when Jupiter has gone to anaphā, the man will be a householder, whose acts bring much wealth, endowed with depth, intelligence, steadiness and courage — a poet, a twice-born, or one who bears mantra as his very body.

रतिप्रियः स्त्रीसुभगो वपुष्मान् सम्पन्नगोभूमिहिरण्यपण्यः । प्रियप्रदानः प्रणयी यशस्वी भूपश्च शुक्रानफरोद्भवः स्यात् ॥ १४ ॥

ratipriyaḥ strīsubhago vapuṣmān sampannagobhūmihiraṇyapaṇyaḥ | priyapradānaḥ praṇayī yaśasvī bhūpaśca śukrānapharodbhavaḥ syāt || 14 ||

One arisen from Venus's anaphā will be fond of love-making, fortunate with women, of a fine body, well supplied with cattle, land, gold and merchandise, giving gifts that please, affectionate, famous, and a lord of the earth.

आलेखलेख्यादिपटुः प्रवक्ता गन्धर्वसेवारतिकर्मशीलः । प्रसिद्धकर्मा कविराप्तविद्यो बुधे शशाङ्कानफरागते स्यात् ॥ १५ ॥

ālekhalekhyādipaṭuḥ pravaktā gandharvasevāratikarmaśīlaḥ | prasiddhakarmā kavirāptavidyo budhe śaśāṅkānapharāgate syāt || 15 ||

When Mercury has gone to the Moon's anaphā, ⟨the native⟩ will be adept at painting, writing and the like, an orator, given by habit to the practice of music and to acts of pleasure, of celebrated deeds, a poet, and one who has mastered learning.

रणोत्कटश्चौरगणप्रधानो दृप्तावमानी प्रचुरः प्रगल्भः । ईर्ष्यः प्रसन्नद्युतिरात्मवश्यः श्लाघी च भौमानफरोद्भवः स्यात् ॥ १६ ॥

raṇotkaṭaścauragaṇapradhāno dṛptāvamānī pracuraḥ pragalbhaḥ | īrṣyaḥ prasannadyutirātmavaśyaḥ ślāghī ca bhaumānapharodbhavaḥ syāt || 16 ||

One arisen from Mars's anaphā will be furious in battle, chief of a band of thieves, arrogant and contemptuous, of abundant means, brazen, envious, of bright splendour, subject to his own will alone, and boastful.

विस्तीर्णभूलोहचतुष्पदाढ्यो गृहीतवाक्यो महितो गणानाम् । बह्वात्मजो दुर्वनितापतिश्च क्लीबोऽर्कपुत्रानफरोद्भवः स्यात् ॥ १७ ॥

vistīrṇabhūlohacatuṣpadāḍhyo gṛhītavākyo mahito gaṇānām | bahvātmajo durvanitāpatiśca klībo'rkaputrānapharodbhavaḥ syāt || 17 ||

One arisen from Saturn's anaphā will be rich in extensive land, iron and quadrupeds, his word accepted, honoured among the guilds, having many sons, the husband of a bad wife — and impotent.

प्रख्यातमेधाधृतिशौर्यसत्त्वमीशं बलानां बहुसंचयं च । सूते वणिक्छ्रेष्ठिनमुत्तमं वा मध्ये तु जीवोशनसोः शशाङ्कः ॥ १८ ॥

prakhyātamedhādhṛtiśauryasattvamīśaṃ balānāṃ bahusaṃcayaṃ ca | sūte vaṇikchreṣṭhinamuttamaṃ vā madhye tu jīvośanasoḥ śaśāṅkaḥ || 18 ||

But the Moon in the middle of Jupiter and Venus produces one of renowned intelligence, firmness, valour and courage, a lord of armies and of great accumulation — a merchant, a guild-master, or a man of the highest rank.

विज्ञानशास्त्रंश्रुतिधर्मशिक्षं विशारदं वाक्प्रचुरं कविं च । योगे शशी कृत्यकरं प्रसूते मध्ये स्थितो जीवशशाङ्कसून्वोः ॥ १९ ॥

vijñānaśāstraṃśrutidharmaśikṣaṃ viśāradaṃ vākpracuraṃ kaviṃ ca | yoge śaśī kṛtyakaraṃ prasūte madhye sthito jīvaśaśāṅkasūnvoḥ || 19 ||

The Moon, standing in the yoga in the middle of Jupiter and Mercury, produces one trained in science, śāstra, the Veda and dharma, expert, abundant in speech, a poet, and one who accomplishes what must be done.

प्रख्यातकर्माणममर्षणं च प्रभूतवित्तं बहुविग्रहं च । आरक्षकं दौरुधुरे प्रसूते योगे शशाङ्को गुरुभूमिसून्वोः ॥ २० ॥

prakhyātakarmāṇamamarṣaṇaṃ ca prabhūtavittaṃ bahuvigrahaṃ ca | ārakṣakaṃ daurudhure prasūte yoge śaśāṅko gurubhūmisūnvoḥ || 20 ||

In the durudharā yoga of Jupiter and Mars, the Moon produces one of famed deeds, unforgiving, of abundant wealth, of many quarrels, and a warden of the guard.

योगे शशी दौरुधुरे प्रसिद्धं विद्वांसमीड्यं सुखिनं यशस्कम् । कान्तं नयज्ञानविशारदं च शान्तं च गुर्वर्कजयोः प्रसूते ॥ २१ ॥

yoge śaśī daurudhure prasiddhaṃ vidvāṃsamīḍyaṃ sukhinaṃ yaśaskam | kāntaṃ nayajñānaviśāradaṃ ca śāntaṃ ca gurvarkajayoḥ prasūte || 21 ||

In the durudharā yoga of Jupiter and Saturn, the Moon produces one renowned, learned, worthy of praise, happy, famous, handsome, expert in the knowledge of polity, and tranquil.

मध्ये तु शुक्रैन्दवयोः शशाङ्को योगे स्थितो वाग्मधुरं प्रसूते । विवादगीताभिनयज्ञमाढ्यमिष्टान्नमाच्छादनभोजनं च ॥ २२ ॥

madhye tu śukraindavayoḥ śaśāṅko yoge sthito vāgmadhuraṃ prasūte | vivādagītābhinayajñamāḍhyamiṣṭānnamācchādanabhojanaṃ ca || 22 ||

But the Moon standing in the yoga in the middle of Venus and Mercury produces one sweet of speech, knowing debate, song and dramatic gesture, wealthy, having the food he likes, and clothing and fare ⟨in plenty⟩.

कान्तं परस्त्रीसुभगं समर्थं व्यायामशौर्यास्त्रविवादशीलम् । शुक्रारयोर्मध्यगतः शशाङ्को जयैषिणं दानरतं प्रसूते ॥ २३ ॥

kāntaṃ parastrīsubhagaṃ samarthaṃ vyāyāmaśauryāstravivādaśīlam | śukrārayormadhyagataḥ śaśāṅko jayaiṣiṇaṃ dānarataṃ prasūte || 23 ||

The Moon gone to the middle of Venus and Mars produces one handsome, fortunate with other men's wives, capable, given by habit to exercise, valour, weapons and disputation, desirous of victory, and delighting in giving.

शुक्रार्कसून्वोरपि मध्यसंस्थश्चन्द्रः पदस्थं पुरुषं प्रसूते । मान्यं समृद्धं निपुणं कुलाग्र्यं वृद्धासतीस्त्रीरतिवल्लभं च ॥ २४ ॥

śukrārkasūnvorapi madhyasaṃsthaścandraḥ padasthaṃ puruṣaṃ prasūte | mānyaṃ samṛddhaṃ nipuṇaṃ kulāgryaṃ vṛddhāsatīstrīrativallabhaṃ ca || 24 ||

The Moon standing in the middle of Venus and Saturn likewise produces a man holding office, respected, prosperous, skilful, foremost of his family, and enamoured of dalliance with old and unchaste women.

लुब्धः शठो बह्वनृतप्रलापी गणाधिको भूमिधनाकरो वा । भवेन्नरो भूमिशशाङ्कसून्वोर्योगं गते दौरुधुरं शशाङ्के ॥ २५ ॥

lubdhaḥ śaṭho bahvanṛtapralāpī gaṇādhiko bhūmidhanākaro vā | bhavennaro bhūmiśaśāṅkasūnvoryogaṃ gate daurudhuraṃ śaśāṅke || 25 ||

When the Moon has gone to the durudharā yoga of Mars and Mercury, the man will be greedy, a cheat, a prattler of much falsehood, a chief over troops, or a mine of land and wealth.

देशाटनो वित्तपरोऽल्पविद्यः पूज्यः परेषां स्वजनैर्विरुद्धः । मध्ये बुधार्क्योः शशिनि स्थिते स्यादन्यार्थनोत्थानपटुर्मनुष्यः ॥ २६ ॥

deśāṭano vittaparo'lpavidyaḥ pūjyaḥ pareṣāṃ svajanairviruddhaḥ | madhye budhārkyoḥ śaśini sthite syādanyārthanotthānapaṭurmanuṣyaḥ || 26 ||

When the Moon stands in the middle of Mercury and Saturn, the man will be a wanderer through countries, intent on wealth, of little learning, honoured by strangers ⟨yet⟩ at odds with his own people, and adept at bestirring himself for others' business.

क्रोधी बहुद्विट् पिशुनः प्रलापी बह्वागमार्थश्चलसंचयश्च । शनैश्चराङ्गारकमध्यसंस्थे सोमे नरः स्याद्व्यसनप्रतप्तः ॥ २७ ॥

krodhī bahudviṭ piśunaḥ pralāpī bahvāgamārthaścalasaṃcayaśca | śanaiścarāṅgārakamadhyasaṃsthe some naraḥ syādvyasanaprataptaḥ || 27 ||

When the Moon stands in the middle of Saturn and Mars, the man will be wrathful, hating many, a slanderer, a babbler, with much income and property, of an unsteady hoard, and scorched by vice.

एष्वेव योगेष्वशुभा निविष्टाः स्वमूलभांशे निधनारिभेषु । हिंसन्ति नीचारिगृहे जिता वा राश्यंशभागक्रमसंश्रयं यत् ॥ २८ ॥

eṣveva yogeṣvaśubhā niviṣṭāḥ svamūlabhāṃśe nidhanāribheṣu | hiṃsanti nīcārigṛhe jitā vā rāśyaṃśabhāgakramasaṃśrayaṃ yat || 28 ||

In these very yogas, malefics that have entered ⟨them⟩ — whether in the sign and navāṃśa of their own root ⟨trikoṇa⟩, or in the 8th and 6th signs, or vanquished in a sign of debilitation or of an enemy — destroy whatever ⟨result⟩ rests upon the sequence of sign, navāṃśa and degree.

स्वोच्चादिभस्थानविवृद्धवीर्यमिष्टग्रहं केन्द्रगमिष्टदृष्टम् । एष्वेव योगेषु गुणैर्महद्भिर्लोकोत्तरोत्सूतिकरं वदन्ति ॥ २९ ॥

svoccādibhasthānavivṛddhavīryamiṣṭagrahaṃ kendragamiṣṭadṛṣṭam | eṣveva yogeṣu guṇairmahadbhirlokottarotsūtikaraṃ vadanti || 29 ||

In these very yogas they call a favourable graha — its strength swollen by station in its own exaltation-sign and the rest, standing in a kendra and aspected favourably — a producer, with great qualities, of a birth surpassing the world.

एकर्क्षयोगोपगतस्तु चन्द्रः शुभाशुभैस्तुल्यफलो निरुक्तः । यच्चन्द्रचाराभिहितं पुरस्तात् तच्चोपधार्यं शशिसंगतेभ्यः ॥ ३० ॥

ekarkṣayogopagatastu candraḥ śubhāśubhaistulyaphalo niruktaḥ | yaccandracārābhihitaṃ purastāt taccopadhāryaṃ śaśisaṃgatebhyaḥ || 30 ||

But the Moon that has come into conjunction in one and the same sign is declared to give a result like that of the benefics or malefics ⟨joined with it⟩; and what was stated earlier concerning the Moon's course is also to be understood from those joined with the Moon.

सूर्याद्द्वितीयं ग्रहयुक्तमृक्षं वेशीति संज्ञा विहिता पुराणैः । वाशीति सूर्यात्प्रतिनिर्गतं यत् तत्सम्भवांल्लक्षणतोऽभिधास्ये ॥ १ ॥

sūryāddvitīyaṃ grahayuktamṛkṣaṃ veśīti saṃjñā vihitā purāṇaiḥ | vāśīti sūryātpratinirgataṃ yat tatsambhavāṃllakṣaṇato'bhidhāsye || 1 ||

The sign second from the Sun, joined with a graha — the ancients laid down for it the name veśī; and that which has gone out behind the Sun ⟨the sign the Sun has passed out of, the twelfth⟩ is vāśī. I shall declare, according to their marks, the ⟨results⟩ that arise from these.

अधीरवाक्यः परिभूतकर्मा मन्दद्विदृग्दुःखपरिश्रमश्च । अधोनिरीक्षी विनतोर्ध्वकायो जातो भवेद्वेशिगृहे मनुष्यः ॥ २ ॥

adhīravākyaḥ paribhūtakarmā mandadvidṛgduḥkhapariśramaśca | adhonirīkṣī vinatordhvakāyo jāto bhavedveśigṛhe manuṣyaḥ || 2 ||

Unsteady in his speech, his acts held in contempt, dull in both eyes, and toiling in distress, looking downward, his upper body bent — such is the man born in the house of veśī.

उद्दिष्टवाक् स्तब्धविवृद्धगात्री प्रोत्थानसत्त्वस्मृतिशीलयुक्तः । व्यस्तोर्ध्वदृष्टिः पृथुपूर्वकायो भवेन्नरो वाशिगृहे प्रसूतः ॥ ३ ॥

uddiṣṭavāk stabdhavivṛddhagātrī protthānasattvasmṛtiśīlayuktaḥ | vyastordhvadṛṣṭiḥ pṛthupūrvakāyo bhavennaro vāśigṛhe prasūtaḥ || 3 ||

Speaking to the point, with firm and well-grown limbs, endowed with enterprise, courage, memory and good conduct, his gaze cast upward and aside, broad in the fore-body ⟨chest⟩ — such is the man born in the house of vāśī.

विशिष्टमित्रं बहुसंचयज्ञं गुरुर्नरं वेशिगृहे प्रसूते । कार्यावसन्नं भृगुजोऽल्पचेष्टं भीरुं पराज्ञावशवर्तिनं च ॥ ४ ॥

viśiṣṭamitraṃ bahusaṃcayajñaṃ gururnaraṃ veśigṛhe prasūte | kāryāvasannaṃ bhṛgujo'lpaceṣṭaṃ bhīruṃ parājñāvaśavartinaṃ ca || 4 ||

In the house of veśī Jupiter begets a man of distinguished friends and knowing how to amass much; Venus ⟨begets one⟩ who fails in his undertakings, of little exertion, timid, and moving at the command of others.

बुधो विनीतं मृदुमल्पसारं ह्रीविक्लवं मन्दमतिं प्रभक्षम् । कुजः पराज्ञाकरमाघृणिं च शठं गुरुद्वेषिनमर्कसूनुः ॥ ५ ॥

budho vinītaṃ mṛdumalpasāraṃ hrīviklavaṃ mandamatiṃ prabhakṣam | kujaḥ parājñākaramāghṛṇiṃ ca śaṭhaṃ gurudveṣinamarkasūnuḥ || 5 ||

Mercury ⟨makes him⟩ well-behaved, gentle, of little substance, unnerved by shame, dull of mind, a great eater; Mars, one who carries out the orders of others, and compassionate; the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩, crooked and a hater of his guru.

वाग्बुद्धिकारं धृतिसत्त्वयुक्तं सूते गुरुर्वाश्यभिधानयोगे । शुक्रः प्रकाशर्द्धिनमूर्जितं वा क्रियापरिख्यातगुणं यशस्कम् ॥ ६ ॥

vāgbuddhikāraṃ dhṛtisattvayuktaṃ sūte gururvāśyabhidhānayoge | śukraḥ prakāśarddhinamūrjitaṃ vā kriyāparikhyātaguṇaṃ yaśaskam || 6 ||

In the yoga named vāśī, Jupiter begets ⟨a man who is⟩ a maker of speech and intellect, endowed with steadfastness and courage; Venus ⟨begets one⟩ of manifest prosperity, or vigorous, his qualities renowned through his works, and glorious.

बुधः पराज्ञावहितं सुवाक्यं भौमो रणख्यातमनन्यबाहुम् । निस्त्रिंशचेष्टं पिशुनं च सौरः स्थानात्मकैर्भावगुणैश्च वाच्यम् ॥ ७ ॥

budhaḥ parājñāvahitaṃ suvākyaṃ bhaumo raṇakhyātamananyabāhum | nistriṃśaceṣṭaṃ piśunaṃ ca sauraḥ sthānātmakairbhāvaguṇaiśca vācyam || 7 ||

Mercury ⟨begets one⟩ heedful of the orders of others and of fair speech; Mars, one famed in battle and of matchless arm; Saturn, one of ruthless conduct and a slanderer. And ⟨all this⟩ is to be pronounced together with the qualities of the bhāvas that belong to the places ⟨the grahas stand in⟩.

अन्योन्यराश्यंशकसंप्रयोगैरन्योन्यसंदर्शनसंगमैश्च । कुर्वन्ति देहानितरेतरेषु स्थानेषु कालक्रमचारयुक्ताः ॥ ८ ॥

anyonyarāśyaṃśakasaṃprayogairanyonyasaṃdarśanasaṃgamaiśca | kurvanti dehānitaretareṣu sthāneṣu kālakramacārayuktāḥ || 8 ||

By their conjunctions in one another's rāśis and aṃśakas, and by their mutual aspects and meetings, ⟨the grahas⟩, moving in the succession of time, fashion bodies in one another's places.

यतो जगद्वर्णविकारसारं रूपादिनानागुणचिह्नलिङ्गम् । ततो भवत्युत्तममध्यमान्त्यं दृष्टं ग्रहस्थानकृतैर्विकल्पैः ॥ ९ ॥

yato jagadvarṇavikārasāraṃ rūpādinānāguṇacihnaliṅgam | tato bhavatyuttamamadhyamāntyaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ grahasthānakṛtairvikalpaiḥ || 9 ||

Since the world has for its essence the transformation of colour, and bears form and the rest — its many qualities, marks and characters — it therefore turns out highest, middling or lowest, seen through the variations wrought by the positions of the grahas.

मेषं गतोऽर्कः समरप्रचण्डमयुक्तमुद्धतबलप्रधानम्। शास्त्रार्थवाक्कर्मसु लब्धशब्दं जयैषिणं द्रविणमुच्चवृत्तम्॥१॥

meṣaṃ gato'rkaḥ samarapracaṇḍamayuktamuddhatabalapradhānam| śāstrārthavākkarmasu labdhaśabdaṃ jayaiṣiṇaṃ draviṇamuccavṛttam||1||

The Sun gone into Meṣa ⟨makes a man⟩ terrible in battle, unyoked to any restraint (ayukta), and foremost among men of overbearing strength; one who has won himself a name in the meaning of the śāstras, in speech and in deeds, bent on victory, wealthy, and lofty in his conduct.

व्याधप्रियं साहसकर्मशीलं दृढास्थिबन्धं द्युतिमन्तमग्र्यम्। पित्तासृग्रुक्तमतनुं प्रसूते स्वे तुङ्गभागे क्षितिपं वरिष्ठम्॥२॥

vyādhapriyaṃ sāhasakarmaśīlaṃ dṛḍhāsthibandhaṃ dyutimantamagryam| pittāsṛgruktamatanuṃ prasūte sve tuṅgabhāge kṣitipaṃ variṣṭham||2||

⟨He is⟩ fond of hunters, given to reckless deeds, firmly knit in bone, radiant, foremost among men; afflicted with disorders of bile and blood [the compound printed pittāsṛg-ruktam is not securely read on the plate and yields no clean sense], and not slender of body. And when ⟨the Sun stands⟩ in its own degree of exaltation (tuṅga-bhāga), it produces a most excellent king.

वृषं गतोऽर्कः प्रियगन्धमाल्यमिष्टासनाच्छादनमल्पधैर्यम्। सङ्गीतवाद्यादिरतं रतिज्ञं कृशं महौजस्विनमम्बुधीरम्॥३॥

vṛṣaṃ gato'rkaḥ priyagandhamālyamiṣṭāsanācchādanamalpadhairyam| saṅgītavādyādirataṃ ratijñaṃ kṛśaṃ mahaujasvinamambudhīram||3||

The Sun gone into Vṛṣa ⟨makes a man⟩ fond of perfumes and garlands, ⟨fond of⟩ pleasant seats and coverings, of little steadfastness; devoted to song, instrumental music and the like, knowing the art of love, lean, of great vigour, and ambu-dhīra [so the plate reads; the word is not one that can be named, and the reader's alternative was gambhīra, 'grave, deep'].

भोक्तारमाढ्यं व्यवहारशीलं बन्ध्याङ्गनाद्वेषिणमूर्जितं च। मुखाक्षिरोगोपहतं दुरन्तमल्पात्मजं क्लेशसहं च कुर्यात्॥४॥

bhoktāramāḍhyaṃ vyavahāraśīlaṃ bandhyāṅganādveṣiṇamūrjitaṃ ca| mukhākṣirogopahataṃ durantamalpātmajaṃ kleśasahaṃ ca kuryāt||4||

⟨The Sun in Vṛṣa⟩ makes him an enjoyer, rich, given to business and dealings, one who hates barren women, and forceful; struck down by diseases of the mouth and the eyes, one whose end is hard (duranta), having few sons, and able to bear hardship.

तिष्ठन् तृतीये दिनकृत् प्रसूते नरं शुभाचारगुणैः समेतम्। मेधाविनं वाग्मधुरं विनीतं नैपुण्यवात्सल्यगुणैरुपेतम्॥५॥

tiṣṭhan tṛtīye dinakṛt prasūte naraṃ śubhācāraguṇaiḥ sametam| medhāvinaṃ vāgmadhuraṃ vinītaṃ naipuṇyavātsalyaguṇairupetam||5||

Standing in the third ⟨sign, Mithuna⟩, the maker of day produces a man furnished with the virtues of good conduct: intelligent, sweet in speech, well-disciplined, and possessed of the qualities of skill and of affection.

द्विमातृकं मध्यमरूपशोभं विज्ञानशास्त्रज्ञमुदारचेष्टम्। कान्तं रतिद्वेषिणमिष्टधर्मं ख्यातं नृपाणां स्वगुणैरुदारैः॥६॥

dvimātṛkaṃ madhyamarūpaśobhaṃ vijñānaśāstrajñamudāraceṣṭam| kāntaṃ ratidveṣiṇamiṣṭadharmaṃ khyātaṃ nṛpāṇāṃ svaguṇairudāraiḥ||6||

⟨He has⟩ two mothers, is of middling beauty of form, knows the sciences and the śāstras, and is noble in his actions; handsome, averse to sexual pleasure, devoted to dharma, and renowned among kings by his own noble qualities [our mūla now reads khyātaṃ, 'renowned'; the earlier reading syātaṃ does not construe here].

तिष्ठन् रविः कर्कटके मनुष्यं स्वपक्षविद्वेषिणमन्यवश्यम्। अनिश्चितं कर्म(णि) दुःप्रलापं नैकस्थितं| पानरतं प्रसूते॥७॥

tiṣṭhan raviḥ karkaṭake manuṣyaṃ svapakṣavidveṣiṇamanyavaśyam| aniścitaṃ karma(ṇi) duḥpralāpaṃ naikasthitaṃ| pānarataṃ prasūte||7||

The Sun standing in Karkaṭaka produces a man hostile to his own people, subject to others; irresolute in action ⟨our mūla sets the ending -ṇi in round brackets, giving karmaṇi 'in action'⟩, of evil speech, not staying in one place, and addicted to drink [our mūla now reads svapakṣa-, 'his own side'; the earlier reading svapatna- was no word].

बहुश्रमाधिव्यसनोपतप्तं स्व⟨वा⟩क्यदिग्देशविकारिणं च। पितृद्विषं स्त्रीरतिदुर्भगं च नित्यावसन्नं कफपित्तरोगैः॥८॥

bahuśramādhivyasanopataptaṃ sva⟨वा⟩kyadigdeśavikāriṇaṃ ca| pitṛdviṣaṃ strīratidurbhagaṃ ca nityāvasannaṃ kaphapittarogaiḥ||8||

⟨He is⟩ scorched by much toil, mental anguish and vice; subject to change in respect of his speech, his quarter and his country ⟨the syllable vā of vākya, 'speech', is Pingree's own supplement, not the manuscript's⟩; hating his father, luckless in love with women, and forever sunk down by disorders of phlegm and bile.

सिंहे तु सूर्यो जनयत्यरिघ्नं नरं भृशक्रोधमुदारचेष्टम्। उद्युक्तकर्माणममर्षिणं च प्रख्यातमारब्धविक्रमग्र्यशूरम्॥९॥

siṃhe tu sūryo janayatyarighnaṃ naraṃ bhṛśakrodhamudāraceṣṭam| udyuktakarmāṇamamarṣiṇaṃ ca prakhyātamārabdhavikramagryaśūram||9||

In Siṃha the Sun begets a man who destroys his enemies, of violent anger, noble in his actions; energetic in his works, unforgiving of insult, renowned, and the foremost hero in the valour he has undertaken.

गाम्भीर्यसत्त्वस्थितिधैर्यवृत्तं तेजस्विनं वा धृतशस्त्रबाहुम्। रौद्रोग्रकर्माणमसाधुवृत्तं प्रियामिषं दुर्गवनाटनं च॥१०॥

gāmbhīryasattvasthitidhairyavṛttaṃ tejasvinaṃ vā dhṛtaśastrabāhum| raudrograkarmāṇamasādhuvṛttaṃ priyāmiṣaṃ durgavanāṭanaṃ ca||10||

⟨He is⟩ one whose conduct shows gravity, courage, constancy and steadfastness [our mūla now reads °sthiti-dhairya-vṛttaṃ, which scans and ends in a word]; lustrous, one whose arm holds a weapon [our mūla now reads śastra, 'weapon', not śāstra, 'treatise']; of fierce and cruel deeds, of wicked conduct, fond of meat, and roaming forts and forests.

कन्याश्रितो दुर्बलमल्पसत्त्वं रविः प्रसूते मृदुदीनवाक्यम्। स्त्रीतुल्यमूर्तिं पुरुषं लिपिज्ञं संवाहनोद्⟨वर्त⟩नकर्मठं च॥११॥

kanyāśrito durbalamalpasattvaṃ raviḥ prasūte mṛdudīnavākyam| strītulyamūrtiṃ puruṣaṃ lipijñaṃ saṃvāhanod⟨वर्त⟩nakarmaṭhaṃ ca||11||

The Sun resorting to Kanyā produces a weak man of little courage, whose speech is soft and abject; of a body like a woman's, a man who knows writing, and diligent in massage and in rubbing down ⟨udvartana — the syllables varta are Pingree's supplement, not the manuscript's⟩.

शुश्रूषकं देवगुरुद्विजानां ह्रीसत्त्वमिष्टश्रुतगी(त)वाद्यम्। मेधाविनं वल्गुकथं बुधं च कर्मान्तनैपुण्यपरायणं च॥१२॥

śuśrūṣakaṃ devagurudvijānāṃ hrīsattvamiṣṭaśrutagī(ta)vādyam| medhāvinaṃ valgukathaṃ budhaṃ ca karmāntanaipuṇyaparāyaṇaṃ ca||12||

⟨He is⟩ a servant of gods, gurus and brāhmaṇas, of modest disposition, fond of learning, song and instrumental music ⟨our mūla sets the -ta in round brackets, giving gīta, 'song'⟩; intelligent, of charming speech, wise, and given over to skill in the conduct of works.

तुलाधरस्थः सविता प्रसूते नरं विदेशान्तरमार्गशीलम्। भङ्गचयार्तिव्ययशोकतप्तं प्रतिष्ठनीचोपहतप्रमेष्टम्॥१३॥

tulādharasthaḥ savitā prasūte naraṃ videśāntaramārgaśīlam| bhaṅgacayārtivyayaśokataptaṃ pratiṣṭhanīcopahataprameṣṭam||13||

Savitṛ standing in Tulādhara produces a man whose habit is the road to foreign lands; burnt by breakage, hoarding(?), pain, spending and grief, his standing struck down and made low [the reader could not settle the opening bhaṅgacaya-, and the closing member prameṣṭam, as our mūla reads it, yields no sense that can be established; it is left unrendered].

हिरण्यलोहायसधातुपण्यक्रियासु चाभिप्रयतं प्रगल्भम्। रणेष्टमर्थश्रुतिधर्मशीलं प्रणष्टदृष्टप्रथमाङ्गजं च॥१४॥

hiraṇyalohāyasadhātupaṇyakriyāsu cābhiprayataṃ pragalbham| raṇeṣṭamarthaśrutidharmaśīlaṃ praṇaṣṭadṛṣṭaprathamāṅgajaṃ ca||14||

⟨He is⟩ diligent and bold in the trade and working of gold, copper, iron and ⟨other⟩ metals; loving battle, of a character bent on wealth, learning and dharma; and he sees his first-born child perish.

सूर्योऽष्टमर्क्षे तु गतो नृशंसं क्रूरं भृशक्रोधमसत्यवृत्तम्। कुस्त्रीविधेयं जनयेन्मनुष्यं लोभाभ्यसूयानृतवादिनं च॥१५॥

sūryo'ṣṭamarkṣe tu gato nṛśaṃsaṃ krūraṃ bhṛśakrodhamasatyavṛttam| kustrīvidheyaṃ janayenmanuṣyaṃ lobhābhyasūyānṛtavādinaṃ ca||15||

The Sun gone into the eighth sign ⟨Vṛścika⟩ begets a man who is cruel, savage, of violent anger and false conduct; obedient to bad women, and greedy, spiteful and a speaker of untruth.

मूर्खं मृजाचारगुणैर्विहीनं प्रधृष्टशीलं प्रियविग्रहं च। विषाग्न्यसृक्शस्त्रपरिक्षताङ्गं पितुर्जनन्या विकृतोपचारम्॥१६॥

mūrkhaṃ mṛjācāraguṇairvihīnaṃ pradhṛṣṭaśīlaṃ priyavigrahaṃ ca| viṣāgnyasṛkśastraparikṣatāṅgaṃ piturjananyā vikṛtopacāram||16||

⟨He is⟩ a fool, devoid of the qualities of cleanliness and good conduct, of insolent character, and fond of quarrel; his limbs cut about by poison, fire, blood and weapons [our mūla now reads asṛk-śastra-, with no word between blood and weapons, and the pāda scans]; and perverse in his dealings with his father and mother.

धनुर्धरस्थो जनयेन्मनुष्यं सूर्यो नरेन्द्राभिमतं महान्तम्। शास्त्रार्थशिक्षानिपुणं विदृष्टं प्राज्ञं सुनीतं व्यवहारयोग्यम्॥१७॥

dhanurdharastho janayenmanuṣyaṃ sūryo narendrābhimataṃ mahāntam| śāstrārthaśikṣānipuṇaṃ vidṛṣṭaṃ prājñaṃ sunītaṃ vyavahārayogyam||17||

The Sun standing in Dhanurdhara begets a great man esteemed by kings; skilled in the study of the meaning of the śāstras [our mūla now reads śikṣā-nipuṇaṃ, 'skilled in study', where the earlier reading śilpā-nipuṇaṃ could also be divided as 'unskilled in the crafts'], well known, wise, of sound policy, and fit for public dealings.

सुरद्विजातिथ्यकरं प्रशान्तं पूज्यं सतां बन्धुहितारतं च। द्रव्यान्वितं वीरमुदारसत्त्वं विस्तीर्णपीनोन्नतकान्तदेहम्॥१८॥

suradvijātithyakaraṃ praśāntaṃ pūjyaṃ satāṃ bandhuhitārataṃ ca| dravyānvitaṃ vīramudārasattvaṃ vistīrṇapīnonnatakāntadeham||18||

⟨He is⟩ one who offers hospitality to gods, brāhmaṇas and guests; tranquil, honoured by the good, devoted to the welfare of his kin; possessed of substance, heroic and of noble spirit, and with a body broad, full, tall and handsome.

मृगाभिधाने सविता निविष्टो विपन्नशीलं जनयेन्मनुष्यम्। अनल्पकार्यारतमल्पसत्त्वं स्वपक्षविद्वेषविपन्नवित्तम्॥१९॥

mṛgābhidhāne savitā niviṣṭo vipannaśīlaṃ janayenmanuṣyam| analpakāryāratamalpasattvaṃ svapakṣavidveṣavipannavittam||19||

Savitṛ settled in the sign named Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩ begets a man of ruined character; engaged in no small undertakings yet of little courage, and his wealth ruined by hatred of his own party [our mūla now reads one compound, svapakṣa-vidveṣa-vipanna-vittam, with no vertical rule before vittam].

लुब्धं कुयोषिद्रतिसक्तभावं कुकर्मसंवर्धितसंचयं च। हृद्रोगिणं बहुटनं शठं च सतामवज्ञातमधर्मवन्तम्॥२०॥

lubdhaṃ kuyoṣidratisaktabhāvaṃ kukarmasaṃvardhitasaṃcayaṃ ca| hṛdrogiṇaṃ bahuṭanaṃ śaṭhaṃ ca satāmavajñātamadharmavantam||20||

⟨He is⟩ greedy, his mind fastened on pleasure with a bad woman [our mūla now reads ku-yoṣit, 'bad woman'], his savings grown through evil deeds; suffering from heart-disease, given to much roaming [bahuṭanaṃ, bahu + aṭana, written the way this book writes bahuśanaṃ, 'eating much'; the Vṛddha Yavana Jātaka's reworking of this line reads bahv-aśanaṃ, 'a great eater', and that rival is recorded as a doubt], a cheat, despised by the good, and given over to adharma.

तिष्ठन् रविः कुम्भधरे प्रसूते नरं दृढद्वेषविरोधरोषम्। अनिश्चितं कर्मसु दुःप्रलापं योषित्स्वनार्यास्वतिवल्लभं च॥२१॥

tiṣṭhan raviḥ kumbhadhare prasūte naraṃ dṛḍhadveṣavirodharoṣam| aniścitaṃ karmasu duḥpralāpaṃ yoṣitsvanāryāsvativallabhaṃ ca||21||

The Sun standing in Kumbhadhara produces a man of hard hatred, opposition and rage; irresolute in his undertakings, of evil speech, and exceedingly beloved among women who are not of noble kind.

दुःखान्वितं मन्दधनं कुवेशं मूर्खं नृशंसीकृतसौहृदं च। कुवृत्तमज्ञानमनार्यभाष्यं सत्पुत्रभक्तैरुपलब्धकीर्तिम्॥२२॥

duḥkhānvitaṃ mandadhanaṃ kuveśaṃ mūrkhaṃ nṛśaṃsīkṛtasauhṛdaṃ ca| kuvṛttamajñānamanāryabhāṣyaṃ satputrabhaktairupalabdhakīrtim||22||

⟨He is⟩ beset by sorrow, of scant wealth, ill-dressed, a fool, and one who has turned even his friendship cruel; of bad conduct, without knowledge, of ignoble speech — ⟨yet⟩ he obtains fame through good sons and devoted followers.

मीनद्वयस्थो रविरात्मपुण्यं कुर्यान्मनुष्यं बहुशत्रुपक्षम्। जलाश्रयैर्लब्धधनं पणैश्च चयोदयं द्रव्यशरीरकीर्तिम्॥२३॥

mīnadvayastho ravirātmapuṇyaṃ kuryānmanuṣyaṃ bahuśatrupakṣam| jalāśrayairlabdhadhanaṃ paṇaiśca cayodayaṃ dravyaśarīrakīrtim||23||

The Sun standing in the pair of Fishes makes a man whose merit is his own, and who has many enemies [our mūla now reads bahu-śatru-pakṣam, 'with many enemies ranged against him']; gaining wealth from waters and from wagers, of increasing accumulation, and ⟨rich⟩ in substance, body and fame.

स्त्रीपीडहेतोरतिलब्धदुःखं प्राज्ञं बहुभ्रातरमूर्जितं च। सुहृद्गुरुप्रीतिकरं सुवाक्यमिष्टश्रमं गुह्यरुगर्दितं च॥२४॥

strīpīḍahetoratilabdhaduḥkhaṃ prājñaṃ bahubhrātaramūrjitaṃ ca| suhṛdguruprītikaraṃ suvākyamiṣṭaśramaṃ guhyarugarditaṃ ca||24||

⟨He is⟩ one who has got much sorrow on account of trouble from women; wise, having many brothers, and forceful; giving pleasure to friends and elders, of good speech, delighting in exertion — and afflicted by a disease of the private parts [our mūla now reads guhya-rug-arditaṃ, not guru-garhitaṃ, 'censured by his elders'].

मेषं गतस्त्विन्दुसुतो मनुष्यं कुर्यात् कृशं बहुशनं शठं च। मिथ्याप्रलापं प्रियविग्रहास्त्रं भूरिश्रमोत्पन्नविपन्नवित्तम्॥१॥

meṣaṃ gatastvindusuto manuṣyaṃ kuryāt kṛśaṃ bahuśanaṃ śaṭhaṃ ca| mithyāpralāpaṃ priyavigrahāstraṃ bhūriśramotpannavipannavittam||1||

Indusuta ⟨Budha, the son of the Moon⟩ gone into Meṣa makes a man lean, a big eater(?) and a cheat [what is read bahuśanaṃ is not clean; bahv-aśanaṃ, 'eating much', is the sense the reader offers]; of false speech, fond of quarrel and of weapons, and his wealth, won by heavy toil, ruined.

रतिप्रियं कूटकरं सशिल्पं चलस्थितिं बहुर्णबन्धनं च। द्यूताभिरामं विटधूर्तचेष्टं सङ्गीतनृत्ताभिरतं लिपिज्ञम्॥२॥

ratipriyaṃ kūṭakaraṃ saśilpaṃ calasthitiṃ bahurṇabandhanaṃ ca| dyūtābhirāmaṃ viṭadhūrtaceṣṭaṃ saṅgītanṛttābhirataṃ lipijñam||2||

⟨He is⟩ fond of love-making, a forger, possessed of a craft; unsteady in his standing, and bound by many debts; delighting in gambling, behaving like a rake and a swindler, devoted to song and dance, and knowing writing.

वृषं गतस्तु प्रसवेत कान्तं बुधो नरं त्यागिनमिष्टदारम्। गान्धर्वलीलारतिहास्यशीलं दक्षं प्रगल्भं प्रियवल्गुवाक्यम्॥३॥

vṛṣaṃ gatastu prasaveta kāntaṃ budho naraṃ tyāginamiṣṭadāram| gāndharvalīlāratihāsyaśīlaṃ dakṣaṃ pragalbhaṃ priyavalguvākyam||3||

Budha gone into Vṛṣa should produce a handsome man, open-handed, with a wife he loves [our mūla now reads iṣṭa-dāram, 'having a beloved wife']; given to music, sport, love-making and laughter; capable, bold, and of dear and charming speech.

व्यायाममाल्याम्बरभूषणं च ख्यातं स्थितं स्फीतधनाङ्गनं च। गृहीतवाक्यं सुहृदां वरिष्ठं विज्ञानशास्त्रश्रुतिपण्डितं च॥४॥

vyāyāmamālyāmbarabhūṣaṇaṃ ca khyātaṃ sthitaṃ sphītadhanāṅganaṃ ca| gṛhītavākyaṃ suhṛdāṃ variṣṭhaṃ vijñānaśāstraśrutipaṇḍitaṃ ca||4||

⟨He is fond of⟩ exercise, garlands, clothes and ornaments; renowned and settled [our mūla now reads khyātaṃ, 'renowned'], with abundant wealth and women; his word is taken up, he is the best among friends, and learned in the sciences, the śāstras and sacred lore.

बुधः प्रसूते मिथुने सुवाक्यं नरं प्रियाभाषिणमिष्टवेषम्। शिल्पश्रुतिज्ञा(न)कलाविधिज्ञं विकत्थनं मानिनमूर्जितं च॥५॥

budhaḥ prasūte mithune suvākyaṃ naraṃ priyābhāṣiṇamiṣṭaveṣam| śilpaśrutijñā(na)kalāvidhijñaṃ vikatthanaṃ māninamūrjitaṃ ca||5||

Budha in Mithuna produces a man of good speech, kindly in address, of pleasing dress; knowing the crafts, sacred lore, knowledge ⟨the syllable -na stands inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N; it gives jñāna⟩, the arts and their rules; boastful, proud, and vigorous.

प्रख्यातबुद्धिं सुखिनं स्वतन्त्रं कविं (वि)वादेष्वनिवारितं च। द्विस्त्रीसुतं कर्मठमुच्चशीलं प्रियप्रदानं बहुमित्रपक्षम्॥६॥

prakhyātabuddhiṃ sukhinaṃ svatantraṃ kaviṃ (vi)vādeṣvanivāritaṃ ca| dvistrīsutaṃ karmaṭhamuccaśīlaṃ priyapradānaṃ bahumitrapakṣam||6||

⟨He is⟩ of famous intellect, happy, his own master, a poet, and unchecked in debates ⟨the syllable vi- stands inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N; it gives vivādeṣu, 'in debates'⟩; having sons by two wives, diligent, of lofty character, giving what is dear, and with many friends for his party.

चतुर्थराशौ तु शशाङ्कसूनुस्तिष्ठन् विदेशाभिरतं प्रसूते। प्राज्ञं कविं स्त्रीरतिगेयवित्तं बहुक्रियासक्तमनिश्चितं च॥७॥

caturtharāśau tu śaśāṅkasūnustiṣṭhan videśābhirataṃ prasūte| prājñaṃ kaviṃ strīratigeyavittaṃ bahukriyāsaktamaniścitaṃ ca||7||

The son of the Moon standing in the fourth sign ⟨Karkaṭaka⟩ produces a man devoted to foreign parts; wise, a poet, well-off in women, love-making and song; engaged in many undertakings, and irresolute.

स्वबन्धुविद्वेषविवादशीलं बहुप्रलापं चपलं कुशीलम्। द्विद्विग्रहाद्व्यस्तविपन्नवित्तं स्ववंशकीर्त्या भुवि विश्रुतं च॥८॥

svabandhuvidveṣavivādaśīlaṃ bahupralāpaṃ capalaṃ kuśīlam| dvidvigrahādvyastavipannavittaṃ svavaṃśakīrtyā bhuvi viśrutaṃ ca||8||

⟨He is⟩ given to hatred and dispute with his own kinsmen; of much prattle, fickle, of bad character; his wealth scattered and ruined by quarrel after quarrel; and yet famed on earth by the renown of his own lineage.

बुधो नरं सिंहमुपेत्य कुर्यादल्पस्मृतिं ज्ञानकलावियुक्तम्। उत्साहसत्त्वस्थितिवृत्तिहीनं जगत्य⟨व⟩ज्ञातमसत्यवाक्यम्॥९॥

budho naraṃ siṃhamupetya kuryādalpasmṛtiṃ jñānakalāviyuktam| utsāhasattvasthitivṛttihīnaṃ jagatya⟨व⟩jñātamasatyavākyam||9||

Budha reaching Siṃha makes a man of little memory, cut off from knowledge and the arts; wanting in energy, courage, stability and livelihood; despised in the world ⟨the syllable va of avajñātam is Pingree's own supplement, not the manuscript's⟩, and of untrue speech.

स्त्रीदुर्भगं प्रेष्यकमस्वतन्त्रं स्त्रीरूपतुल्याकृतिमप्रजं च। जघन्यकर्माभिरतं नृपाणां कुलेष्वसद्वृत्त(ज)नाभिरामम्॥१०॥

strīdurbhagaṃ preṣyakamasvatantraṃ strīrūpatulyākṛtimaprajaṃ ca| jaghanyakarmābhirataṃ nṛpāṇāṃ kuleṣvasadvṛtta(ja)nābhirāmam||10||

⟨He is⟩ luckless with women, a menial, not his own master; of a shape like a woman's form, and childless; devoted to base deeds, and taking his pleasure in men of bad conduct in the households of kings ⟨our mūla now reads (ja)na, 'men', and the pāda needs the bracketed ja for its eleven syllables⟩.

कन्यामुपेत्य प्रवरं प्रसूते धर्मप्रियं वाग्मिनमिन्दुसूनुः। आलेख्यलेख्यश्रुति(काव्य)वित्तं विज्ञानशिल्पादिविनिश्चितं च॥११॥

kanyāmupetya pravaraṃ prasūte dharmapriyaṃ vāgminamindusūnuḥ| ālekhyalekhyaśruti(kāvya)vittaṃ vijñānaśilpādiviniścitaṃ ca||11||

The son of the Moon, reaching Kanyā, produces an excellent man, fond of dharma and eloquent; rich in painting, in writing, in sacred lore and in poetry ⟨kāvya stands inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N, and here the pāda reaches eleven syllables only if those syllables are counted⟩; and settled in the sciences, the crafts and the rest.

स्त्रीष्वल्पवीर्यं मधुरं विनीतं दासोपचारादरमान्ययुक्तम्। नेतारमीड्यं सुहृदां श्रुतं च ख्यातं गुणैरप्रतितुल्यवीर्यम्॥१२॥

strīṣvalpavīryaṃ madhuraṃ vinītaṃ dāsopacārādaramānyayuktam| netāramīḍyaṃ suhṛdāṃ śrutaṃ ca khyātaṃ guṇairapratitulyavīryam||12||

⟨He is⟩ of little sexual power with women, sweet, well-mannered; attended by his servants with respect and honour; a leader, worthy of praise, learned among his friends, and renowned by qualities whose strength has no match [our mūla now reads khyātaṃ, 'renowned', as at verse 4].

तुलाधरे शिल्पविवादशीलं बुधो नरं वाक्यचतुरं प्रसूते। शठप्रचारं कृतकोपचारं पण्यक्रयोपायविधानतत्त्वम्॥१३॥

tulādhare śilpavivādaśīlaṃ budho naraṃ vākyacaturaṃ prasūte| śaṭhapracāraṃ kṛtakopacāraṃ paṇyakrayopāyavidhānatattvam||13||

Budha in Tulādhara produces a man given to crafts and to disputes, clever in speech; crooked in his dealings, feigned in his attentions, and knowing the truth of the means and the arrangement of buying and selling goods.

अनेकदिक्पण्यनिविष्टचित्तं बहुव्ययानर्थपरिक्षयं च। गुरुद्विजार्याविधिजातभक्तिं तत्संमतं देवपरायणं च॥१४॥

anekadikpaṇyaniviṣṭacittaṃ bahuvyayānarthaparikṣayaṃ ca| gurudvijāryāvidhijātabhaktiṃ tatsaṃmataṃ devaparāyaṇaṃ ca||14||

⟨He is⟩ one whose mind is fixed on trade in many quarters, and whose substance is eaten away by great expense and misfortune; his devotion to gurus, brāhmaṇas and the noble arises according to the rule, he is approved by them, and he is given over to the gods.

बुधो नरं वृश्चिकमेत्य कुर्यादनर्थदुःखश्रमशोकतप्तम्। विदुष्टकर्माणमसाधुशीलं पारुष्यदण्डं छलनिश्चितं च॥१५॥

budho naraṃ vṛścikametya kuryādanarthaduḥkhaśramaśokataptam| viduṣṭakarmāṇamasādhuśīlaṃ pāruṣyadaṇḍaṃ chalaniścitaṃ ca||15||

Budha coming to Vṛścika makes a man burnt by misfortune, sorrow, toil and grief [our mūla now reads anartha-duḥkha-śrama-śoka-taptam]; of corrupted deeds, of wicked character, harsh in punishment, and settled upon deceit.

लुब्धं परादानपरं विरुद्धं सद्वेषिणं दुर्वनितापतिं च। नीचान्त्यमानर्द्धिमृणाभियुक्तं मूर्खं स्वमुक्तस्थितिधर्मलज्जम्॥१६॥

lubdhaṃ parādānaparaṃ viruddhaṃ sadveṣiṇaṃ durvanitāpatiṃ ca| nīcāntyamānarddhimṛṇābhiyuktaṃ mūrkhaṃ svamuktasthitidharmalajjam||16||

⟨He is⟩ greedy, bent on taking what belongs to others, at odds ⟨with all⟩; hating good men, and husband of a bad woman; low and last in standing, his prosperity ⟨gone⟩ and beset by debt [the middle of the compound is not clean on the plate]; a fool, who has let go of position, dharma and shame.

धनुर्धरस्थस्तु बुधो मनुष्यं विख्यातशब्दं जनयत्युदारम्। शास्त्रार्थशिल्पश्रुतिशौर्ययुक्तं मेधाविनं वाक्यविशारदं च॥१७॥

dhanurdharasthastu budho manuṣyaṃ vikhyātaśabdaṃ janayatyudāram| śāstrārthaśilpaśrutiśauryayuktaṃ medhāvinaṃ vākyaviśāradaṃ ca||17||

Budha standing in Dhanurdhara begets a man of famous name and noble nature; furnished with the meaning of the śāstras, with crafts, with sacred learning and with valour; intelligent, and expert in speech.

यज्ञव्रताराधनदानशीलं पुरोहितं पार्थिवसाक्षिणं वा। कुलप्रधानं लिपिलेख्यवित्तं पटुं क्रियायोगविनिश्चयेषु॥१८॥

yajñavratārādhanadānaśīlaṃ purohitaṃ pārthivasākṣiṇaṃ vā| kulapradhānaṃ lipilekhyavittaṃ paṭuṃ kriyāyogaviniścayeṣu||18||

⟨He is⟩ given to sacrifice, vows, worship and giving; a purohita, or else a witness for the king; the head of his family, rich in letters and in writing, and adept in settling the applications of ritual acts.

बुधो मृगस्थो जनयत्यनर्थं नीचं परप्रेष्यमसत्यचेष्टम्। मूर्खं कलाशिल्पगुणैर्विहीनं निरुद्धपुंस्त्वं पिशुनस्वभावम्॥१९॥

budho mṛgastho janayatyanarthaṃ nīcaṃ parapreṣyamasatyaceṣṭam| mūrkhaṃ kalāśilpaguṇairvihīnaṃ niruddhapuṃstvaṃ piśunasvabhāvam||19||

Budha standing in Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩ begets one who is poor [our mūla now reads anartha, 'without wealth', which fits the abusive epithets around it], low, another man's servant, false in his doings; a fool, devoid of the qualities of the arts and crafts, his manhood blocked, and of a slanderous nature [our mūla now reads niruddha-puṃstvaṃ].

सुसंस्थितात्मानमनेकदुःखं क्रियालसं बन्धुभिरुज्झितं स्वैः। मलीमसं स्वप्नविहारशीलं जगत्यनिष्टं भयशङ्कितं च॥२०॥

susaṃsthitātmānamanekaduḥkhaṃ kriyālasaṃ bandhubhirujjhitaṃ svaiḥ| malīmasaṃ svapnavihāraśīlaṃ jagatyaniṣṭaṃ bhayaśaṅkitaṃ ca||20||

⟨He is⟩ well composed in himself ⟨yet⟩ of many sorrows; slothful in action, cast off by his own kinsmen; filthy, given to sleeping and idling, unwelcome in the world, and afraid and suspicious.

कुम्भे तु सौम्यः शुचिशीलहीनं नरं प्रसूते परिभूतमज्ञम्। वाग्बुद्धिकर्मोपहतं हताशं प्रहीनलज्जं रतिदुर्भगं च॥२१॥

kumbhe tu saumyaḥ śuciśīlahīnaṃ naraṃ prasūte paribhūtamajñam| vāgbuddhikarmopahataṃ hatāśaṃ prahīnalajjaṃ ratidurbhagaṃ ca||21||

Saumya ⟨Budha⟩ in Kumbha produces a man devoid of purity and of good character, humiliated and ignorant; damaged in speech, in intellect and in action, his hope taken from him, wholly without shame, and luckless in love.

स्वसाधुदारद्विषमाविभागं भीरुं परेषां मलिनं विधेयम्। विमुक्तधर्मं विफलं श्रमार्तं क्लीबं बहिर्माल्यविभूषणं च॥२२॥

svasādhudāradviṣamāvibhāgaṃ bhīruṃ pareṣāṃ malinaṃ vidheyam| vimuktadharmaṃ viphalaṃ śramārtaṃ klībaṃ bahirmālyavibhūṣaṇaṃ ca||22||

⟨He is⟩ one who hates his own good wife, left without a share ⟨of the patrimony⟩; a coward, submissive to others, filthy, and doing as he is told; having let dharma go, fruitless, worn out by toil, impotent (klība), and wearing garlands and ornaments only on the outside.

मीनद्वयस्थस्तु बुधो मनुष्यमाचारशौचाभिरतं प्रसूते। देशान्तगं वाग्मतिकर्मसाध्यं दरिद्रमल्पप्रजमिष्टचारम्॥२३॥

mīnadvayasthastu budho manuṣyamācāraśaucābhirataṃ prasūte| deśāntagaṃ vāgmatikarmasādhyaṃ daridramalpaprajamiṣṭacāram||23||

Budha standing in the pair of Fishes produces a man devoted to right conduct and purity; going to the ends of the country, accomplishing his ends by speech, by wit and by work; poor, with few children, and of pleasing behaviour.

सतामनत्यर्हितमाप्तधर्मं बहुश्रुतिज्ञानकलावियुक्तम्। सूच्यादिकर्मप्रचुरं प्रकीर्णमारद्विकं वा परसंचयानाम्॥२४॥

satāmanatyarhitamāptadharmaṃ bahuśrutijñānakalāviyuktam| sūcyādikarmapracuraṃ prakīrṇamāradvikaṃ vā parasaṃcayānām||24||

⟨He is⟩ not much honoured by the good, ⟨though⟩ he has attained dharma; cut off from wide learning, from knowledge and from the arts; abounding in work with the needle and the like, scattered ⟨in his occupations⟩; or else an āradvika of other men's hoards [the conjunct after māra- is dense and the compound printed āradvikaṃ yields no sense that can be named; the reader marked it so].

मेषे तु शुक्रो जनयत्यशान्तं नरं बहुक्रोधविरोधशीलम्। क्षुद्रं परस्त्रीहरणप्रयुक्तमीर्ष्यं वनारण्यविचारिणं च॥१॥

meṣe tu śukro janayatyaśāntaṃ naraṃ bahukrodhavirodhaśīlam| kṣudraṃ parastrīharaṇaprayuktamīrṣyaṃ vanāraṇyavicāriṇaṃ ca||1||

But in Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩ Śukra generates a man who is unquiet, whose temper is full of anger and opposition; base ⟨our mūla now reads kṣudraṃ, 'mean, base'⟩ and set upon carrying off other men's wives, jealous, and a rover in woods and wilderness.

स्त्रीहेतुजायक्षयबन्धभाजं जगत्यविश्वासमसौहृदं च। चमूपुरश्रेणिगणाधिपानां पुरस्कृतं शूरमतिप्रगल्भम्॥२॥

strīhetujāyakṣayabandhabhājaṃ jagatyaviśvāsamasauhṛdaṃ ca| camūpuraśreṇigaṇādhipānāṃ puraskṛtaṃ śūramatipragalbham||2||

⟨The same man is⟩ one who meets loss of income and imprisonment on account of women; in the world distrustful and without friendship; and yet put in front by the lords of armies, of cities, of guilds and of corporations ⟨gaṇa⟩ — brave and exceedingly forward.

वृषे ब(हु)स्त्रीसुतरत्नमाढ्यं ख्यातं प्रसूते भृगुजः सुमूर्तिम्। स्वबन्धुभर्तारमनेकविद्यं कृषीबलं गोकुलजीवनं वा॥३॥

vṛṣe ba(hu)strīsutaratnamāḍhyaṃ khyātaṃ prasūte bhṛgujaḥ sumūrtim| svabandhubhartāramanekavidyaṃ kṛṣībalaṃ gokulajīvanaṃ vā||3||

In Vṛṣa ⟨Taurus⟩ the son of Bhṛgu brings forth one enriched with many wives, sons and jewels ⟨ba(hu)°: the syllable hu stands inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N, and the pāda reaches its eleven syllables only if it is counted⟩; renowned ⟨our mūla now reads khyātaṃ in place of syātaṃ, a verb form that does not construe here⟩, of goodly form; a supporter of his own kinsmen ⟨our mūla now reads svabandhu-bhartāram in place of svabandhur-ārtāram, which is no word⟩, master of many sciences; a farmer, or one who lives by herds of cattle.

दाता(र)मिष्टाम्बरगन्धमाल्यं बहुप्रजं सत्त्वहितं महान्तम्। गुणैः परानुग्रहकृद्भिरग्र्यैरुपेतमात्म(प्र)तिमोदनैश्च॥४॥

dātā(ra)miṣṭāmbaragandhamālyaṃ bahuprajaṃ sattvahitaṃ mahāntam| guṇaiḥ parānugrahakṛdbhiragryairupetamātma(pra)timodanaiśca||4||

⟨He makes him⟩ a giver ⟨dātā(ra)m, the syllable ra in round brackets, an addition or correction in the margin of the manuscript N⟩, one who loves fine cloth, perfume and garland; having many offspring, a benefactor of living beings, a great man; endowed with foremost qualities that bring favour to others, and with ⟨qualities⟩ that gladden himself ⟨ātma-(pra)timodanaiḥ: our mūla now reads °modanaiḥ, which gives the pāda its eleven syllables, and the syllable pra stands in round brackets, an addition or correction in the margin of the manuscript N⟩.

निषेवमानं मिथुने प्रसूते शुक्रो नरं वाग्मिनमूर्जितं च। सुरद्विजातिथ्यकरं कृतज्ञं विज्ञानशास्त्रार्थकलारतिं च॥५॥

niṣevamānaṃ mithune prasūte śukro naraṃ vāgminamūrjitaṃ ca| suradvijātithyakaraṃ kṛtajñaṃ vijñānaśāstrārthakalāratiṃ ca||5||

In Mithuna ⟨Gemini⟩ Śukra brings forth a man who is attentive in service ⟨niṣevamānam, standing without an expressed object⟩, eloquent and vigorous; one who does hospitality to gods, to the twice-born and to guests, grateful, and delighting in the sciences, in the meaning of the śāstras and in the arts ⟨kalā⟩.

प्रियाभिमानं प्रणयप्रधानं संरूढसौहार्दसुहृज्जनाढ्यम्। आलेख्यलेख्यस्मृतिगीतनृत्तगान्धर्वविचित्रार्थैरतं रतिज्ञम्॥६॥

priyābhimānaṃ praṇayapradhānaṃ saṃrūḍhasauhārdasuhṛjjanāḍhyam| ālekhyalekhyasmṛtigītanṛttagāndharvavicitrārthairataṃ ratijñam||6||

⟨And⟩ one who holds what he loves with pride and makes affection his chief business; rich in friends with whom fondness has struck root; delighting in painting, in writing, in the smṛti, in song, in dance, in the gāndharva ⟨music⟩ and in matters of every kind, and knowing the arts of love.

चतुर्थराशावपि षोडशार्चिस्तिष्ठन् प्रसूते रतिधर्मशीलम्। प्राज्ञं श्रुतिज्ञानवतां वरिष्ठं मृदुस्वभावं प्रियदर्शनं च॥७॥

caturtharāśāvapi ṣoḍaśārcistiṣṭhan prasūte ratidharmaśīlam| prājñaṃ śrutijñānavatāṃ variṣṭhaṃ mṛdusvabhāvaṃ priyadarśanaṃ ca||7||

Standing in the fourth rāśi as well ⟨Karkaṭa⟩, the sixteen-rayed ⟨ṣoḍaśārciḥ, a name of Śukra⟩ brings forth one whose bent is to love and to dharma; wise, the best of those who possess the knowledge of śruti, gentle in nature, and pleasant to look upon.

स्त्रीपानदोषप्रभवैरथैव व्याध्यादिभिर्द्वेषकलिप्रमोहैः। प्रपीडितं वंशसमुद्भवैः स्वैः प्रकाङ्क्षितैराप्तसुखं धनैश्च॥८॥

strīpānadoṣaprabhavairathaiva vyādhyādibhirdveṣakalipramohaiḥ| prapīḍitaṃ vaṃśasamudbhavaiḥ svaiḥ prakāṅkṣitairāptasukhaṃ dhanaiśca||8||

⟨He makes him⟩ sorely afflicted by what arises from the vice of women and of drink — by diseases and the rest, by hatred, strife and delusion — and afflicted by his own people, born of his own line; and one who has won happiness through the wealth he longed for ⟨our mūla now reads prakāṅkṣitair āpta-sukhaṃ dhanaiḥ, which settles the old doubt about prakāñcitair ālasasaṃ⟩.

सिंहाश्रितस्तु प्रियबन्धुपक्षं शुक्रः प्रसूते नरमल्पसत्त्वम्। विचित्रसौख्यव्यसनं सुरूपं गुरुद्विजाचारपरायणं च॥९॥

siṃhāśritastu priyabandhupakṣaṃ śukraḥ prasūte naramalpasattvam| vicitrasaukhyavyasanaṃ surūpaṃ gurudvijācāraparāyaṇaṃ ca||9||

But when he has taken to Siṃha ⟨Leo⟩, Śukra brings forth a man dear to the party of his kinsmen but of little courage; whose comforts and whose calamities are of many kinds; handsome, and devoted to the observance due to elders and to the twice-born.

योषिज्जनोपासनसंप्रयोगैरवाप्तसौख्यं द्रविणप्रमोदम्। स्वबुद्धिचित्तास्वनिभप्रयोगं परोपदेशं व्यवहारिणं च॥१०॥

yoṣijjanopāsanasaṃprayogairavāptasaukhyaṃ draviṇapramodam| svabuddhicittāsvanibhaprayogaṃ paropadeśaṃ vyavahāriṇaṃ ca||10||

⟨He is⟩ one who wins his comfort through attendance on and union with womenfolk, and takes his pleasure in wealth; who acts after the likeness of his own mind and understanding ⟨svabuddhi-cittāsva-nibha-prayogam: the middle of the compound gives no sense the reader could name⟩; who instructs others, and who is a man of affairs ⟨vyavahārin, of trade and of litigation⟩.

कन्यां गतो मार्दवमल्पवित्तं शुक्रः परोपासनजीविनं च। स्त्रीभूषणज्ञं रतिगेयवित्तं कलालिपिज्ञं मधुरं च कुर्यात्॥११॥

kanyāṃ gato mārdavamalpavittaṃ śukraḥ paropāsanajīvinaṃ ca| strībhūṣaṇajñaṃ ratigeyavittaṃ kalālipijñaṃ madhuraṃ ca kuryāt||11||

Gone to Kanyā ⟨Virgo⟩, Śukra would make ⟨a man⟩ soft, of small wealth, and living by attendance on others; knowing women's ornament, conversant with love-making and with song, skilled in the arts and in writing, and sweet of speech.

प्रमेयगण्यार्थकृतप्रयत्नं क्रियोपधायां नियुतप्रयोगम्। नारीषु दुष्टप्रणयोपचारमाहिण्डिकं तीर्थसभाश्रयाणाम्॥१२॥

prameyagaṇyārthakṛtaprayatnaṃ kriyopadhāyāṃ niyutaprayogam| nārīṣu duṣṭapraṇayopacāramāhiṇḍikaṃ tīrthasabhāśrayāṇām||12||

⟨He is⟩ one whose effort is spent on things that can be measured and counted; who employs fraud ⟨upadhā⟩ in his dealings; whose courting of women is corrupt; a rover among the haunts of bathing-places and assemblies.

तुलाधरस्थो भृगुसूनुराढ्यं नरं प्रसूते रुचिरार्थपण्यम्। विचित्रमाल्याम्बरमात्मवश्यं बहुप्रवासं श्रमलब्धवित्तम्॥१३॥

tulādharastho bhṛgusūnurāḍhyaṃ naraṃ prasūte rucirārthapaṇyam| vicitramālyāmbaramātmavaśyaṃ bahupravāsaṃ śramalabdhavittam||13||

Standing in Tulādhara ⟨Libra, the scale-bearer⟩, Bhṛgu's son brings forth a rich man whose goods and merchandise are attractive; of varied garlands and garments, master of himself, much abroad, and getting his wealth by toil.

देवद्विजार्चार्पणलब्धकीर्तिं शूरं सतामाश्रयमाप्तविद्यम्। सुनिश्चितं कर्मसु दुःसहेषु नैपुण्यसंलक्षितसङ्ग्रहेषु॥१४॥

devadvijārcārpaṇalabdhakīrtiṃ śūraṃ satāmāśrayamāptavidyam| suniścitaṃ karmasu duḥsaheṣu naipuṇyasaṃlakṣitasaṅgraheṣu||14||

⟨And⟩ one who wins fame by offerings made in the worship of gods and of the twice-born; brave, a refuge of the good, one who has attained learning; firmly resolved in works hard to bear, and in undertakings marked out by skill.

शुक्रोऽष्ट(म)क्षेत्रगतो नृशंसं विद्वेषशीलं जनयत्यधर्मम्। प्रदुष्टनष्टं प्रतिलोमभार्यं शठं परस्त्रीष्वनयप्रपंचम्॥१५॥

śukro'ṣṭa(ma)kṣetragato nṛśaṃsaṃ vidveṣaśīlaṃ janayatyadharmam| praduṣṭanaṣṭaṃ pratilomabhāryaṃ śaṭhaṃ parastrīṣvanayaprapaṃcam||15||

Śukra gone to the eighth field ⟨Vṛścika; the syllable ma of aṣṭa(ma) stands inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N, and the pāda reaches eleven syllables only if it is counted — the house number itself is not in doubt⟩ generates a man cruel, of hating disposition, unrighteous; utterly corrupted and ruined, whose wife is taken against the grain ⟨pratiloma — either married contrary to the rule of varṇa, or set against him⟩, a cheat, and a whole apparatus of misconduct where other men's wives are concerned.

विमुक्तधर्मं सहजैर्विरक्तं निगर्हितं शीलपरिक्रियाभिः। हिंसापरं बह्वृणशापशोकं विकत्थनं गुह्यरुजाभिपूर्णम्॥१६॥

vimuktadharmaṃ sahajairviraktaṃ nigarhitaṃ śīlaparikriyābhiḥ| hiṃsāparaṃ bahvṛṇaśāpaśokaṃ vikatthanaṃ guhyarujābhipūrṇam||16||

⟨He is⟩ one who has let dharma go, estranged from his brothers, reviled for his character and his doings; bent on violence, laden with many debts, curses and grief; a boaster, and filled with disease of the private parts.

धनुर्धरस्थोऽपि गतार्थविद्यं शुक्रः प्रसूते भुवि लब्धशब्दम्। सद्धर्मकामार्थफलैरुपेतं जगत्त्रयं कान्तमलङ्करिष्णुम्॥१७॥

dhanurdharastho'pi gatārthavidyaṃ śukraḥ prasūte bhuvi labdhaśabdam| saddharmakāmārthaphalairupetaṃ jagattrayaṃ kāntamalaṅkariṣṇum||17||

Standing in Dhanurdhara ⟨Sagittarius, the bow-bearer⟩ too, Śukra brings forth one to whom wealth and learning have come, who has won a name on earth; furnished with the fruits of true dharma, of kāma and of artha; handsome, and apt to adorn the three worlds.

पीनोन्नतोदारशरीरमार्यं पूज्यं सतां वृत्तपुरस्कृतं च। सद्वृत्तदारं सु(भगं व)रिष्ठं कविं नृपामात्यमहत्तरं वा॥१८॥

pīnonnatodāraśarīramāryaṃ pūjyaṃ satāṃ vṛttapuraskṛtaṃ ca| sadvṛttadāraṃ su(bhagaṃ va)riṣṭhaṃ kaviṃ nṛpāmātyamahattaraṃ vā||18||

⟨And⟩ of a body full, tall and ample; an ārya, to be honoured by the good, set in front for his conduct; with a wife of good conduct, fortunate, most excellent ⟨our mūla now reads sad-vṛtta-dāraṃ su(bhagaṃ va)riṣṭhaṃ, with bhagaṃ va inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N, and the pāda has its eleven syllables⟩; a poet, or a king's minister, or a mahattara ⟨a chief elder⟩.

कुर्वीत राशौ दशमे मनुष्यं शुक्रो बहुक्लेशभय(श्र)मार्तम्। पैशुन्यलोभानृतवंचनानां प्रयोगिनं क्लीबविपन्नचेष्टम्॥१९॥

kurvīta rāśau daśame manuṣyaṃ śukro bahukleśabhaya(śra)mārtam| paiśunyalobhānṛtavaṃcanānāṃ prayoginaṃ klībavipannaceṣṭam||19||

In the tenth rāśi ⟨Makara⟩ Śukra would make a man pained by much hardship, fear and toil ⟨our mūla now reads bahu-kleśa-bhaya-(śra)mārtam, with the syllable śra inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N⟩; a practiser of slander, greed, falsehood and deceit; impotent, and whose efforts come to ruin.

वृद्धाङ्गनासेवितमद्यशीलं परार्थचेष्टास्वतिदुःखभाजम्। हृद्रोगिणं दुर्बलदेहयन्त्रं मूढस्मृतिं देहपरिश्रमं च॥२०॥

vṛddhāṅganāsevitamadyaśīlaṃ parārthaceṣṭāsvatiduḥkhabhājam| hṛdrogiṇaṃ durbaladehayantraṃ mūḍhasmṛtiṃ dehapariśramaṃ ca||20||

⟨He is⟩ one who serves old women and is given to liquor ⟨madya-śīlaṃ: the reader saw two akṣaras where madya wants one conjunct, and only this reading gives the pāda its eleven syllables — it is not settled on the ink⟩; one who meets great sorrow in acting for others' ends ⟨our mūla now reads ati-duḥkha-bhājam here in place of the obscure svali-duḥsahājñam⟩; heart-diseased, of a feeble bodily frame, of clouded memory, and worn out in body.

शुक्रश्चरन् कुम्भधरे मनुष्यमुद्वेगरोगव्यसनोपतप्तम्। कर्मस्वसम्पन्नफलेषु सक्तं कुर्याद्विरुद्धं गुरुभिः सुतैश्च॥२१॥

śukraścaran kumbhadhare manuṣyamudvegarogavyasanopataptam| karmasvasampannaphaleṣu saktaṃ kuryādviruddhaṃ gurubhiḥ sutaiśca||21||

Śukra moving in Kumbhadhara ⟨Aquarius, the jar-bearer⟩ would make a man scorched by agitation, disease and calamity; attached to works whose fruit never comes to ripeness; and opposed by his elders and by his sons.

विमुक्तधर्मत्रपमङ्गनासु द्यूतप्रियं पानपरायणं च। स्नानोपभोगाहरणादिबाह्यं पराङ्गनोपासनकर्मशीलम्॥२२॥

vimuktadharmatrapamaṅganāsu dyūtapriyaṃ pānaparāyaṇaṃ ca| snānopabhogāharaṇādibāhyaṃ parāṅganopāsanakarmaśīlam||22||

⟨He is⟩ one who has cast off dharma and shame alike where women are concerned; fond of gambling and given over to drink; outside bathing, enjoyment, the fetching ⟨of what is needed⟩ and the rest; and whose settled work is the courting of other men's wives.

मीनद्वयस्थो जनयत्युदारं शुक्रः शुचिज्ञानरतं मनुष्यम्। वाग्बुद्धिकर्मप्रचुरं सुरूपं नृपाश्रितं सज्जनलब्धमानम्॥२३॥

mīnadvayastho janayatyudāraṃ śukraḥ śucijñānarataṃ manuṣyam| vāgbuddhikarmapracuraṃ surūpaṃ nṛpāśritaṃ sajjanalabdhamānam||23||

Standing in the pair of Fishes ⟨Mīna, Pisces⟩, Śukra generates a noble man, delighting in pure knowledge; abounding in speech, in understanding and in action, handsome, dependent on a king, and winning honour from good men.

दाक्षिण्यदानादिगुणैरुपेतं महाधनं विजितशत्रुपक्षम्। लोके परिख्यातविशिष्टचेष्टं साध्वङ्गनावंशधरं वरिष्ठम्॥२४॥

dākṣiṇyadānādiguṇairupetaṃ mahādhanaṃ vijitaśatrupakṣam| loke parikhyātaviśiṣṭaceṣṭaṃ sādhvaṅganāvaṃśadharaṃ variṣṭham||24||

⟨And⟩ furnished with courtesy, liberality and the like; of great wealth, having conquered the party of his enemies; his distinguished deeds famed abroad in the world; upholding a line of virtuous women ⟨our mūla now reads sādhv-aṅganā-vaṃśa-dharaṃ, aṅganā meaning woman, in place of sādhujjanā⟩, and most excellent.

मेषे तु भौमो रभसं प्रचण्डं शूरं महासाहसकर्मशीलम्। तेजस्विनं सात्त्विकमप्रधृष्यं दुर्मर्षिणं दानरतं प्रसूते॥१॥

meṣe tu bhaumo rabhasaṃ pracaṇḍaṃ śūraṃ mahāsāhasakarmaśīlam| tejasvinaṃ sāttvikamapradhṛṣyaṃ durmarṣiṇaṃ dānarataṃ prasūte||1||

But in Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩ Bhauma ⟨Mars⟩ brings forth one impetuous and fierce, brave, whose habit is deeds of great daring; full of fiery energy, of true mettle ⟨sāttvika⟩, not to be assailed, unable to bear an affront, and given to giving.

प्रभूतगोऽजाविहिरण्यधान्यं बह्वङ्गनानन्दनभृत्यवर्गम्। नृपं रणश्लाघिनमूर्जितं वा चमूपुरग्रामगणाधिपं वा॥२॥

prabhūtago'jāvihiraṇyadhānyaṃ bahvaṅganānandanabhṛtyavargam| nṛpaṃ raṇaślāghinamūrjitaṃ vā camūpuragrāmagaṇādhipaṃ vā||2||

⟨The same man is⟩ abounding in cattle, goats, sheep, gold and grain; surrounded by many wives, sons and servants ⟨our mūla now reads bahv-aṅganā-nandana-bhṛtya-vargam, which gives the pāda its eleven syllables⟩; a king, one who glories in battle ⟨our mūla now reads raṇa-ślāghinam in place of raṇajñādhinam, which is no word⟩ and powerful; or else a commander of an army, or the lord of a city, a village or a corporation ⟨gaṇa⟩.

वृषे तु बन्धुप्रतिबद्धवैरं भौमः कुलोत्साहकरं प्रसूते। सङ्गीतवित्तं बहुदुःप्रलापं प्रभक्षणं मन्दधनात्मजं च॥३॥

vṛṣe tu bandhupratibaddhavairaṃ bhaumaḥ kulotsāhakaraṃ prasūte| saṅgītavittaṃ bahuduḥpralāpaṃ prabhakṣaṇaṃ mandadhanātmajaṃ ca||3||

But in Vṛṣa ⟨Taurus⟩ Bhauma brings forth one whose enmity is bound up with his own kinsmen and who yet raises the spirit of his family; versed in music, of much ill-speaking, a great eater ⟨our mūla now reads prabhakṣaṇaṃ in place of prabhāvaṇaṃ, which is no word⟩, and poor in wealth and in sons.

पराङ्गनासङ्गमसक्तभावं साध्वीव्रतघ्नं वसुधारिणं च। द्वेष्यं जगत्युद्धतवेषचेष्टं विभ्रान्तसत्यस्थितिधर्महीनम्॥४॥

parāṅganāsaṅgamasaktabhāvaṃ sādhvīvrataghnaṃ vasudhāriṇaṃ ca| dveṣyaṃ jagatyuddhataveṣaceṣṭaṃ vibhrāntasatyasthitidharmahīnam||4||

⟨He is⟩ one whose bent is fixed on union with other men's wives, a destroyer of the vows of virtuous women, and a holder of wealth ⟨our mūla now reads sādhvī-vrata-ghnaṃ vasu-dhāriṇaṃ, and the pāda has its eleven syllables⟩; hated in the world, overbearing in dress and in behaviour; strayed from truth, from steadiness and from dharma.

सन्तिष्ठमानो मिथुने प्रसूते भौमो मनुष्यं बहुविप्रवासम्। नानार्थशिल्पास्त्रकलाविधिज्ञं बहुश्रुतं काव्यविशारदं च॥५॥

santiṣṭhamāno mithune prasūte bhaumo manuṣyaṃ bahuvipravāsam| nānārthaśilpāstrakalāvidhijñaṃ bahuśrutaṃ kāvyaviśāradaṃ ca||5||

Abiding in Mithuna ⟨Gemini⟩, Bhauma brings forth a man much away from home; knowing the rules of many crafts, weapons and arts; of much learning, and expert in poetry.

कान्तं श्रमक्लेशसहं विनीतं |धृत्यन्वितं धर्मपरायणं च। हितानुकूलं सुहृदां सतां च नैपुण्ययुक्तं प्रचुरक्रियासु॥६॥

kāntaṃ śramakleśasahaṃ vinītaṃ |dhṛtyanvitaṃ dharmaparāyaṇaṃ ca| hitānukūlaṃ suhṛdāṃ satāṃ ca naipuṇyayuktaṃ pracurakriyāsu||6||

⟨And⟩ handsome, enduring of toil and hardship, well-disciplined, possessed of firmness and devoted to dharma; favourable to the good of his friends and of good men; and skilful in undertakings of many kinds.

स्थितः कुजः कर्कटके कृशार्थं कुर्वीत वैकल्यरुगर्दिताङ्गम्। पुनः पुनर्वेधितनिवृत्तार्थं नरं परावेश्मनिवासिनं च॥७॥

sthitaḥ kujaḥ karkaṭake kṛśārthaṃ kurvīta vaikalyarugarditāṅgam| punaḥ punarvedhitanivṛttārthaṃ naraṃ parāveśmanivāsinaṃ ca||7||

Standing in Karkaṭaka ⟨Cancer⟩, Kuja ⟨Mars⟩ would make ⟨a man⟩ of scanty means ⟨our mūla now reads kṛśārthaṃ, which was once the alternative to kṛśārghaṃ⟩, his limbs tormented by infirmity and disease; whose purposes are pierced and turned back again and again; and one who lives in another man's house.

बाल्ये परान्नाम्बरभोजनेप्सुं मृदुं परान्नादनतत्परं च। ततः परस्तात् सलिलाश्रयाभ्यः श्रमादवाप्तद्रविणं क्रियाभ्यः॥८॥

bālye parānnāmbarabhojanepsuṃ mṛduṃ parānnādanatatparaṃ ca| tataḥ parastāt salilāśrayābhyaḥ śramādavāptadraviṇaṃ kriyābhyaḥ||8||

In childhood, one who craves another's clothing and food, soft, and intent on eating another's food; and thereafter one who gains his wealth by toil, from occupations that depend on water.

अङ्गारकः सिंहमुपेत्य सूते नरं वपुष्मन्तमुदग्रसत्त्वम्। अमर्षणं शूरमतिप्रचण्डं परप्रहर्तारमसंचयं च॥९॥

aṅgārakaḥ siṃhamupetya sūte naraṃ vapuṣmantamudagrasattvam| amarṣaṇaṃ śūramatipracaṇḍaṃ paraprahartāramasaṃcayaṃ ca||9||

Aṅgāraka ⟨Mars⟩, coming to Siṃha ⟨Leo⟩, brings forth a man of fine body and towering vigour; impatient of injury, brave, exceedingly fierce, a striker of others, and one who lays nothing by.

वनाटवीगोकुलसन्निवासं प्रियामिषं व्यालमृगोरगघ्नम्। अनात्मजं पूर्वविपन्नदारं क्रियोद्यतं धर्मफलव्यपेतम्॥१०॥

vanāṭavīgokulasannivāsaṃ priyāmiṣaṃ vyālamṛgoragaghnam| anātmajaṃ pūrvavipannadāraṃ kriyodyataṃ dharmaphalavyapetam||10||

⟨He is⟩ one who dwells among woods, forests and cattle-stations; fond of flesh; a killer of savage beasts, of deer and of snakes; without a son of his own; whose first wife has died; ready in action, and cut off from the fruit of dharma.

कन्यां गतो लोहितमूर्तिराढ्यं पूज्यं सतां मार्दवमल्पशौर्यम्। प्रियप्रलापं रतिगीतवित्तं नरं प्रसूते विविधव्ययं च॥११॥

kanyāṃ gato lohitamūrtirāḍhyaṃ pūjyaṃ satāṃ mārdavamalpaśauryam| priyapralāpaṃ ratigītavittaṃ naraṃ prasūte vividhavyayaṃ ca||11||

Gone to Kanyā ⟨Virgo⟩, the red-bodied one ⟨Mars⟩ brings forth a rich man, to be honoured by the good, soft and of little valour; pleasant in talk, conversant with love-making and with song, and of expenditure of many kinds.

अर्थार्जनोद्वेजनभीतिवन्तं यज्वानमग्निप्रणतैकपार्श्वम्। स्मृतिश्रुताचार्यमनेकशिल्पं कान्तं प्रियस्नानविलेपनं च॥१२॥

arthārjanodvejanabhītivantaṃ yajvānamagnipraṇataikapārśvam| smṛtiśrutācāryamanekaśilpaṃ kāntaṃ priyasnānavilepanaṃ ca||12||

⟨And⟩ full of agitation and fear over the getting of wealth ⟨our mūla now reads arthārjana-udvejana-bhītivantaṃ, so jana belongs to udvejana, agitation, and is no longer a word for people⟩; a sacrificer, bowed before the fire and having it alone at his side; a teacher of smṛti and of śruti, master of many crafts, handsome, and fond of bathing and of unguents.

तुलाधरस्थस्तु कुजोऽधमशीलं प्रसक्तवाक्यं जनयत्यनीष्टम्। विकत्थनं बहुनृतं कुपुण्यं हीनाङ्गमुत्सादितपूर्वदारम्॥१३॥

tulādharasthastu kujo'dhamaśīlaṃ prasaktavākyaṃ janayatyanīṣṭam| vikatthanaṃ bahunṛtaṃ kupuṇyaṃ hīnāṅgamutsāditapūrvadāram||13||

But standing in Tulādhara ⟨Libra⟩, Kuja generates a man of base character, unceasing in talk, unwelcome; a boaster, of much falsehood, of ill merit; defective in a limb, and whose former wife has been destroyed.

शठं परोपासनसङ्ग्रहेप्सुं सुहृद्गुरुस्त्रीषु मनोत्सुकं च । वेशाङ्गनाशौण्डिकसन्निवेशं स्वावाप्तवित्तक्षयमस्वपक्षम् ॥१४॥

śaṭhaṃ paropāsanasaṅgrahepsuṃ suhṛdgurustrīṣu manotsukaṃ ca | veśāṅganāśauṇḍikasanniveśaṃ svāvāptavittakṣayamasvapakṣam ||14||

⟨He is⟩ a cheat, eager to gain by attendance on others; his mind lusting after the wives of his friends and of his elders; frequenting the houses of harlots and of distillers; losing the wealth he has gained himself, and having no party of his own.

भौमो ऽष्ट(मे) पापमसत्यवृत्तं कुर्यान्नरं बहुपराधावैरम् । शठं वधद्रोहकृ(ता)नुबन्धमा(चा)रसत्त्वश्रुतिधर्महीनम् ॥१५॥

bhaumo 'ṣṭa(me) pāpamasatyavṛttaṃ kuryānnaraṃ bahuparādhāvairam | śaṭhaṃ vadhadrohakṛ(tā)nubandhamā(cā)rasattvaśrutidharmahīnam ||15||

Bhauma in the eighth ⟨Vṛścika; the case-syllable me stands inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N⟩ would make a man wicked and false in conduct, of many offences and enmities; a cheat, whose chain of deeds is killing and treachery ⟨our mūla now reads kṛ(tā)nubandham, with tā in round brackets, where it earlier read kṛ(to)⟩; and destitute of good conduct ⟨our mūla now reads ā(cā)ra°, conduct, where it earlier read ā(co)ra°, which had been taken as a thief⟩, of courage, of sacred learning and of dharma.

युद्धोत्सुकं चौरगणाधिपं च क्रियापटुं दर्पितमुग्रसत्त्वम् । प्रभूतगोभूमिवराङ्गनाढ्यं विषाग्निशस्त्रव्रणपीडिताङ्गम् ॥१६॥

yuddhotsukaṃ cauragaṇādhipaṃ ca kriyāpaṭuṃ darpitamugrasattvam | prabhūtagobhūmivarāṅganāḍhyaṃ viṣāgniśastravraṇapīḍitāṅgam ||16||

⟨And⟩ eager for battle ⟨our mūla now reads yuddhotsukaṃ, where it earlier read śudrotsukaṃ, which is no word⟩ and a chief of a band of thieves; deft in action, arrogant, of fierce mettle; rich in abundant cattle, land and fine women; and his limbs afflicted by poison, fire, weapons and wounds.

चारागतो धन्विनि लोहिताङ्गो बहुक्षतं क्षीणतनुं प्रसूते । शठं नरं निष्ठुरवाक्यशीलं विपन्नदारात्मजमस्वतन्त्रम् ॥१७॥

cārāgato dhanvini lohitāṅgo bahukṣataṃ kṣīṇatanuṃ prasūte | śaṭhaṃ naraṃ niṣṭhuravākyaśīlaṃ vipannadārātmajamasvatantram ||17||

Come in his course to Dhanvin ⟨Sagittarius⟩, the red-limbed one brings forth one much wounded, of wasted body ⟨our mūla now reads kṣīṇa, wasted, where it earlier read vīṇa, which is no word⟩; a cheat, harsh in speech; whose wife and children have perished; and not his own master.

रथाध्वयानं रथविग्रहं वा सैन्ये परेषामिषुधारिणं वा । गुरुष्वसक्तं विफलश्रमान्तमन्योन्यवैरोपहृतात्मपक्षम् ॥१८॥

rathādhvayānaṃ rathavigrahaṃ vā sainye pareṣāmiṣudhāriṇaṃ vā | guruṣvasaktaṃ viphalaśramāntamanyonyavairopahṛtātmapakṣam ||18||

⟨He is⟩ one who travels the roads by chariot, or who fights from a chariot, or a bearer of arrows in the army of others; unattached to his elders, whose labours end in nothing, and whose own party is carried off by enmity among themselves.

मृगे तु भौमो मक(रा)परार्धे स्थितो नरं श्रेष्ठतमं प्रसूते । धन्यं धनोपार्जितदारमाढ्यं चमूपतिं वा मनुजेश्वरं वा ॥१९॥

mṛge tu bhaumo maka(rā)parārdhe sthito naraṃ śreṣṭhatamaṃ prasūte | dhanyaṃ dhanopārjitadāramāḍhyaṃ camūpatiṃ vā manujeśvaraṃ vā ||19||

But standing in Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩, in the latter half of Makara ⟨our mūla now reads maka(rā)parārdhe, in eleven syllables, where it earlier read maka(raga)parādho⟩, Bhauma brings forth a most excellent man — fortunate, who has won a wife by his wealth, rich; either a commander of armies, or a lord of men.

प्रख्यात(म)त्यन्तसुखोपभोगं नेतारमारद्विकमार्यदारम् । स्वबन्धुपक्षं विशदात्मवंशं प्रधानशीलं विविधोपचारम् ॥२०॥

prakhyāta(ma)tyantasukhopabhogaṃ netāramāradvikamāryadāram | svabandhupakṣaṃ viśadātmavaṃśaṃ pradhānaśīlaṃ vividhopacāram ||20||

⟨And⟩ renowned ⟨our mūla now reads prakhyāta(m), where it earlier read prakhyāta(rmo)⟩, of the utmost enjoyment of pleasure; a leader; ⟨āradvika°, unresolved⟩; with a noble wife; with his own kinsmen on his side; of clear lineage ⟨our mūla now reads viśadātma°, where it earlier read viśaṭātma°, which is no word⟩; foremost in character, and of manifold observances.

कुम्भे तु भौमो विकृतं कुवेशं सूते नरं दुर्भगदर्शनं च । पैशुन्यसूयानृतवंचनं च दोषैरजस्रोपहतं हृतार्थम् ॥२१॥

kumbhe tu bhaumo vikṛtaṃ kuveśaṃ sūte naraṃ durbhagadarśanaṃ ca | paiśunyasūyānṛtavaṃcanaṃ ca doṣairajasropahataṃ hṛtārtham ||21||

But in Kumbha ⟨Aquarius⟩ Bhauma brings forth a man deformed, meanly dressed, and unlucky to look upon; ⟨given to⟩ slander, envy, falsehood and deceit; ceaselessly beaten down by his own faults, and stripped of his wealth.

रोमांचितं दुःखपरीतवृत्तिं पानप्रियं प्र[श्र]यशौचहीनम् । वृद्धाकृतिं दुर्गतिमन्तमन्ते द्यूताद्वाहृतार्थमसंचयं च ॥२२॥

romāṃcitaṃ duḥkhaparītavṛttiṃ pānapriyaṃ pra[śra]yaśaucahīnam | vṛddhākṛtiṃ durgatimantamante dyūtādvāhṛtārthamasaṃcayaṃ ca ||22||

⟨He is⟩ bristling with hair, and his livelihood is beset by sorrow ⟨our mūla now reads duḥkha-parīta-vṛttiṃ, in eleven syllables, where it earlier read duḥsama°⟩; fond of drink, devoid of courtesy ⟨our mūla now reads pra[śra]ya°, courtesy, where it earlier read prā[strī]ya°⟩ and of purity; aged in look; coming to a bad end at the last; his wealth carried off by gambling, and laying nothing by.

तिष्ठन् कुजो मीनयुगे रुगार्तं प्रवासिनं मन्दसुतं प्रसूते । बहुद्विषं वधनिवंचनादिविपन्नसर्वस्वमतीव्रशोकम् ॥२३॥

tiṣṭhan kujo mīnayuge rugārtaṃ pravāsinaṃ mandasutaṃ prasūte | bahudviṣaṃ vadhanivaṃcanādivipannasarvasvamatīvraśokam ||23||

Standing in the pair of Fishes ⟨Mīna, Pisces⟩, Kuja brings forth one afflicted by disease, living abroad, with few sons ⟨manda-sutaṃ; manda-sukhaṃ, of scant happiness, is the alternative⟩; with many enemies, all his substance ruined by killing, deceit and the like, and in grief of the sharpest kind.

जिह्मं सदार्यस्थितिपुष्टिनाशं गुरुद्विजावञ्चकमीप्सितज्ञम् । प्रियश्रुतिज्ञानमनल्पबन्धुं विवादिनं बन्धुजनावधृष्टम् ॥२४॥

jihmaṃ sadāryasthitipuṣṭināśaṃ gurudvijāvañcakamīpsitajñam | priyaśrutijñānamanalpabandhuṃ vivādinaṃ bandhujanāvadhṛṣṭam ||24||

⟨And⟩ crooked; a destroyer of the standing and prosperity of the good and noble ⟨sadārya-sthiti-puṣṭi-nāśaṃ, whose division is not certain⟩; a deceiver of his elders and of the twice-born ⟨guru-dvijā(n) vañcakam; read as a-vañcakam the claim reverses to one who does NOT deceive them, and the sandhi does not decide it⟩; knowing what is desired ⟨our mūla now reads īpsitajñam, where the earlier īpsitatvam did not construe⟩; fond of sacred learning and of knowledge, with not a few kinsmen, quarrelsome, and unassailed by his own kinsfolk.

मेषे नरं देवगुरुः प्रसूते दुर्मर्षणं सत्त्वबलप्रधानम् । विख्यातकर्माण(म)तिप्रगल्भमोजस्विनं वादिगुणैरुपेतम् ॥१॥

meṣe naraṃ devaguruḥ prasūte durmarṣaṇaṃ sattvabalapradhānam | vikhyātakarmāṇa(ma)tipragalbhamojasvinaṃ vādiguṇairupetam ||1||

In Meṣa ⟨Aries⟩ the guru of the gods ⟨Bṛhaspati, Jupiter⟩ brings forth a man who cannot bear an affront, whose chief things are courage and strength; of renowned deeds and very bold ⟨a bracket stands between °karmāṇa and ati and the reader could not resolve what it encloses; read °karmāṇam atipragalbham the pāda has its eleven syllables⟩; vigorous, and endowed with the qualities of a debater ⟨our mūla now reads vādi°, where it earlier read vāṭi°, which is no word⟩.

दण्डाग्रनेतारमुदग्रमुग्रं प्रसन्नरत्नाभरणारतं च । बहुव्ययार्थं समरप्रसक्तं क्षताङ्कितांगं बहुवैरिणं च ॥२॥

daṇḍāgranetāramudagramugraṃ prasannaratnābharaṇārataṃ ca | bahuvyayārthaṃ samaraprasaktaṃ kṣatāṅkitāṃgaṃ bahuvairiṇaṃ ca ||2||

⟨The same man is⟩ a leader at the head of the daṇḍa ⟨the rod of rule, or the marching column⟩, towering and fierce; delighting in bright jewels and ornaments; of great expenditure, addicted to battle, his limbs marked by wounds ⟨our mūla now reads kṣata, wounds, where it earlier read vrata, vows⟩, and with many enemies.

वृषे गुरुः पीनविशालदेहं नरं प्रसूते सुभगं सुवेशम् । कान्तं स्वदारानिरतं विनीतं देवद्विजाचार्यकृतोपचारम् ॥३॥

vṛṣe guruḥ pīnaviśāladehaṃ naraṃ prasūte subhagaṃ suveśam | kāntaṃ svadārānirataṃ vinītaṃ devadvijācāryakṛtopacāram ||3||

In Vṛṣa ⟨Taurus⟩ Guru brings forth a man of a full and broad body, fortunate and well-dressed; handsome, devoted to his own wife, well-disciplined, and doing service to gods, to the twice-born and to teachers.

स्थिरस्वभावं कृषिगोधनाढ्यमिष्टाम्बरं चारुविभूषणं च । विशिष्टवाग्बुद्धिगुणं नयज्ञं भिषक्प्रयोगागतकौशलं च ॥४॥

sthirasvabhāvaṃ kṛṣigodhanāḍhyamiṣṭāmbaraṃ cāruvibhūṣaṇaṃ ca | viśiṣṭavāgbuddhiguṇaṃ nayajñaṃ bhiṣakprayogāgatakauśalaṃ ca ||4||

⟨And⟩ steady in nature, rich in agriculture and cattle-wealth; loving fine cloth and beautiful ornament; of distinguished qualities of speech and understanding, knowing policy, and skilled from the practice of medicine.

तृतीयराशौ तु सुरेन्द्रसूरिनैपुण्यदाक्षिण्यरतं प्रसूते । सुमेधसं वाग्मिनमाहितार्थं क्रिया(र)तं बुद्धिगुणान्वितं च ॥५॥

tṛtīyarāśau tu surendrasūrinaipuṇyadākṣiṇyarataṃ prasūte | sumedhasaṃ vāgminamāhitārthaṃ kriyā(ra)taṃ buddhiguṇānvitaṃ ca ||5||

But in the third rāśi ⟨Mithuna, Gemini⟩ the sage of Indra ⟨Jupiter⟩ brings forth one delighting in skill and in courtesy; of good understanding, eloquent, of established wealth; devoted to action ⟨kriyā(ra)taṃ, the syllable ra standing inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N⟩, and possessed of the qualities of intellect.

माङ्गल्यभूषारतिमात्तशब्दं मान्यं गुरूणां गुरुवत्सलं च । सद्धर्मशीलं सनयं प्रधानं कविं बहुज्ञानविशारदं च ॥६॥

māṅgalyabhūṣāratimāttaśabdaṃ mānyaṃ gurūṇāṃ guruvatsalaṃ ca | saddharmaśīlaṃ sanayaṃ pradhānaṃ kaviṃ bahujñānaviśāradaṃ ca ||6||

⟨And⟩ delighting in auspicious ornament, one who has taken a name to himself; honoured by his elders and fond of them; of true dharma in his conduct, with policy, foremost; a poet, and expert in much knowledge.

तिष्ठन् गुरुः कर्कटके सुरूपं विद्वांसमार्यं बलशीलयुक्तम् । प्राज्ञं प्रसूते प्रियधर्ममाढ्यं यशस्विनं लोकपुरस्कृतं च ॥७॥

tiṣṭhan guruḥ karkaṭake surūpaṃ vidvāṃsamāryaṃ balaśīlayuktam | prājñaṃ prasūte priyadharmamāḍhyaṃ yaśasvinaṃ lokapuraskṛtaṃ ca ||7||

Standing in Karkaṭaka ⟨Cancer⟩, Guru brings forth one handsome, learned, noble, endowed with strength and with character; wise, loving dharma, rich, famous, and set in front by the world.

प्रभूतधान्याकरसंचयाढ्यं स्थिरास्पदं सत्यसमाधियुक्तम् । विशिष्टकर्माणमृजुं नृपं वा सुहृज्जनानुग्रहकारिणं वा ॥८॥

prabhūtadhānyākarasaṃcayāḍhyaṃ sthirāspadaṃ satyasamādhiyuktam | viśiṣṭakarmāṇamṛjuṃ nṛpaṃ vā suhṛjjanānugrahakāriṇaṃ vā ||8||

⟨And⟩ rich in great hoards of grain and of mines; of firm station, joined to truth and to concentration; of distinguished deeds, upright; either a king, or one who shows favour to his friends.

सिंहाश्रितो देवगुरुः प्रवीरं नरं प्रसूते स्थिरधीरसत्त्वम् । विद्वांसमालस्यमुदारमग्र्यं शूरं बहुस्निग्धसुहृज्जनं च ॥९॥

siṃhāśrito devaguruḥ pravīraṃ naraṃ prasūte sthiradhīrasattvam | vidvāṃsamālasyamudāramagryaṃ śūraṃ bahusnigdhasuhṛjjanaṃ ca ||9||

Resorting to Siṃha ⟨Leo⟩, the guru of the gods brings forth a man of surpassing valour, of steady and firm mettle; learned, indolent, generous, foremost, brave, and with many affectionate friends.

आढ्यं विशिष्टाभिजनं नृपं वा वसुधरं तत्समपौरुषं वा । अनर्थरोषापहतारिपक्षं शूरं दृढं व्यस्तबृहच्छरीरम् ॥१०॥

āḍhyaṃ viśiṣṭābhijanaṃ nṛpaṃ vā vasudharaṃ tatsamapauruṣaṃ vā | anartharoṣāpahatāripakṣaṃ śūraṃ dṛḍhaṃ vyastabṛhaccharīram ||10||

⟨And⟩ rich, of distinguished birth; either a king, or a holder of land, or one whose manhood equals theirs; whose enemies' party is struck down by ruin and by his wrath ⟨our mūla now reads anartha°, ruin, where it earlier read anargha°, priceless⟩; brave, firm, and of a large, broadly-set body.

षष्ठे क्रियाज्ञानविशुद्धबुद्धिं मेधाविनं धर्मकथाभिरामम् । शास्त्रार्थशिल्पस्मृतिकाव्यवित्तं सुदर्शनं देवगुरुः प्रसूते ॥११॥

ṣaṣṭhe kriyājñānaviśuddhabuddhiṃ medhāvinaṃ dharmakathābhirāmam | śāstrārthaśilpasmṛtikāvyavittaṃ sudarśanaṃ devaguruḥ prasūte ||11||

In the sixth ⟨rāśi, Kanyā, Virgo⟩ the guru of the gods brings forth one whose understanding is purified by rite and by knowledge; intelligent, delightful in discourse on dharma; versed in the meaning of the śāstras, in craft, in smṛti and in poetry; and fair to see.

विशुद्धशीलं प्रियगन्धमाल्यं नैपुण्यकृत्येष्वभिनिश्चितार्थम् । चित्राम्बरालेख्यकृतप्रयत्नं बह्वागमार्थं विविधव्ययं च ॥१२॥

viśuddhaśīlaṃ priyagandhamālyaṃ naipuṇyakṛtyeṣvabhiniścitārtham | citrāmbarālekhyakṛtaprayatnaṃ bahvāgamārthaṃ vividhavyayaṃ ca ||12||

⟨And⟩ of pure conduct, fond of perfume and garland; settled in his purpose in works that call for skill; making his effort at figured cloth and at painting; of much traditional learning, and of expenditure of many kinds.

तुलाधरस्थो गुरुरात्मवश्यं मेधाविनं सद्बहुमित्रपक्षम् । कान्तं शुभाचाररतं विनीतं प्राज्ञं वणिक्सार्थमहत्तरं वा ॥१३॥

tulādharastho gururātmavaśyaṃ medhāvinaṃ sadbahumitrapakṣam | kāntaṃ śubhācārarataṃ vinītaṃ prājñaṃ vaṇiksārthamahattaraṃ vā ||13||

Standing in Tulādhara ⟨Libra⟩, Guru ⟨brings forth⟩ one master of himself, intelligent, with a good and numerous party of friends; handsome, delighting in auspicious conduct, well-disciplined, wise; or else the chief of a merchants' caravan.

विदेशचर्यागतभूरिवित्तं सम्पूर्णवेदार्थरतं द्विजं वा । सुरातिथीज्यारतिमिष्टभूपमाकृष्टभावं कुनितम्बिनीभिः ॥१४॥

videśacaryāgatabhūrivittaṃ sampūrṇavedārtharataṃ dvijaṃ vā | surātithījyāratimiṣṭabhūpamākṛṣṭabhāvaṃ kunitambinībhiḥ ||14||

⟨And⟩ one whose great wealth has come from travel in foreign lands, or a twice-born delighting in the full meaning of the Veda; delighting in the worship of gods and of guests, dear to the king; and of a disposition drawn ⟨attracted⟩ by low-born women ⟨our mūla now reads kunitambinībhiḥ, in eleven syllables, where it earlier read kunitambinīpriyaḥ⟩.

गुरुर्नरं वृश्चिकमभ्युपेत्य क्रूरं प्रसूते बहुशत्रुपक्षम् । सुहृच्छलं द्रोहरतं कुशीलं प्रवंचकं हिंस्रमनिष्टदारम् ॥१५॥

gururnaraṃ vṛścikamabhyupetya krūraṃ prasūte bahuśatrupakṣam | suhṛcchalaṃ droharataṃ kuśīlaṃ pravaṃcakaṃ hiṃsramaniṣṭadāram ||15||

Guru, coming to Vṛścika ⟨Scorpio⟩, brings forth a cruel man with a large party of enemies; treacherous to his friends, delighting in injury, of bad character, a deceiver, violent, and one whose wife is not to his liking ⟨our mūla now reads aniṣṭadāram, where it earlier read aniṣṭatāram, which is no word⟩.

प्रसक्तदोषं गुरुबद्रुगार्तं श्रमातुरं कर्मसु निष्ठुरेषु । जुगुप्सिताचारमधर्मशीलं परैरवज्ञातमृणोपतप्तम् ॥१६॥

prasaktadoṣaṃ gurubadrugārtaṃ śramāturaṃ karmasu niṣṭhureṣu | jugupsitācāramadharmaśīlaṃ parairavajñātamṛṇopataptam ||16||

⟨And⟩ persistent in fault, ⟨guru-badrug-ārtaṃ: the cluster after guru yields no Sanskrit word, and the reader left it UNRESOLVED — afflicted by grievous disease, or by his own kinsmen, are the two shapes it might take; the syllable count as read is eleven, so no letter is missing⟩; worn out with toil in harsh works; of loathsome conduct, unrighteous in character, despised by others, and scorched by debt.

धनुर्धरस्थस्तु गुरुः प्रसूते प्रियोपचारं श्रुतिधर्मशीलम् । यज्ञव्रताचार्यमसंश्रितार्थं दातारमार्यं बहुमित्रपक्षम् ॥१७॥

dhanurdharasthastu guruḥ prasūte priyopacāraṃ śrutidharmaśīlam | yajñavratācāryamasaṃśritārthaṃ dātāramāryaṃ bahumitrapakṣam ||17||

But standing in Dhanurdhara ⟨Sagittarius⟩, Guru brings forth one pleasing in his attentions, whose character is śruti and dharma; a teacher of sacrifice and of vows, not leaning on wealth; a giver, noble, and with a large party of friends.

अनेकदिग्देशनिवासशीलं विविक्ततीर्थायतनारतं च । शान्तं क्रियारम्भविमुक्तसङ्गं माङ्गल्यशिक्षाश्रुतिविश्रुतार्थम् ॥१८॥

anekadigdeśanivāsaśīlaṃ viviktatīrthāyatanārataṃ ca | śāntaṃ kriyārambhavimuktasaṅgaṃ māṅgalyaśikṣāśrutiviśrutārtham ||18||

⟨And⟩ used to dwelling in many regions and countries, delighting in secluded tīrthas and shrines; calm, free of attachment in the undertaking of rites; and renowned for his training in auspicious rites and in śruti ⟨our mūla now reads māṅgalya-śikṣā-śruti-viśrutārtham, where the earlier śivāstiti° yielded no word⟩.

गुरुर्मृगे मार्दवमल्पवीर्यं नीचक्रियाचाररतं दुरन्तम् । मूर्खं पराज्ञाकरमर्थहीनं बहुश्रमक्लेशसहं प्रसूते ॥१९॥

gururmṛge mārdavamalpavīryaṃ nīcakriyācārarataṃ durantam | mūrkhaṃ parājñākaramarthahīnaṃ bahuśramakleśasahaṃ prasūte ||19||

Guru in Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩ brings forth one soft and of little virility; delighting in low occupations and conduct, coming to a bad end; a fool, a doer of another's bidding, destitute of wealth, and enduring much toil and hardship.

†सम्मान दु† धर्मबाह्यं स्वबन्धुवात्सल्यदयाविमुक्तम् । विवादिनं दुर्बलदेहसत्त्वं प्रवासिनं विग्रहविक्लवं च ॥२०॥

†sammāna du† dharmabāhyaṃ svabandhuvātsalyadayāvimuktam | vivādinaṃ durbaladehasattvaṃ pravāsinaṃ vigrahaviklavaṃ ca ||20||

†sammāna … du† — the editor daggers this half-pāda as CORRUPT, sets his subscript dots under three akṣaras of sammāna and leaves a blank before du; it is not translatable and is not rendered here. ⟨He makes him⟩ outside dharma, void of affection and of pity for his own kinsmen; quarrelsome, weak in body and in courage, living abroad, and helpless in a quarrel.

कुम्भे तु जीवः पिशुनं नृशंसं विद्विष्टशीलं जनयत्यसत्यम् । कुशिल्पतोयाश्रयकर्म(ठं) च मुख्यं गणानामतिनीचचेष्टम् ॥२१॥

kumbhe tu jīvaḥ piśunaṃ nṛśaṃsaṃ vidviṣṭaśīlaṃ janayatyasatyam | kuśilpatoyāśrayakarma(ṭhaṃ) ca mukhyaṃ gaṇānāmatinīcaceṣṭam ||21||

But in Kumbha ⟨Aquarius⟩ Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩ generates a slanderer, cruel, of hating disposition and false; industrious in mean crafts and in works that depend on water ⟨karma(ṭhaṃ), the syllable ṭhaṃ standing inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N⟩; a chief among corporations ⟨gaṇa⟩, and of very low behaviour.

लुब्धं स्ववाग्दोषपरं कृतार्थं व्याध्यात्मकैर्मा(रि)भिरर्दिताङ्गम् । गुह्यामयार्तं च⟩ वियुक्तधर्मं प्रवादिभिश्चात्मगुणैर्विहीनम् ॥२२॥

lubdhaṃ svavāgdoṣaparaṃ kṛtārthaṃ vyādhyātmakairmā(ri)bhirarditāṅgam | guhyāmayārtaṃ ca⟩ viyuktadharmaṃ pravādibhiścātmaguṇairvihīnam ||22||

⟨And⟩ greedy, given to faults of his own speech ⟨our mūla now reads sva-vāg-doṣa-paraṃ, where the earlier sva-nāga° yielded no compound⟩, one who has gained his end; his limbs tormented by ⟨mā(ri)bhiḥ, the syllable ri in round brackets, an addition or correction in the margin of the manuscript N: deadly things, plagues⟩ that are diseases in their nature; afflicted by disease of the private parts ⟨an unpaired closing bracket follows ca here, and a bracket-like stroke stands inside guhyā⟩; cut off from dharma; ⟨assailed⟩ by accusers, and destitute of any qualities of his own.

मीनद्वयस्थो गुरुगौरवर्णं गुरुर्नरं श्लाघ्यधनं प्रसूते । हृष्टं स्थिरारम्भमहीनदर्पं वेदार्थशास्त्रस्मृतिकाव्यवित्तम् ॥२३॥

mīnadvayastho gurugauravarṇaṃ gururnaraṃ ślāghyadhanaṃ prasūte | hṛṣṭaṃ sthirārambhamahīnadarpaṃ vedārthaśāstrasmṛtikāvyavittam ||23||

Standing in the pair of Fishes ⟨Mīna, Pisces⟩, Guru brings forth a man of a deep fair complexion, whose wealth is praiseworthy; glad ⟨hṛṣṭaṃ; dṛṣṭaṃ is the variant, and both are attested in this tradition⟩, steady in his undertakings, not wanting in pride, and versed in the meaning of the Veda, in śāstra, in smṛti and in poetry.

राज्ञः सुनीतिव्यवहारशिक्षाप्रयोगयोगं (ज्ञ)गदार्यभूपम् । स्यातं वपुष्मन्तमशान्तचेष्टं स्थितारमक्रोध(लितां⟩ सतां च ॥२४॥

rājñaḥ sunītivyavahāraśikṣāprayogayogaṃ (jña)gadāryabhūpam | syātaṃ vapuṣmantamaśāntaceṣṭaṃ sthitāramakrodha(litāṃ⟩ satāṃ ca ||24||

⟨And⟩ one joined to the practice and the teaching of a king's good policy and litigation; a noble king of the world ⟨(jña)gadārya-bhūpam: the bracketed akṣara is ja or jña, and jagad-ārya-bhūpa is what gives the sense⟩; ⟨syātaṃ; khyātaṃ, famous, would suit this string of accusative epithets better, and svātaṃ is the third reading⟩; of fine body, restless in action; an upholder of the good, and ⟨akrodha(litāṃ⟩ — mismatched editorial brackets, an opening round one and a closing angle one, enclose litāṃ; the word is UNRESOLVED, and akrodha-kalitāṃ or akrodha-śīlitāṃ, something of freedom from anger, is what it might be⟩.

मेषे ऽर्कसूनुर्जनयत्यनार्यं कुवेशमाधिव्यसनश्रमार्तम् । प्रपंचकं निष्ठुरदुष्टवाक्यं विगर्हितं निर्धनमिष्टवैरम् ॥१॥

meṣe 'rkasūnurjanayatyanāryaṃ kuveśamādhivyasanaśramārtam | prapaṃcakaṃ niṣṭhuraduṣṭavākyaṃ vigarhitaṃ nirdhanamiṣṭavairam ||1||

In Meṣa (Aries) the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ produces a man who is ignoble, ill-clad, worn down by anxiety, vice and toil; a deceiver, harsh and foul of speech, an object of contempt, destitute ⟨nirdhana⟩, and at enmity even with those dear to him. ⟨Our mūla now reads nirdhanam iṣṭavairam in eleven syllables, where it earlier read nidhanam abhiṣṭavairam.⟩

असूयकं नैकृतिकं नृशंसं सुरोषणं पापकथाभिरामम् । जघन्यकर्मादपि लब्धकोशं स्वबन्धुपक्षव्ययकारिणं च ॥२॥

asūyakaṃ naikṛtikaṃ nṛśaṃsaṃ suroṣaṇaṃ pāpakathābhirāmam | jaghanyakarmādapi labdhakośaṃ svabandhupakṣavyayakāriṇaṃ ca ||2||

— spiteful, given to fraud, cruel, quick to rage, and delighting in wicked talk; one who gets his hoard even out of the vilest work, and who spends away the substance of his own kinsmen's side.

बहुक्रियासङ्गतमर्थहीनं वृषे ऽर्कसूनुर्जनयेन्मनुष्यम् । असत्यकर्माणमयुक्तवाक्यं वृद्धाङ्गनानां हृदयानुगं च ॥३॥

bahukriyāsaṅgatamarthahīnaṃ vṛṣe 'rkasūnurjanayenmanuṣyam | asatyakarmāṇamayuktavākyaṃ vṛddhāṅganānāṃ hṛdayānugaṃ ca ||3||

In Vṛṣa (Taurus) the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ begets a man caught up in many undertakings and yet without means; false in what he does, improper in what he says, and dear to the hearts of old women.

कुवृत्तियोषिद्व्यसनापवृत्तं बहुव्रतं नैकृतिकास्पदं च । पराङ्गनाप्रेष्यमनात्मवन्तं †समावृशायुक्तनि(तम्बवृ)त्तिम्† ॥४॥

kuvṛttiyoṣidvyasanāpavṛttaṃ bahuvrataṃ naikṛtikāspadaṃ ca | parāṅganāpreṣyamanātmavantaṃ †samāvṛśāyuktani(tambavṛ)ttim† ||4||

— one turned from his course by vices with women of bad conduct ⟨our mūla now reads yoṣid-vyasana°, vice with such women, where it earlier read the unresolved yoṣicchvasana°⟩; undertaking many observances; a cheat and a seat of trickery ⟨our mūla now reads °naikṛtikāspadaṃ, where it earlier read °naikṛtikāsmaṭaṃ, which is no word⟩; a drudge to other men's wives, and without command of himself. †The fourth pāda Pingree marks with daggers as a crux he could not establish, setting his subscript dots under yu and kta and round brackets around tambavṛ; it is not rendered.†

क्रमागतो ऽर्किर्मिथु[ने] प्रसूते श्रमातुरं [वी]हृणबन्धनार्तम् । शठप्रयोगं छलकूटमन्त्रं दुष्टक्रियं दाम्भिकमन्त्रिणं च ॥५॥

kramāgato 'rkirmithu[ne] prasūte śramāturaṃ [vī]hṛṇabandhanārtam | śaṭhaprayogaṃ chalakūṭamantraṃ duṣṭakriyaṃ dāmbhikamantriṇaṃ ca ||5||

Coming in due order to Mithuna (Gemini), Arki ⟨Saturn⟩ produces a man sick with toil and afflicted by bondage ⟨the editor brackets one akṣara here; reading brāhmaṇa-bandhana, 'bondage at the hands of brahmins', gives sense, and both readings scan at eleven⟩; crooked in his dealings, whose counsel is trick and fraud, whose acts are vicious, and who is a hypocrite in council.

कुशिल्पिनं शाठ्यगुणेष्वयोग्यं हीसत्त्वबाह्यं † श्रियं च† । असत्सुहृन्मित्रविहारसक्तं सदैव पुंश्चल्यरतिप्रियं वा ॥६॥

kuśilpinaṃ śāṭhyaguṇeṣvayogyaṃ hīsattvabāhyaṃ † śriyaṃ ca† | asatsuhṛnmitravihārasaktaṃ sadaiva puṃścalyaratipriyaṃ vā ||6||

— a bad craftsman, useless even at the tricks of a cheat, wanting in inner strength and shut out from men ⟨hīsattva- is written without the na; hīna-sattva-bāhyaṃ is the word⟩; †here the editor daggers the half-pāda and leaves a blank space inside the daggers: only śriyaṃ ca, 'and fortune', stands, and it cannot be construed†; addicted to amusing himself with bad friends and companions; and always fond of dalliance with wanton women ⟨our mūla now reads puṃścalyaratipriyaṃ, where the earlier paṅguṃhvarati° yielded no word⟩.

शनैश्चरः कर्कटके प्रसूते नरं दरिद्रं सुभगाभिमानम् । [सद्य] रुग[र्तिं] जननीनियुक्तं मृदुं विशिष्टक्रियमातुरं च ॥७॥

śanaiścaraḥ karkaṭake prasūte naraṃ daridraṃ subhagābhimānam | [sadya] ruga[rtiṃ] jananīniyuktaṃ mṛduṃ viśiṣṭakriyamāturaṃ ca ||7||

Śanaiścara ⟨Saturn⟩ in Karkaṭaka (Cancer) produces a poor man who yet thinks himself favoured; struck at once by the pain of disease ⟨the editor supplies the bracketed syllables; sadyo rugārtiṃ is the phrase behind them⟩; kept under his mother's direction; gentle, distinguished in what he does, and ailing.

स्वबन्धुवृद्धप्रतिकूलकृत्यं स्वधर्मदृढं परबाधकं च । पराङ्गनाभोगविवर्धितं प्राक् पश्चात् स्वपत्नीसुभगं हृतार्थम् ॥८॥

svabandhuvṛddhapratikūlakṛtyaṃ svadharmadṛḍhaṃ parabādhakaṃ ca | parāṅganābhogavivardhitaṃ prāk paścāt svapatnīsubhagaṃ hṛtārtham ||8||

— one who acts against his own kinsmen and his elders; firm in his own duty and yet an oppressor of others ⟨svadharmadṛḍhaṃ counts ten against eleven; svadharme dṛḍhaṃ would restore it⟩; formerly thriving on the enjoyment of other men's wives, afterwards content with his own wife, and robbed of his wealth. ⟨Our mūla now reads parāṅganā-bhoga-vivardhitaṃ, where it earlier read °yoga-vividhitaṃ, which is no word.⟩

सिंहाश्रितो ऽर्किर्जनयत्यशीलं विगर्हिताचारगुणं मनुष्यम् । प्रवृद्धदोषं लिपिपाठ्यवाक्ये क्रियासु नीचासु सदाभिमुक्तम् ॥९॥

siṃhāśrito 'rkirjanayatyaśīlaṃ vigarhitācāraguṇaṃ manuṣyam | pravṛddhadoṣaṃ lipipāṭhyavākye kriyāsu nīcāsu sadābhimuktam ||9||

Arki ⟨Saturn⟩ lodged in Siṃha (Leo) produces a man of no character, contemptible in conduct and in quality; with his faults grown large in writing, in what he reads out and in what he says; and always turned toward low occupations ⟨read sadābhimuktam; sadābhisaktaṃ, 'always addicted to', is the alternative⟩.

मनोरथैर्दान्तमनाहितार्थमुत्सृष्टदारं भृतिजीविनं च । स्वपक्षमुत्सृज्य मुदाविमुक्तं सदाध्वभाराश्रमजीर्णदेहम् ॥१०॥

manorathairdāntamanāhitārthamutsṛṣṭadāraṃ bhṛtijīvinaṃ ca | svapakṣamutsṛjya mudāvimuktaṃ sadādhvabhārāśramajīrṇadeham ||10||

— broken by his own longings, his wealth never laid by, having put away his wife, and living on hire; having abandoned his own side, he is bereft of joy ⟨our mūla now reads mudā vimuktaṃ, where the earlier sudāvimuktaṃ could not be resolved⟩; his body always worn out by the road, by burdens and by toil ⟨our mūla now reads sadādhva-bhārāśrama-, in eleven syllables, where it earlier read sadā-dhanāgārāśrama-⟩.

शनैश्चरः षष्ठमुपेत्य राशिं नपुंसकाकारतनुं प्रसूते । परान्नवेश्यारतमस्वतन्त्रं शठं शिशुस्त्रीजनदूषकं च ॥११॥

śanaiścaraḥ ṣaṣṭhamupetya rāśiṃ napuṃsakākāratanuṃ prasūte | parānnaveśyāratamasvatantraṃ śaṭhaṃ śiśustrījanadūṣakaṃ ca ||11||

Śanaiścara ⟨Saturn⟩, reaching the sixth rāśi (Kanyā, Virgo), produces a man whose body has the shape of a eunuch; who lives on other men's food and on harlots ⟨read parānna-; parājña- is the alternative, but parānna beside veśyā gives the better sense⟩; who is not his own master, a cheat, and a defiler of children and of women.

स्वकृत्यचेष्टालसमश्रुतार्थं परोपकारिष्वशठं क्रियासु । कृतश्रमं शिल्पकलाविधानेष्वनिश्चितावेक्षितकारिणं च ॥१२॥

svakṛtyaceṣṭālasamaśrutārthaṃ paropakāriṣvaśaṭhaṃ kriyāsu | kṛtaśramaṃ śilpakalāvidhāneṣvaniścitāvekṣitakāriṇaṃ ca ||12||

— sluggish in the doing of his own business and unread; straight-dealing toward those who do him a service in their undertakings; having taken pains in the rules of the crafts and arts; and one who acts without having looked into a thing and settled it.

तुलाधरस्थस्तु शनिः प्रधानमुत्पादयत्यर्थपरं मनुष्यम् । धनार्थदेशाटनलब्धमानं वपुःप्रकर्षोपकृतास्पदं च ॥१३॥

tulādharasthastu śaniḥ pradhānamutpādayatyarthaparaṃ manuṣyam | dhanārthadeśāṭanalabdhamānaṃ vapuḥprakarṣopakṛtāspadaṃ ca ||13||

Saturn set in Tulādhara (Tulā, Libra) produces a foremost man who is bent on gain; who wins his standing by roaming from country to country for money; and whose place is helped by the excellence of his person. ⟨Our mūla now reads sthas tu, with the particle.⟩

सभागणज्येष्ठमुदारवाक्यं वृद्धक्षितीशं क्षितिगोपमेव । स्वपक्षगामिस्थिरकोशमूलं नटीविटस्त्रीकुलटाभिरामम् ॥१४॥

sabhāgaṇajyeṣṭhamudāravākyaṃ vṛddhakṣitīśaṃ kṣitigopameva | svapakṣagāmisthirakośamūlaṃ naṭīviṭastrīkulaṭābhirāmam ||14||

— the eldest in assembly and in company, generous in speech; an aged lord of the earth ⟨our mūla now reads vṛddha-kṣitīśaṃ⟩, and like a guardian of the earth ⟨a king⟩; his treasury and his capital firm and going to his own side ⟨a repha-like stroke may stand over mūlaṃ, giving mūrlaṃ⟩; and taking his pleasure in dancing-girls, in rakes' women and in unchaste women ⟨on the plate a small mark stands between naṭī and viṭa; counted as an akṣara the pāda would be twelve instead of eleven⟩.

सौरो ऽष्टमक्षेत्रगतो मनुष्यं विद्वेषवैषम्यरतं प्रसूते । [धर्मादपेतं विषशस्त्रदग्धं प्रचण्डकोपं निरयप्रपंचम् ] ॥१५॥ ॥१६॥

sauro 'ṣṭamakṣetragato manuṣyaṃ vidveṣavaiṣamyarataṃ prasūte | [dharmādapetaṃ viṣaśastradagdhaṃ pracaṇḍakopaṃ nirayaprapaṃcam ] ||15|| ||16||

Saura ⟨Saturn⟩ gone to the eighth field (Vṛścika, Scorpio) produces a man who delights in hatred and in dealing unequally; [fallen away from dharma, seared by poison and by the sword, of furious anger, and a fraud fit for hell — this whole second half stands inside the editor's square brackets]. ⟨Verse 16 is absent: the edition prints its number alone on a line of its own with no text under it. That is a gap in the tradition, not an omission here.⟩

[धनुर्धरस्थो मृदुमल्पवाक्यं स्वधर्मकृत्याभिरतं प्रसूते ] । श्रुतार्थबोध्यव्यवहारशिक्षाक्रियाभिधानभ्रमनल्पसंचयम् ॥१७॥

[dhanurdharastho mṛdumalpavākyaṃ svadharmakṛtyābhirataṃ prasūte ] | śrutārthabodhyavyavahāraśikṣākriyābhidhānabhramanalpasaṃcayam ||17||

[Set in Dhanurdhara (Dhanus, Sagittarius) he produces a man gentle and of few words, devoted to the duties of his own dharma — this whole first half stands inside the editor's square brackets]; one confused in the training and conduct of affairs that are to be grasped from what he has heard, and in the naming of rites, and yet of no small hoard. ⟨kriyābhidhāna- counts twelve against eleven; kriyābhijñāna-, 'the recognition of acts', is the alternative.⟩

परात्मजानां विविधैरुदारैर्गुणैर्भुवि ख्यातमवाप्तमानम् । प्र⟨ाक्⟩ हर्षणप्रत्ययसाधुशीलैरन्त्ये वयस्यागमितश्रियं च ॥१८॥

parātmajānāṃ vividhairudārairguṇairbhuvi khyātamavāptamānam | pra⟨ाक्⟩ harṣaṇapratyayasādhuśīlairantye vayasyāgamitaśriyaṃ ca ||18||

— made famous on earth, and honoured, through the many noble qualities of other men's children ⟨our mūla now reads udāraiḥ, 'noble'⟩; formerly ⟨esteemed⟩ for a gladdening, trustworthy and upright character ⟨prāk, 'formerly': its āk stands inside Pingree's angle brackets, his own supplement, not the manuscript's⟩; and in his last years attains prosperity (śrī).

स्थितो ऽर्कसूनुर्जनयेन्मृगाख्ये नरं स्ववंशोद्भवपूज्यमग्र्यम् । क्रियाकथाचार्यमनेकशिल्पं प्रवासिनं वृन्दपुरस्कृतं च ॥१९॥

sthito 'rkasūnurjanayenmṛgākhye naraṃ svavaṃśodbhavapūjyamagryam | kriyākathācāryamanekaśilpaṃ pravāsinaṃ vṛndapuraskṛtaṃ ca ||19||

The Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ standing in Mṛgākhya (Makara, Capricorn) begets a man revered and foremost among those born of his own line ⟨va and ba are not distinguished in this hand⟩; a teacher of ritual practice and of its exposition; master of many crafts; one who lives abroad; and one set at the head of a company.

प्रसुं परक्षेत्रगृहाङ्गनानां रतं रतिस्नानविभू(ष)णेषु । प्रदानशौर्याभिजनोपचारश्रुतिव्ययस्थानगुणैः समेतम् ॥२०॥

prasuṃ parakṣetragṛhāṅganānāṃ rataṃ ratisnānavibhū(ṣa)ṇeṣu | pradānaśauryābhijanopacāraśrutivyayasthānaguṇaiḥ sametam ||20||

— attached to other men's fields, houses and women ⟨prasuṃ is not a word; prasaktaṃ, 'attached to', is the reading rendered here⟩; delighting in love-making, in bathing and in ornaments ⟨the syllable ṣa stands inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N⟩; and furnished with the qualities of liberality, valour, good birth, courtesy, learning, spending and station.

शनैश्चरः कुम्भधरं प्रपन्नः कुर्यान्न(रं) बहुनृतं महान्तम् । सदा मदस्त्रीव्यसनप्रसक्तं कुसौहृदं धूर्तकवंचनं वा ॥२१॥

śanaiścaraḥ kumbhadharaṃ prapannaḥ kuryānna(raṃ) bahunṛtaṃ mahāntam | sadā madastrīvyasanaprasaktaṃ kusauhṛdaṃ dhūrtakavaṃcanaṃ vā ||21||

Śanaiścara ⟨Saturn⟩ come to Kumbhadhara (Kumbha, Aquarius) makes a man of much falsehood and of great standing ⟨the syllables raṃ stand inside Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N; the printing sets bahunṛtaṃ, but the metre requires bahv-anṛtaṃ, "of much falsehood" — the compound our own 10.25 carries⟩; always sunk in the vice of intoxication and of women ⟨read mada-strī-; madya-strī-, 'wine and women', suits the sense⟩; of bad friendships; and a rogue and a cheat.

बहुक्रियारम्भपटुं दृढार्यं पराङ्गनार्थद्रविणारतिं च । श्रुतिस्मृतिज्ञानकथासु बाह्यं वपुस्सृजौ कर्कशभाषिणं च ॥२२॥

bahukriyārambhapaṭuṃ dṛḍhāryaṃ parāṅganārthadraviṇāratiṃ ca | śrutismṛtijñānakathāsu bāhyaṃ vapussṛjau karkaśabhāṣiṇaṃ ca ||22||

— clever at setting many undertakings afoot, and steadfastly honourable; given to other men's wives and to wealth and goods ⟨the sandhi as printed, draviṇa-aratiṃ, would equally read 'without appetite for other men's wives, for wealth or for goods'⟩; a stranger to the knowledge and the discourse of śruti and smṛti; ⟨vapussṛjau: the doubled sa and the final diphthong are both uncertain, and the word is left unrendered⟩; and harsh in his speech.

शनैश्चरो मीनयुगे प्रसूते स्वबन्धुसम्बन्धिसुहृद्वरिष्ठम् । प्रशान्तमप्यर्जितमिष्टयत्नं विद्यासु शिल्पेष्वभिज्ञातयत्नम् ॥२३॥

śanaiścaro mīnayuge prasūte svabandhusambandhisuhṛdvariṣṭham | praśāntamapyarjitamiṣṭayatnaṃ vidyāsu śilpeṣvabhijñātayatnam ||23||

Śanaiścara ⟨Saturn⟩ in the Fish-pair (Mīna, Pisces) produces a man foremost among his own kin, his connections and his friends; tranquil, and yet one who has earned by the effort he set his heart on; and whose effort is acknowledged in the branches of learning and in the crafts.

सुनीतधर्मव्यवहारसत्यं रत्नप्रकारादिपरीक्षकं च । विनीतमत्यन्तगुणोपपन्नं विवर्धितार्थं विपदं च पश्चात् ॥२४॥

sunītadharmavyavahārasatyaṃ ratnaprakārādiparīkṣakaṃ ca | vinītamatyantaguṇopapannaṃ vivardhitārthaṃ vipadaṃ ca paścāt ||24||

— truthful in well-ordered and lawful dealings; a tester of jewels of every kind and the like; modest, and endowed with the utmost qualities; his wealth increased ⟨our mūla now reads vivardhitārthaṃ⟩ — and afterwards ⟨he falls into⟩ misfortune ⟨our mūla now reads vipadaṃ, 'misfortune'⟩.

इति ग्रहस्थानगुणस्वभावैस्तदीशकालादिबलात्मकैश्च । कुर्वन्ति नानागुणलिङ्गरूपान् नरान् विचित्रक्रमवृत्तिभागान् ॥२५॥

iti grahasthānaguṇasvabhāvaistadīśakālādibalātmakaiśca | kurvanti nānāguṇaliṅgarūpān narān vicitrakramavṛttibhāgān ||25||

Thus by the qualities and the natures belonging to the grahas' stations, and by what consists of the strength of their lords, of time and the rest, ⟨the grahas⟩ make men of many qualities, marks and forms, whose order of conduct and whose portion are of many kinds.

यथैव राशिग्रहसन्निवेशैर्विदर्शिता क्लृप्तिरियं ग्रहाणाम् । तथैव भागांशकसंस्थितेषु स्वभावज्ञो योगविधिर्विधार्यः ॥२६॥

yathaiva rāśigrahasanniveśairvidarśitā klṛptiriyaṃ grahāṇām | tathaiva bhāgāṃśakasaṃsthiteṣu svabhāvajño yogavidhirvidhāryaḥ ||26||

Just as this ordering of the grahas has been set out by the placing of grahas in the rāśis ⟨our mūla now reads kḷptir, 'the arrangement'⟩, so too for those standing in the bhāgas (degrees) and the aṃśakas (divisional parts) the rule of yoga is to be determined by one who knows their natures.

केन्द्रे स्ववर्गांशलनोपगस्तु ग्रहो यथोद्दिष्टफलप्रदः स्यात् । अन्योन्यगास्तुङ्गकभागभेदस्थिता विपर्यस्तफलाकुलाः स्युः ॥२७॥

kendre svavargāṃśalanopagastu graho yathoddiṣṭaphalapradaḥ syāt | anyonyagāstuṅgakabhāgabhedasthitā viparyastaphalākulāḥ syuḥ ||27||

A graha that has come to a kendra and to its own varga, aṃśa and lagna will give the fruit just as it has been declared ⟨°śalanopagas is read; no subscript ga is visible, but lagna is the technical term the sense wants and both readings give eleven syllables⟩. Grahas that have gone into one another's places and stand in the several divisions of the exaltation-bhāga ⟨tuṅga, exaltation⟩ are confounded, their fruits reversed.

केन्द्रे स्ववर्गांशलनोपगस्तु ग्रहो यथोद्दिष्टफलप्रदः स्यात्। अन्योन्यगास्तुङ्गकभागभेदस्थिता विपर्यस्तफलाकुलाः स्युः॥२७॥

kendre svavargāṃśalanopagastu graho yathoddiṣṭaphalapradaḥ syāt| anyonyagāstuṅgakabhāgabhedasthitā viparyastaphalākulāḥ syuḥ||27||

A planet standing in an angle, in its own varga or aṃśa or at the ascendant, gives the result assigned to it. But planets that have gone into one another's places, or stand in a division of the exaltation portion, are confounded and give reversed results.

अतः परं राशिषु चन्द्रयोगान् वक्ष्ये नराणां प्रकृतिस्वभावान् । कुर्याच्छशी यानितरेतरेभ्यो बलाधिकक्षेत्रगतो बलीयान् ॥१॥

ataḥ paraṃ rāśiṣu candrayogān vakṣye narāṇāṃ prakṛtisvabhāvān | kuryācchaśī yānitaretarebhyo balādhikakṣetragato balīyān ||1||

From here on I shall declare the yogas of the Moon in the rāśis, and the innate constitution and character of the men ⟨born under them⟩. The Moon, gone into a kṣetra where it holds the greater strength, is the stronger, and it is the Moon that brings about whatever ⟨results are set out here⟩, over against the other ⟨grahas⟩.

मेषे तु चन्द्रः पुरुषं प्रसूते बलान्वितं ⟨शू⟩रमुदारसत्त्वम् । ख्यातं बहुस्त्रीसुतभृत्यबन्धुं प्रभक्षणं त्यागिनमूर्जितं च ॥२॥

meṣe tu candraḥ puruṣaṃ prasūte balānvitaṃ ⟨शू⟩ramudārasattvam | khyātaṃ bahustrīsutabhṛtyabandhuṃ prabhakṣaṇaṃ tyāginamūrjitaṃ ca ||2||

In Meṣa (Aries) the Moon brings forth a man endowed with strength, ⟨brave⟩ — the editor supplies the syllable 'śū' of śūra here — and of noble courage; famous, having many women, sons, servants and kinsmen; a great eater (our mūla now reads prabhakṣaṇa), open-handed, and vigorous.

चित्रोल्बणं क्रोधनमुग्रबाहुं चलप्रसादं चपलस्वभावम् । मार्गाटनं स्त्रीप्रणयं प्रगल्भं नष्टानुजं पूर्वजबन्धुभीरुम् ॥३॥

citrolbaṇaṃ krodhanamugrabāhuṃ calaprasādaṃ capalasvabhāvam | mārgāṭanaṃ strīpraṇayaṃ pragalbhaṃ naṣṭānujaṃ pūrvajabandhubhīrum ||3||

⟨He is⟩ showy and excessive ⟨in appearance⟩; irascible, with formidable arms (our mūla now reads ugra-bāhu, 'fierce-armed'); changeable in his favour (cala-prasāda); of fickle nature; a roamer of the roads, a lover of women, forward and brazen; his younger brother is destroyed, and he goes in fear of his elder brother and his kin.

वयोटयं प्राप्तधनं सुवेशं यशस्यमाढ्यं स्फुटघुष्टवाक्यम् । नृपप्रियं दुःप्रसहं प्रचण्डं दृढं क्रियास्वस्थिरमित्रबन्धुम् ॥४॥

vayoṭayaṃ prāptadhanaṃ suveśaṃ yaśasyamāḍhyaṃ sphuṭaghuṣṭavākyam | nṛpapriyaṃ duḥprasahaṃ pracaṇḍaṃ dṛḍhaṃ kriyāsvasthiramitrabandhum ||4||

⟨He is⟩ vayoṭaya — the word is not one that can be named as printed (vayodaya, 'growing in years and vigour', is the alternative) — one who has got wealth, well-dressed, glorious, rich, of clear and loudly-proclaimed speech; dear to the king, hard to withstand, fierce, firm ⟨of purpose⟩; in his undertakings his friends and kinsmen do not stay constant.

गौरं महौजस्विनमुग्ररूपं मेषाकृतिं वृत्तशिरोमुखाक्षम् । रोमांचिताङ्गं कृशगण्डपादं प्रस्रस्तकेशं विषमाक्षिदन्तम् ॥५॥

gauraṃ mahaujasvinamugrarūpaṃ meṣākṛtiṃ vṛttaśiromukhākṣam | romāṃcitāṅgaṃ kṛśagaṇḍapādaṃ prasrastakeśaṃ viṣamākṣidantam ||5||

Fair-skinned, of great vigour, of fierce appearance, ram-shaped ⟨in build⟩, round of head, face and eyes (our mūla now reads vṛtta-śiro-mukhākṣam); his body's hair bristling; lean of cheek and of foot (our mūla now reads kṛśa-gaṇḍa-pādam), with loose, dishevelled hair, and uneven of eye and of tooth.

अव्यङ्गुलं निर्भयमाजिहृषं स्त्रीष्वप्रशान्तं कुनखाङ्गुलिं वा । दन्ताक्षिरुक्छोणितमूत्रकृच्छ्रविषाग्निवातक्षतकर्शिताङ्गम् ॥६॥

avyaṅgulaṃ nirbhayamājihṛṣaṃ strīṣvapraśāntaṃ kunakhāṅguliṃ vā | dantākṣirukchoṇitamūtrakṛcchraviṣāgnivātakṣatakarśitāṅgam ||6||

With fingers and limbs unmaimed, fearless, delighting in battle (ājihṛṣa as read), restless with women, or else with bad nails and fingers; his body wasted by disease of the teeth and eyes, by blood ⟨disorder⟩, by strangury, by poison, by fire, by wind ⟨disorder⟩ and by wounds (our mūla now reads vāta-kṣata).

पश्यन् धराजो नृपमुग्रदण्डं रविश्च जीवो बहुभृत्यवित्तम् । बुधो बुधं दैत्यगुरुः समृद्धं सौरो दरिद्रं मनुजं प्रसूते ॥७॥ ⟨मेषः ॥⟩

paśyan dharājo nṛpamugradaṇḍaṃ raviśca jīvo bahubhṛtyavittam | budho budhaṃ daityaguruḥ samṛddhaṃ sauro daridraṃ manujaṃ prasūte ||7|| ⟨मेषः ॥⟩

Mars (dharā-ja) aspecting ⟨produces⟩ a king harsh in punishment (our mūla now reads nṛpam ugra-daṇḍam); the Sun and Jupiter ⟨produce⟩ one with many servants and much wealth; Mercury, a learned man; the Daityas' guru (Venus), a prosperous one; and Saturn brings forth a poor man. ⟨Aries⟩

वृषे शशी गर्वितमिष्टदारं स्मिताल्पभाषं सुभगं प्रसूते । तेजस्विनं बहुशनं सुवेशं महाजनद्रव्यपरिग्रहं च ॥८॥

vṛṣe śaśī garvitamiṣṭadāraṃ smitālpabhāṣaṃ subhagaṃ prasūte | tejasvinaṃ bahuśanaṃ suveśaṃ mahājanadravyaparigrahaṃ ca ||8||

In Vṛṣa (Taurus) the Moon brings forth a proud man with a wife he loves, smiling and sparing of speech, fortunate; brilliant, a great eater (our mūla now reads bahu-śana), well-dressed, and one who takes possession of the goods of great men.

स्थिरक्रियारम्भधनस्वभावं विख्यातशब्दं दृढमित्रपक्षम् । प्रदानशीलं गुरुदैवतज्ञं शुश्रूषकं साधुजनानुकूलम् ॥९॥

sthirakriyārambhadhanasvabhāvaṃ vikhyātaśabdaṃ dṛḍhamitrapakṣam | pradānaśīlaṃ gurudaivatajñaṃ śuśrūṣakaṃ sādhujanānukūlam ||9||

⟨He is⟩ steady by nature in his undertakings, his works and his wealth; his repute is widely known; the party of his friends is firm; he is given to giving, knows his gurus and his gods, is attentive in service, and stands with good people.

शुचिं क्षमासत्यरतं कृतज्ञं मनस्विनं मन्दविलासगन्धम् । शूरं बहुक्लेशसहं रतिज्ञं नीचाङ्गनासङ्गमलोलुपं च ॥१०॥

śuciṃ kṣamāsatyarataṃ kṛtajñaṃ manasvinaṃ mandavilāsagandham | śūraṃ bahukleśasahaṃ ratijñaṃ nīcāṅganāsaṅgamalolupaṃ ca ||10||

Pure, devoted to forbearance and truth, grateful, high-minded, with little taste for luxury and perfume; brave, bearing much distress, skilled in love-making, and greedy for coupling with low-born women.

नृपप्रियं प्रार्थितपुत्रदारं लुब्धं धनारक्षणसङ्ग्रहेप्सुम् । प्रत्येकपीनोन्नतवृ(त्त)कायं गम्भीरनादं कलपूर्वकं च ॥११॥

nṛpapriyaṃ prārthitaputradāraṃ lubdhaṃ dhanārakṣaṇasaṅgrahepsum | pratyekapīnonnatavṛ(tta)kāyaṃ gambhīranādaṃ kalapūrvakaṃ ca ||11||

Dear to the king; his sons and wife are sought after (our mūla now reads prārthita with no brackets); covetous, eager to guard and to heap up wealth; his body plump, raised and round in every single part (our mūla keeps Pingree's round brackets, which hold an addition or correction written in the margin of the manuscript N, on 'tta' of vṛtta); of deep voice, and sweet ⟨of speech⟩.

वृषाकृतिश्रोत्रपटाक्षिवक्त्रं श्यामं घनाकुञ्चितमूर्धजं च । नीचक्रियाच्छन्दविहारचेष्टं भयप्रदं श्रेष्ठविवादिनं च ॥१२॥

vṛṣākṛtiśrotrapaṭākṣivaktraṃ śyāmaṃ ghanākuñcitamūrdhajaṃ ca | nīcakriyācchandavihāraceṣṭaṃ bhayapradaṃ śreṣṭhavivādinaṃ ca ||12||

Bull-shaped in his ear-flaps, eyes and face (our mūla now reads śrotra-paṭākṣi-vaktram); dark of skin, his hair thick and curled (our mūla now reads ghanākuñcita); low in what he does, wilful in his amusements and his conduct; a giver of fear, and one who quarrels with his betters.

पश्यन् रविर्धर्मधनं समृद्धं गुरुर्बुधो ऽनेकमनोभिरामम् । शुक्रो नृपं तस्करमुख्यमारः सूते पुराणां पतिमर्कसूनुः ॥१३॥ वृषः ॥

paśyan ravirdharmadhanaṃ samṛddhaṃ gururbudho 'nekamanobhirāmam | śukro nṛpaṃ taskaramukhyamāraḥ sūte purāṇāṃ patimarkasūnuḥ ||13|| vṛṣaḥ ||

The Sun aspecting ⟨produces⟩ one whose wealth is dharma, and prosperous (our mūla now reads ravir dharma-dhanaṃ); Jupiter and Mercury, a man delightful to many minds; Venus, a king; Mars, a chief of thieves (taskara-mukhyam āraḥ, as Pingree renders it; the page's letters cannot separate मुख्य from मस्य, and the reading rests on the sense); the Sun's son (Saturn) brings forth the lord of cities (our mūla now reads purāṇāṃ patim, with no brackets). ⟨Taurus⟩

चन्द्रस्तृतीये मधुराभिधानं काव्यार्थधीरं निपुणं प्रसूते । शूरं नरं वाग्मिनमाप्तकीर्तिं मेधाविनं सद्बहुमित्रमार्यम् ॥१४॥

candrastṛtīye madhurābhidhānaṃ kāvyārthadhīraṃ nipuṇaṃ prasūte | śūraṃ naraṃ vāgminamāptakīrtiṃ medhāvinaṃ sadbahumitramāryam ||14||

The Moon in the third ⟨sign, Mithuna⟩ brings forth a man of sweet address, steady in the matter of poetry, and skilful; brave, eloquent, of fame attained, of good understanding, noble, and with many good friends.

विज्ञानशास्त्रश्रुतिकाव्यशिल्पगान्धर्वसङ्गीतकलाभिरामम् । दाक्षिण्यसौहार्दविलासहास्यसौभाग्यचातुर्यगुणैरुपेतम् ॥१५॥

vijñānaśāstraśrutikāvyaśilpagāndharvasaṅgītakalābhirāmam | dākṣiṇyasauhārdavilāsahāsyasaubhāgyacāturyaguṇairupetam ||15||

⟨He is⟩ delightful through science, śāstra, the śruti, poetry and craft, through the music of the gandharvas, song and the arts; and he is furnished with the qualities of courtesy, friendship, elegance, laughter, good fortune and cleverness.

स्त्रीवल्लभं कामवशस्वभावं कान्तं समव्यायतचारुदेहम् । स्निग्धायताक्षं रुचिरौष्ठदन्तं विहारिणं पुंसि रतिप्रियं च ॥१६॥

strīvallabhaṃ kāmavaśasvabhāvaṃ kāntaṃ samavyāyatacārudeham | snigdhāyatākṣaṃ rucirauṣṭhadantaṃ vihāriṇaṃ puṃsi ratipriyaṃ ca ||16||

Beloved of women, by nature in the power of desire, handsome, his body even, well-extended and lovely; with glossy, long eyes and beautiful lips and teeth; a pleasure-seeker, and fond of sexual pleasure with a man as well.

स्वाचारधर्मप्रसुरं प्रगल्भं सन्धानमन्त्रे रणपण्डितं च । देवद्विजेज्याभिनिविष्टधर्मं संसर्गतुल्यप्रकृतिं परैश्च ॥१७॥

svācāradharmaprasuraṃ pragalbhaṃ sandhānamantre raṇapaṇḍitaṃ ca | devadvijejyābhiniviṣṭadharmaṃ saṃsargatulyaprakṛtiṃ paraiśca ||17||

Abounding in his own good conduct and in dharma (dharma-prasura as printed does not resolve; dharma-pacara is the alternative on the plate), forward and bold; and learned in the counsel of alliance and in war (our mūla now reads raṇa-paṇḍitam, and the pāda has its eleven syllables); his dharma fixed upon the worship of the gods and the twice-born; and, with others, his nature becomes like the company he keeps.

मिष्टान्नपानं प्रियगन्धमाल्यं सेवाविधिज्ञं कृतकोपचारम् । भेदस्य तु बाह्यमनुप्रभावं रुग्भोगिनं ख्यातगुणात्मकं च ॥१८॥

miṣṭānnapānaṃ priyagandhamālyaṃ sevāvidhijñaṃ kṛtakopacāram | bhedasya tu bāhyamanuprabhāvaṃ rugbhoginaṃ khyātaguṇātmakaṃ ca ||18||

⟨He enjoys⟩ sweet food and drink, is fond of perfume and garlands, knows the forms of service, ⟨but⟩ his attentions are put on; he keeps outside of discord (bheda) as far as his power reaches — our mūla now reads bhedasya, and anuprabhāvam is taken as 'according to his power'; he suffers illness, and his qualities are famed.

पश्यन् रविर्निर्धनमर्कजश्च स्तेनं कुजः पार्थिवमिन्दुसूनुः । शुक्रः कलावादितगीतवित्तं पूज्यं गुरुर्ज्ञानरतं प्रसूते ॥१९॥ मिथुनः ॥

paśyan ravirnirdhanamarkajaśca stenaṃ kujaḥ pārthivamindusūnuḥ | śukraḥ kalāvāditagītavittaṃ pūjyaṃ gururjñānarataṃ prasūte ||19|| mithunaḥ ||

The Sun aspecting ⟨produces⟩ a poor man (nirdhana), and so does the Sun's son (arkaja, Saturn); Mars, a thief; Mercury (indu-sūnu), a king; Venus, one whose wealth comes from the arts, from instrumental music (vādita) and from song; Jupiter brings forth an honoured man devoted to knowledge. ⟨Gemini⟩

तिष्ठञ्छशी कर्किणि काव्यधीरं सुमेधसं वाग्मिन[शाटं] प्रसूते । प्रियप्रदानं प्रियदर्शनं च प्राज्ञं बहुज्ञानविकीर्णबुद्धिम् ॥२०॥

tiṣṭhañchaśī karkiṇi kāvyadhīraṃ sumedhasaṃ vāgmina[śāṭaṃ] prasūte | priyapradānaṃ priyadarśanaṃ ca prājñaṃ bahujñānavikīrṇabuddhim ||20||

The Moon standing in Karki (Cancer) brings forth one steady in poetry, of good intelligence, and eloquent — the syllables 'śāṭaṃ' after vāgmin- stand in the editor's square brackets, where his witness has a gap, and counting them the pāda runs to twelve; ⟨he is⟩ one who gives what is dear, pleasant to look upon, wise, and with an understanding spread over much knowledge.

बहुश्रमक्लेशसहं सहिष्णुं दुर्मर्षणं वाणिषु लब्धमानम् । देवद्विजेज्याभिरतं विनीतं मनस्विनं स्त्रीसुभगं सुवेशम् ॥२१॥

bahuśramakleśasahaṃ sahiṣṇuṃ durmarṣaṇaṃ vāṇiṣu labdhamānam | devadvijejyābhirataṃ vinītaṃ manasvinaṃ strīsubhagaṃ suveśam ||21||

Bearing much toil and pain, patient, ⟨yet⟩ hard to bear with; honoured in his words; delighting in the worship of gods and the twice-born; well-mannered, high-minded, fortunate with women, and well-dressed.

मन्दांशुकं संचयदेहयोश्च व्ययोदयाभ्यां बहुशः परीतम् । स्वमातृपक्षप्रियमिष्टबन्धुं प्रजासुहृद्भृत्यपुरस्कृतं च ॥२२॥

mandāṃśukaṃ saṃcayadehayośca vyayodayābhyāṃ bahuśaḥ parītam | svamātṛpakṣapriyamiṣṭabandhuṃ prajāsuhṛdbhṛtyapuraskṛtaṃ ca ||22||

He has scant clothing, both in his store and on his body; he is much beset by losses and by gains (our mūla now reads vyayodayābhyām, and the pāda has its eleven syllables); he is dear to his own mother's side and has kinsmen he loves; and he is put in front by his children, his friends and his servants.

स्त्रीक्रोधवश्यं पृथुपीनपादं सौहार्दमानप्रणयादरज्ञम् । गान्धर्वगीतप्रियमिष्टहास्यं जलाभिरामं दयितप्रजं च ॥२३॥

strīkrodhavaśyaṃ pṛthupīnapādaṃ sauhārdamānapraṇayādarajñam | gāndharvagītapriyamiṣṭahāsyaṃ jalābhirāmaṃ dayitaprajaṃ ca ||23||

⟨He is⟩ ruled by women and by anger (our mūla now reads strī-krodha-vaśya); broad and stout of foot (our mūla now reads -pāda); he knows friendship, honour, affection and respect; he is fond of gandharva song and of pleasing laughter, delights in water, and his children are dear to him.

उद्युक्तमृद्धं जलसज्जनेप्सुं प्रवासिनं धीरम(नैक)दारम् । नैकत्र वासाभिरतं य(श)स्कं कृतेष्वनेकेष्वपि निश्चितं च ॥२४॥

udyuktamṛddhaṃ jalasajjanepsuṃ pravāsinaṃ dhīrama(naika)dāram | naikatra vāsābhirataṃ ya(śa)skaṃ kṛteṣvanekeṣvapi niścitaṃ ca ||24||

Energetic and prosperous; desiring water and the company of good men; a traveller abroad; steady; having many wives (a(naika)dāra — the syllables 'naika' stand in round brackets, an addition or correction in the margin of the manuscript N); not content to live in one place; glorious (the 'śa' of yaśaska is likewise in round brackets); and decided even in his many undertakings.

सूर्यो ऽधनं रोगिनमर्कसूनुस्तीक्ष्णं कुलस्यान्तकरं च भौमः । गुरुर्नृपं ख्यातगुणं च शुक्रः पश्यन् बुधः कृत्यकरं प्रसूते ॥२५॥ ⟨कर्कटः ॥⟩

sūryo 'dhanaṃ roginamarkasūnustīkṣṇaṃ kulasyāntakaraṃ ca bhaumaḥ | gururnṛpaṃ khyātaguṇaṃ ca śukraḥ paśyan budhaḥ kṛtyakaraṃ prasūte ||25|| ⟨कर्कटः ॥⟩

The Sun ⟨produces⟩ a man without wealth; the Sun's son (Saturn), a sick one; Mars, a harsh man who makes an end of his family; Jupiter, a king; Venus, one of famed qualities; and Mercury, aspecting, brings forth one who gets things done. ⟨Cancer⟩

सिंहे शशी सत्त्वगुणोपपन्नं नृपं प्रसूते नृपलब्धमानम् । सिंहोन्नतांसं पृथुमीनकायं मांसप्रियं दुःप्रसहं क्षुधालुम् ॥२६॥

siṃhe śaśī sattvaguṇopapannaṃ nṛpaṃ prasūte nṛpalabdhamānam | siṃhonnatāṃsaṃ pṛthumīnakāyaṃ māṃsapriyaṃ duḥprasahaṃ kṣudhālum ||26||

In Siṃha (Leo) the Moon brings forth a king endowed with the quality of sattva and honoured by kings; his shoulders raised like a lion's, his body broad like a fish's; fond of meat, hard to withstand, and always hungry (kṣudhālu — our mūla now reads this word where it had the non-word vyadhālu).

मातृप्रियं चण्डमदीर्घरोषं मन्दात्मजं त्यागिनमल्पहास्यम् । स्थिरक्रियार(म्भ)धनं मनुष्यमुग्रस्वभावं दृढसौहृदं च ॥२७॥

mātṛpriyaṃ caṇḍamadīrgharoṣaṃ mandātmajaṃ tyāginamalpahāsyam | sthirakriyāra(mbha)dhanaṃ manuṣyamugrasvabhāvaṃ dṛḍhasauhṛdaṃ ca ||27||

Dear to his mother, violent ⟨but⟩ not long angry, with few sons, open-handed, laughing little; a man steady in the beginning of his works and in wealth (the syllable 'mbha' stands in round brackets, an addition or correction in the margin of the manuscript N); of fierce nature, and firm in friendship.

गम्भीरधीरप्रकृतिं नयज्ञं क्षमालसं धर्मसहं विघुष्टम् । दक्षं नदीशैलवनाभिरामं वाङ्निष्ठुरं बह्वपवादिनं च ॥२८॥

gambhīradhīraprakṛtiṃ nayajñaṃ kṣamālasaṃ dharmasahaṃ vighuṣṭam | dakṣaṃ nadīśailavanābhirāmaṃ vāṅniṣṭhuraṃ bahvapavādinaṃ ca ||28||

Of a deep and steady nature, knowing statecraft; slack in patience (kṣamālasa — our mūla now reads kṣa, which settles the first syllable); bearing with dharma; renowned; clever; delighting in rivers, hills and woods; harsh of speech, and much given to reviling (bahv-apavādin, which our mūla now reads).

विक्रान्तमल्पप्रणयोपचारं नारीषु संप्र(त्य)यसत्त्वयुक्तम् । अभिज्ञातार्थं निपुणं कृतज्ञं शूरं महाभोगपरिग्रहं च ॥२९॥

vikrāntamalpapraṇayopacāraṃ nārīṣu saṃpra(tya)yasattvayuktam | abhijñātārthaṃ nipuṇaṃ kṛtajñaṃ śūraṃ mahābhogaparigrahaṃ ca ||29||

Valiant, sparing in his shows of affection; toward women, endowed with a confident spirit (saṃpra(tya)ya-sattva — the syllable 'tya' stands in round brackets, an addition or correction in the margin of the manuscript N); knowing his aims, skilful, grateful, brave, and possessed of great enjoyments.

परप्रहर्तारमदुःखशीलमुद्धृत्य दर्पं प्रणयानुकूलम् । द्युतिस्वभावान्वितमृद्धकोशं हृद्यं न रुक्कृच्छ्रमपीडितं च ॥३०॥

paraprahartāramaduḥkhaśīlamuddhṛtya darpaṃ praṇayānukūlam | dyutisvabhāvānvitamṛddhakośaṃ hṛdyaṃ na rukkṛcchramapīḍitaṃ ca ||30||

A striker of others, of a temper not given to sorrow; having thrown off his pride, he is agreeable to affection; possessed of a lustrous nature and a full treasury; pleasing to the heart; not ⟨beset by⟩ sickness or hardship (our mūla now reads ruk-kṛcchra, and the pāda counts eleven syllables); and unafflicted.

सूर्यो नृपं मन्त्रिणमिन्दुसूरिर्हिंस्रं कुजः स्फीतधनं च शुक्रः । विद्वांसमृद्धं च बुधो निरीक्ष्य सौरस्तु मूर्खं कृपणं प्रसूते ॥३१॥ सिंहः ॥

sūryo nṛpaṃ mantriṇamindusūrirhiṃsraṃ kujaḥ sphītadhanaṃ ca śukraḥ | vidvāṃsamṛddhaṃ ca budho nirīkṣya saurastu mūrkhaṃ kṛpaṇaṃ prasūte ||31|| siṃhaḥ ||

The Sun ⟨produces⟩ a king; indu-sūri ⟨Jupiter⟩, a minister — our mūla now reads the word whole, as a nominative; this text uses indu-sūri nowhere else, but Jupiter is the one graha this list otherwise leaves out, Mercury is named separately later in this verse, and elsewhere this text calls Jupiter indra-sūri (46.5), surendra-sūri (16.5) and amara-sūri (1.122); Mars, a man given to injury; Venus, one of swollen wealth; Mercury, aspecting, a learned and prosperous man; but Saturn brings forth a fool and a miser. ⟨Leo⟩

कन्यां समाश्रित्य शशी प्रसूते नरं सुवाक्यं मधुरं विनीतम् । स्त्रीलालसं वै सुकुमारमूर्तिं सुमेधसं सर्वजनाभिरामम् ॥३२॥

kanyāṃ samāśritya śaśī prasūte naraṃ suvākyaṃ madhuraṃ vinītam | strīlālasaṃ vai sukumāramūrtiṃ sumedhasaṃ sarvajanābhirāmam ||32||

The Moon, having taken up its stand in Kanyā (Virgo), brings forth a man of good speech, sweet-tongued and well-mannered; hungry for women indeed; of delicate form, of good understanding, and delightful to everyone.

सङ्गीतिगान्धर्वविलासहास्यदाक्षिण्यदानप्रणयादरज्ञम् । शस्त्रास्त्रबाह्यं समराध्वभीरुं पूज्यं बहुव्याजमदीर्घरोषम् ॥३३॥

saṅgītigāndharvavilāsahāsyadākṣiṇyadānapraṇayādarajñam | śastrāstrabāhyaṃ samarādhvabhīruṃ pūjyaṃ bahuvyājamadīrgharoṣam ||33||

Knowing concert-song, gandharva ⟨music⟩, elegance, laughter, courtesy, giving, affection and respect; having no part in swords and missiles; fearful of battle and of the road; honoured; full of pretences; and not long angry.

॥ ३४ - ३६ c ॥ मालस्यसंसक्तमपेक्षकं च ॥३६॥

|| 34 - 36 c || mālasyasaṃsaktamapekṣakaṃ ca ||36||

[Verses 34 to 36c are absent: the edition prints their range alone on a line and carries no text for them — a gap in the surviving tradition, not an omission here. Only the last quarter of 36 stands:] ⟨…⟩ and attached to idleness, and looking to ⟨others⟩.

बुधो ऽवनीशं भृगुजो धनाढ्यं पुरोत्तमं देवगुरुः प्रसूते । सूर्यो विदेशाट⟨न⟩मार्किवैद्यं नृशंसमारो बहुपित्तरोगम् ॥३७॥ कन्या ॥

budho 'vanīśaṃ bhṛgujo dhanāḍhyaṃ purottamaṃ devaguruḥ prasūte | sūryo videśāṭa⟨न⟩mārkivaidyaṃ nṛśaṃsamāro bahupittarogam ||37|| kanyā ||

Mercury ⟨produces⟩ a lord of the earth; Venus, one rich in wealth; the gods' guru (Jupiter) brings forth ⟨a lord of⟩ the best of cities; the Sun, a wanderer in foreign lands — the syllable ⟨na⟩ of videśāṭana is the editor's supplement; Saturn (ārki), a physician ⟨an eye reading of the plate on 2026-10-02 could not settle the letters of this word, and Pingree translates it 'blind'; the word stays an open doubt⟩; and cruel Mars, one with much bile-disease. Virgo.

तुलाधरस्थो जनयत्युदारं नरं शशी वाग्मिनमध्वयुक्तम् । यशस्विनं कर्मठमध्वशीलं शुचिं विनीतं सुभगं सुरूपम् ॥३८॥

tulādharastho janayatyudāraṃ naraṃ śaśī vāgminamadhvayuktam | yaśasvinaṃ karmaṭhamadhvaśīlaṃ śuciṃ vinītaṃ subhagaṃ surūpam ||38||

The Moon standing in Tulā (Libra) begets a noble man, eloquent and given to the road (our mūla now reads vāgminam adhva-yuktam, and the pāda counts eleven syllables); glorious, industrious, fond of travel, pure, well-mannered, fortunate and handsome.

सुरोपहारं स्वजनोपहारं साधुद्विजाभ्यर्चनदानशीलम् । रत्नादिपण्यक्रयविक्रयज्ञं स्थिरस्वभावं ⟨विट⟩चंचलं च ॥३९॥

suropahāraṃ svajanopahāraṃ sādhudvijābhyarcanadānaśīlam | ratnādipaṇyakrayavikrayajñaṃ sthirasvabhāvaṃ ⟨विट⟩caṃcalaṃ ca ||39||

Making offerings to the gods and gifts to his own people; given to honouring and giving to good men and to the twice-born; knowing the buying and selling of gems and other merchandise; of steady nature, yet restless as a rake ⟨viṭa, 'a libertine', stands in Pingree's angle brackets: his own supply, not the manuscript's; Pingree renders 'firm in character, but chasing after women'⟩.

विलेपनाच्छादनभूषणज्ञं विचित्रवेशं त्वरितोग्ररोषम् । सुहृत्सुदारं स्वजनोपतप्तं समृद्धमत्यल्पसुखोपभोगम् ॥४०॥

vilepanācchādanabhūṣaṇajñaṃ vicitraveśaṃ tvaritograroṣam | suhṛtsudāraṃ svajanopataptaṃ samṛddhamatyalpasukhopabhogam ||40||

Knowing unguents, clothing and ornament; of varied dress; quick and fierce in anger; generous among his friends; tormented by his own people; prosperous, ⟨yet⟩ with very little enjoyment of comfort (our mūla now reads atyalpa-sukhopabhogam, and the pāda counts eleven syllables).

संवर्धनोपायपटुं धनानां प्रचिन्तकं कृत्यविनिश्चयज्ञम् । पीनाततापाङ्गमुपप्लवार्तं स्फुटाग्रघ्राणं विषमाङ्गभावम् ॥४१॥

saṃvardhanopāyapaṭuṃ dhanānāṃ pracintakaṃ kṛtyaviniścayajñam | pīnātatāpāṅgamupaplavārtaṃ sphuṭāgraghrāṇaṃ viṣamāṅgabhāvam ||41||

Clever in the means of increasing wealth, given to reflection, and knowing how to settle what must be done; with full, long eye-corners; troubled by calamities (upaplavārta — our mūla now reads this where it had the unresolved supallavārta); with a nose sharp at its tip; and with his limbs unevenly formed.

आत्मप्रयत्नार्जितवित्तभोगं स्त्रीभागिनं धर्मरतं श्रुतज्ञम् । आपन्ननाथं निपुणं कृतज्ञं स्त्रीणामभीष्टं दयितं सतां च ॥४२॥

ātmaprayatnārjitavittabhogaṃ strībhāginaṃ dharmarataṃ śrutajñam | āpannanāthaṃ nipuṇaṃ kṛtajñaṃ strīṇāmabhīṣṭaṃ dayitaṃ satāṃ ca ||42||

Enjoying wealth won by his own effort; having his share of women; devoted to dharma and learned in the śruti; a protector of those fallen into distress; skilful; grateful; desired by women, and dear to good men.

जीवो वणिच्छ्रेष्ठिनमार्किशुक्रौ नृपं बलस्थौ कु(रु)तः ⟨स⟩मृद्धम् । नीचात्ममर्कः शशिजः सुवाक्यं पश्यन् कुजो निर्धनबन्धुदारम् ॥४३॥ तुला ॥

jīvo vaṇicchreṣṭhinamārkiśukrau nṛpaṃ balasthau ku(ru)taḥ ⟨स⟩mṛddham | nīcātmamarkaḥ śaśijaḥ suvākyaṃ paśyan kujo nirdhanabandhudāram ||43|| tulā ||

Jupiter ⟨produces⟩ a merchant-magnate; Saturn (ārki) and Venus (śukra), standing in strength, make him a king ⟨and⟩ prosperous (⟨sa⟩mṛddha — the syllable ⟨sa⟩ is the editor's); the Sun (arka) ⟨makes him⟩ low of soul; Mercury, of good speech; and Mars, aspecting, ⟨makes him⟩ without wealth, kinsmen or wife. Libra.

निशाकरो वृश्चिकगः समृद्धं शूरं नरं साहसिकं प्रसूते । ख्यातं सतामीश्वरलब्धमानं क्रूरं पराघातरुचिं प्रचण्डम् ॥४४॥

niśākaro vṛścikagaḥ samṛddhaṃ śūraṃ naraṃ sāhasikaṃ prasūte | khyātaṃ satāmīśvaralabdhamānaṃ krūraṃ parāghātaruciṃ pracaṇḍam ||44||

The night-maker gone into Vṛścika (Scorpio) brings forth a prosperous man, brave and reckless; famed among the good, honoured by his lord; cruel, taking pleasure in striking others down, and violent.

मेधाविनं तीक्ष्णममर्षमीर्ष्यं स्थिरं क्रियानिश्चितमात्मवश्यम् । शास्त्रार्थशिक्षाश्रुतिशिल्पसेवाधातुक्रियामन्त्रचिकित्सितज्ञम् ॥४५॥

medhāvinaṃ tīkṣṇamamarṣamīrṣyaṃ sthiraṃ kriyāniścitamātmavaśyam | śāstrārthaśikṣāśrutiśilpasevādhātukriyāmantracikitsitajñam ||45||

Intelligent, sharp, impatient of affront, envious; steady, decided in his acts, and master of himself; knowing the sense of the śāstras, training (our mūla now reads śāstrārtha-śikṣā-, where it had the unresolved śāstrārya-śilvā-), the śruti, art, service, the working of metals, mantra and medicine.

बाल्ये रुगार्तं क्षतसंचयं च प्रणष्टमातापितृपूर्वजं वा । स्तेयाभ्यसूयानृतशाठ्यदम्भपारुष्यरोषाद्यविशुद्धदेहम् ॥४६॥

bālye rugārtaṃ kṣatasaṃcayaṃ ca praṇaṣṭamātāpitṛpūrvajaṃ vā | steyābhyasūyānṛtaśāṭhyadambhapāruṣyaroṣādyaviśuddhadeham ||46||

In childhood afflicted by disease, and with his savings ruined (kṣata-saṃcaya — our mūla now reads this where it had the non-word vyata-saṃcaya); or else his mother, father and elder brother are dead; his body left unclean by theft, spite, lying, trickery, deceit, harshness, anger and the rest.

परोपजीव्यं चरितेषु मूढं लब्धं परस्त्रीप्रणयप्रियं च । विषादितं वृश्चिकतुल्यमूर्तिं विशालपीनोपचिताङ्गयष्टिम् ॥४७॥

paropajīvyaṃ cariteṣu mūḍhaṃ labdhaṃ parastrīpraṇayapriyaṃ ca | viṣāditaṃ vṛścikatulyamūrtiṃ viśālapīnopacitāṅgayaṣṭim ||47||

One whom others live upon; a fool in his conduct; grasping; fond of love with other men's wives; dejected (viṣādita — our mūla now reads this where it had viṣāṭita); with a body like a scorpion's; and with a broad, plump, thick-set frame.

वपुर्धीरं कृच्छ्रसहं यशस्कं कृत्यप्रपंचं व्यवसायिनं च । व्रणप्रदानं क्षतकर्षिताङ्गं गुणप्रधानाश्रयपूजकं च ॥४८॥

vapurdhīraṃ kṛcchrasahaṃ yaśaskaṃ kṛtyaprapaṃcaṃ vyavasāyinaṃ ca | vraṇapradānaṃ kṣatakarṣitāṅgaṃ guṇapradhānāśrayapūjakaṃ ca ||48||

Of steady body, bearing hardship, glorious; elaborate in what he undertakes, and industrious; a giver of wounds; his body worn down by wounds (kṣata — our mūla now reads this where it had the non-word vyata); and a worshipper of those whose refuge is chiefly virtue.

भौमो नृपं निर्धनमार्तमार्किरर्कः समृद्धं भृगुसूनुराढ्यम् । गुरुः स्वधर्मप्रियमैन्दवस्तु दुष्टप्रजं दुःप्रकृतिं च सूते ॥४९॥ ⟨वृश्चिकः ॥⟩

bhaumo nṛpaṃ nirdhanamārtamārkirarkaḥ samṛddhaṃ bhṛgusūnurāḍhyam | guruḥ svadharmapriyamaindavastu duṣṭaprajaṃ duḥprakṛtiṃ ca sūte ||49|| ⟨वृश्चिकः ॥⟩

Mars ⟨produces⟩ a king; Saturn (ārki), a man poor and afflicted; the Sun, a prosperous man; Venus (bhṛgu-sūnu), a rich one; Jupiter, one who loves his own dharma; but the son of the Moon (aindava, Mercury) produces one with wicked offspring and of evil nature. ⟨Scorpio⟩

धनुर्धरस्थो नृपलब्धमानं चन्द्रः प्रसूते नरमुच्चवृत्तम् । शूरं शुचिं सत्यपरं विनीतं श्रीमन्तमाढ्यं गुरुदैवभक्तम् ॥५०॥

dhanurdharastho nṛpalabdhamānaṃ candraḥ prasūte naramuccavṛttam | śūraṃ śuciṃ satyaparaṃ vinītaṃ śrīmantamāḍhyaṃ gurudaivabhaktam ||50||

The Moon standing in Dhanus (Sagittarius) brings forth a man honoured by the king and of lofty conduct; brave, pure, set on truth, well-mannered, prosperous, rich, and devoted to his guru and to the gods.

प्रख्यातबन्धुवृत्तिगुणं यशस्कं विक्रान्तकर्माणमृजुं कृतज्ञम् । स्वावाप्तकीर्तिं स्थितिसत्त्वमेधानैपुण्यमाङ्गल्यगुणैरुपेतम् ॥५१॥

prakhyātabandhuvṛttiguṇaṃ yaśaskaṃ vikrāntakarmāṇamṛjuṃ kṛtajñam | svāvāptakīrtiṃ sthitisattvamedhānaipuṇyamāṅgalyaguṇairupetam ||51||

Of famed kinsmen, livelihood and qualities (as printed the pāda counts twelve; dividing it 'prakhyāta-bandhuṃ vṛtti-guṇaṃ' is the alternative); glorious; of valiant deeds; upright; grateful; with fame he has won for himself (our mūla now reads svāvāpta-kīrti, and this line counts eleven syllables); and endowed with the qualities of steadiness, courage, intelligence, skill and auspiciousness.

काव्यक्रियाशिल्पकथार्थशिक्षायज्ञव्रतेज्यादिविधिप्रकृष्टम् । धर्मप्रियं त्यागिनमप्रधृष्यं स्वच्छन्दचेष्टं परदुःसहं च ॥५२॥

kāvyakriyāśilpakathārthaśikṣāyajñavratejyādividhiprakṛṣṭam | dharmapriyaṃ tyāginamapradhṛṣyaṃ svacchandaceṣṭaṃ paraduḥsahaṃ ca ||52||

Pre-eminent in the rules of poetry, of ritual action, of craft, of narrative and its meaning, of instruction, of sacrifice, of vows, of worship and the rest; a lover of dharma; open-handed; not to be overborne; acting at his own will, and hard for others to endure.